ARS 1 carterbank_proxycomboxv1.htm ARS
Annual Report 2 0 2 5 1300 Kings Mountain Road, Martinsville, VA 24112 | carterbank.com | 276-656-1776

Corporate Headquarters at Beaver Creek E X E C U T I V E T E A M Litz H. Van Dyke Chief Executive Officer Bradford N. Langs President, Chief Strategy Officer Wendy S. Bell Senior Executive Vice President Chief Financial Officer Tony E. Kallsen Senior Executive Vice President Chief Credit Officer Matthew M. Speare Senior Executive Vice President Chief Operations Officer J. Richard Spiker Senior Executive Vice President Chief Lending Officer A. Loran Adams Executive Vice President Director Of Regulatory Risk Management Tami M. Buttrey Executive Vice President Chief Retail Banking Officer Jane Ann Davis Executive Vice President Chief Administrative Officer Chrystal B. Parnell Executive Vice President Chief Marketing & Communications Officer Kimberly D. Schaufenbuel Executive Vice President Chief Human Resources Officer Charlie J. Sword Senior Vice President, Controller Joyce A. Parker Secretary, Carter Bankshares, Inc. B O A R D O F D I R E C T O R S Michael R. Bird Director Since 2018 Kevin S. Bloomfield Director Since 2020 Robert M. Bolton Director Since 2020 Gregory W. Feldmann Director Since 2017 James W. Haskins Director Since 1982 Phyllis Q. Karavatakis Director Since 2017 Jacob A. Lutz, III Director Since 2022 Catharine L. Midkiff Director Since 2018 Curtis E. Stephens Director Since 2022 Litz H. Van Dyke Director Since 2017 Elizabeth Lester Walsh, CPA CITP Director Since 2020

NOTICE TO HOLDERS OF SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF Carter Bankshares, Inc. 1300 KINGS MOUNTAIN ROAD MARTINSVILLE, VIRGINIA 24112 NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that pursuant to its Bylaws and call of its Directors, the 2026 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of CARTER BANKSHARES, INC., Martinsville, Virginia, will be held at New College Institute, 191 Fayette St., Martinsville, Virginia 24112, Wednesday, May 27, 2026 at 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time, for the purposes of considering and voting upon the following matters: 1. To elect the 11 persons listed in the proxy statement dated April 15, 2026 to serve as Directors of the Company until the 2027 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. 2. To approve, in an advisory and non-binding vote, the compensation of the Company’s named executive officers as disclosed in the proxy statement. 3. To ratify the appointment of the independent registered public accounting firm of Crowe LLP as the independent auditors of the Company for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2026. 4. To transact such other business as may be properly brought before the meeting or any adjournment thereof. The Board of Directors at the present knows of no other business to be presented at the Annual Meeting. Only those shareholders of record at the close of business on March 25, 2026 shall be entitled to notice of the meeting and to vote at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. Important Notice Regarding the Availability of Proxy Materials for the Shareholders’ Meeting to be held May 27, 2026. The 2026 Proxy Statement, Proxy Card, and Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2025, are also available at “www.investorvote.com/CARE” beginning April 15, 2026. By Order of the Board of Directors James W. Haskins Chairman of the Board April 15, 2026

1 Proxy Statem ent CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. 1300 Kings Mountain Road Martinsville, Virginia 24112 PROXY STATEMENT FIRST MAILED ON OR ABOUT APRIL 15, 2026 FOR THE 2026 ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS This proxy statement is furnished in connection with the solicitation of the proxies to be used at the 2026 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “Annual Meeting”) of Carter Bankshares, Inc. (the “Company”), Martinsville, Virginia to be held May 27, 2026. As permitted by rules adopted by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), the Company is making this proxy statement and its 2025 Annual Report to Shareholders available to certain shareholders electronically over the Internet. A Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials (the “Notice of Internet Availability”) or, in some cases, this proxy statement, the accompanying form of proxy and our 2025 Annual Report to Shareholders, was first mailed to shareholders on or about April 15, 2026. Shareholders who receive the Notice of Internet Availability will not receive a printed copy of the proxy materials in the mail, unless specifically requested. Instead, the Notice of Internet Availability instructs you on how to access and review over the Internet all of the important information contained in the proxy statement and our 2025 Annual Report to Shareholders and on how you may submit your proxy. If you receive the Notice of Internet Availability and would like to receive a printed copy of our proxy materials, you should follow the instructions for requesting such materials included in the Notice of Internet Availability. The Company was incorporated on October 7, 2020, to become Carter Bank & Trust’s (the “Bank”) parent bank holding company in a corporate reorganization (the “holding company reorganization”). Effective November 20, 2020, the Bank merged with a special purpose merger subsidiary of the Company and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. In the holding company reorganization, each outstanding share of the Bank’s common stock was converted into one share of the Company’s common stock. Prior to the holding company reorganization, the Company had no material operations. In connection with the holding company reorganization, all directors of the Bank became directors of the Company. Certain references in this proxy statement to the Company refer to the Company and/or the Bank, and actions discussed in this proxy statement that occurred prior to November 20, 2020 were taken by the board of directors, committees and/or associates of the Bank. Voting in Person at the Annual Meeting or by Proxy You will receive multiple Notices of Internet Availability or printed copies of the proxy materials if you hold your shares in multiple accounts. You should vote the shares represented by each Notice of Internet Availability and proxy card you receive to ensure that all of your shares are voted. Shareholders of record can vote in person at the Annual Meeting or by proxy. There are three ways for shareholders of record to vote by proxy: • By Internet - You can vote over the Internet by following the instructions on the proxy card or Notice of Internet Availability (you will need the control number on the proxy card or Notice of Internet Availability); • By Telephone - If you receive a printed copy of the proxy materials, you can vote by telephone (toll-free) by following the instructions on the proxy card (you will need the control number on the proxy card); or • By Mail - If you receive a printed copy of the proxy materials, you can vote by mail by signing, dating and mailing the enclosed proxy card in the accompanying postage paid envelope. If you vote by returning an enclosed proxy card, if the proxy card is properly signed and returned, the shares represented thereby will be voted at the Annual Meeting in accordance with the specifications made on the proxy. When no choice is indicated, the proxy will be voted “FOR” all Director nominees in Proposal 1, “FOR” Proposal 2, “FOR” Proposal 3 and according to the recommendations of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of the Company on any other matter that may properly come before the meeting or any adjournment thereof. Proxies will extend to, and will be voted at, any properly adjourned session of the Annual Meeting. Voting by proxy over the Internet, by telephone or by mailing a proxy card will not affect your right to attend or to vote in person at the Annual Meeting.

2 If you hold your shares through a bank, broker or other holder of record, you will receive voting instructions from the holder of record. You must follow the instructions of the holder of record in order for your shares to be voted. If you hold your shares through a bank, broker or other holder of record, and you plan to vote in person at the Annual Meeting, you should contact the holder of record (that is, your bank, broker or other nominee) to obtain a legal proxy or broker’s proxy card and bring it to the Annual Meeting as proof of your authority to vote the shares. Revocation of Proxies If you are a shareholder of record, you may change or revoke your proxy at any time before your shares are voted at the Annual Meeting, by any of the following methods: • By submitting a written notice of revocation to the Secretary of the Company by the close of business on May 26, 2026; • By submitting a completed proxy card bearing a later date than any other proxy submitted by you by the close of business on May 26, 2026; • By Internet by following the Internet voting instructions on the proxy card or Notice of Internet Availability (you will need the control number on the proxy card or Notice of Internet Availability) by 1:00 a.m. Eastern Time on May 27, 2026; • By telephone by following the telephone voting instructions on the proxy card (you will need the control number on the proxy card) by 1:00 a.m. Eastern Time on May 27, 2026; • By attending the Annual Meeting and voting in person. The last Internet vote, telephone vote, proxy card vote or in person vote that you submit in accordance with all instructions, including the timing deadlines set forth above, with respect to the same shares is the one that will be counted. Solicitation of Proxies Proxies in the form enclosed herewith are solicited by the Board. In addition to the solicitation of proxies by this proxy statement, officers and regular associates of the Company may solicit proxies from shareholders in person, by telephone, or by mail, acting without any compensation other than their regular compensation. The cost of soliciting proxies will be borne by the Company. Questions During the Annual Meeting During the Annual Meeting, we intend to answer questions that are pertinent to shareholders generally and the matters to be considered at the Annual Meeting, subject to time constraints. Substantially similar questions may be answered once to avoid repetition and allow for more time for other questions. Directions to the Annual Meeting To obtain directions to attend the Annual Meeting and vote in person, please contact the Secretary of the Company, at 276-226-1336. Voting Rights of Shareholders The number of shares of common stock outstanding and entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting is 22,159,980 as of the record date. Only those shareholders of record at the close of business March 25, 2026 shall be entitled to vote at the meeting. A majority of the shares entitled to be voted, represented in person or by proxy, will constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at the meeting. Each share is entitled to one vote upon each matter to be presented at the meeting.

3 Proxy Statem ent With regard to the election of Directors, votes may be cast “FOR” any given nominee or withheld. If a quorum is present, the nominees receiving the greatest number of the votes cast (even if less than a majority) will be elected Directors; therefore, votes withheld will have no effect. For the advisory vote to approve the compensation of the Company’s named executive officers (“NEOs”) and the ratification of the selection of the independent registered public accounting firm Crowe LLP as the independent auditors of the Company for the 2026 fiscal year, votes may be cast “FOR” or “AGAINST” or you may abstain from voting. For each of these proposals, if a quorum is present, the proposal will be approved if the votes cast “FOR” the proposal exceed the votes cast “AGAINST” the proposal. An abstention does not constitute a vote “FOR” or “AGAINST” any proposal. “Broker non-votes” (i.e., shares held by brokers or nominees as to which (i) instructions have not been received from the beneficial owner or the persons entitled to vote the shares, and (ii) the broker does not have discretionary voting power on a particular matter) will be treated in the same manner as abstentions. The election of directors and the advisory vote to approve the compensation of the Company’s NEOs are not considered routine matters; therefore, brokers do not have discretionary voting power with respect to these proposals. The ratification of the selection of Crowe LLP as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the 2026 fiscal year is considered a routine matter; therefore, brokers do have discretionary voting power with respect to this proposal. Abstentions and broker non-votes are counted for purposes of determining the presence or absence of a quorum for the transaction of business at the Annual Meeting, but will have no effect on the outcome of any of the proposals.

4 PROPOSAL 1 ELECTION OF DIRECTORS The exact size of the Board shall be fixed by the Board prior to each annual meeting. As established in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, the number of Directors shall at no time be less than 5 nor more than 30. The joint Nominating and Compensation Committee of the Company and Bank (the “Nominating and Compensation Committee”) has recommended and the Board has nominated the 11 persons named below to the Board to serve until the 2027 Annual Meeting of Shareholders or until their successors have been elected and qualified. Each of the nominees is a current member of the Board. The Board believes that the nominees will be available and able to serve as Directors if elected, but if any of these nominees becomes unavailable or unable to serve, the persons named in the proxy may exercise discretionary authority to vote for a substitute proposed by the Board. In no event will a proxy be voted for more than 11 Directors. The Board is not aware of any family relationship between any Director, executive officer or person nominated by the Company to become a Director; nor is the Board aware of any involvement in legal proceedings that would be material to an evaluation of the ability or integrity of any Director, executive officer or person nominated to become a Director. The following paragraphs provide information regarding each nominee’s specific experience, qualifications, attributes and skills that led to the conclusion that he or she should serve as a Director. We also believe that all of our Director nominees have a reputation for honesty and adherence to high ethical standards. References below to joining the Board refer to the board of directors of the Bank for years 2006 to 2020, and these persons became Directors of the Company as of the holding company reorganization. It is the intent of the persons named in the proxy, unless otherwise directed therein, to vote “FOR” the election of the following nominees: Michael R. Bird has more than 30 years of experience in the long-term care industry. He retired in April 2020 from Virginia Lutheran Homes, Inc., where he served as Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) since May 2013. Virginia Lutheran Homes owns and operates a continuing care retirement community and nursing and rehabilitation center in Roanoke, Virginia, as well as subsidized apartments with supportive services in New Market, Virginia. Prior to this, he served as CFO of Waveny LifeCare Network, a provider of long-term care, assisted living, independent living and home healthcare in New Canaan, Connecticut. He earned his Bachelor’s Degree in Accounting from Central Connecticut State University in New Britain, Connecticut and MBA from Sacred Heart University in Fairfield, Connecticut. Mr. Bird was appointed to the Board in 2018. Mr. Bird is qualified to serve as a Director due to his broad experience in finance and accounting. Kevin S. Bloomfield has been the managing partner at Bloomfield Partners, LLC which makes equity investments in software, technology and life science innovation companies, since 2014. Previously he was Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) of NetVentures where he helped to build a fast-growing, disruptive cloud-based Operations & Fund Accounting software platform for progressive non-profit organizations. He led the company’s growth from an early-stage startup with just a handful of customers to the market leader with over 500 customers that processed over two billion dollars of customer transactions. In 2014, NetVentures was acquired by the private equity firm Pamlico Capital. He earned his Bachelor’s Degree from Radford University. Mr. Bloomfield was appointed to the Board in 2020. Mr. Bloomfield is qualified to serve as a Director due to his business background and leadership roles within the community. Robert M. Bolton is the founder of Iron Bay Capital and is currently the President, CEO and Chief Investment Officer (“CIO”) to the Iron Bay Fund LP, which invests exclusively in financial services companies, specifically community banks. He has over 30 years of experience in banking, asset management and equity trading. Before forming Iron Bay Capital in 2011, Mr. Bolton worked at Mendon Capital, where he was managing director and head trader. He was responsible for overseeing four different domestic equity financial services portfolios. He was also a senior member of the investment committee and was in charge of strategy implementation and trading. Earlier in his career, Bolton was both a proprietary trader for Pershing Trading Company in New York, and an award-winning banker with The Bank of New York. He has an extensive background in both fundamental and technical research. Mr. Bolton is a retired board member of HopFed Bancorp, Inc. in Kentucky (Nasdaq: HFBC), which merged with First Financial Corporation in 2019, and Naugatuck Valley Financial Corp. in Connecticut (Nasdaq: NVSL), which merged with Liberty Bank in 2016. He earned his Bachelor’s Degree in Philosophy from St. Bonaventure University and attended the University of Rochester-Simon School of Business. Mr. Bolton was appointed to the Board in 2020. Mr. Bolton is qualified to serve as a Director due to his broad knowledge in banking and finance.

5 Proxy Statem ent Gregory W. Feldmann is President and Founder of Skyline Capital Strategies, LLC, a management consultancy firm providing advisory services in the areas of corporate finance, private equity, business and financial strategy, mergers and acquisitions (“M&A”), and performance related studies, since 2011. He is a former President, CEO and Director of StellarOne Bank. Mr. Feldmann was appointed to the Board in 2017 and currently serves as the Lead Independent Director of the Board. Mr. Feldmann is qualified to serve as a Director due to his business and banking background in commercial banking, investment banking and brokerage and private equity and experience in other executive and leadership roles, both in private and public companies. James W. Haskins is an attorney and principal in the law firm of Young, Haskins, Mann, Gregory and Wall, P.C., Martinsville, Virginia. He also served as a director of Mountain National Bank from 1996 until its merger into Carter Bank & Trust and of Patrick Henry National Bank from 1982 until its merger into Carter Bank & Trust. Mr. Haskins was appointed as Chairman of the Board in 2017; prior to that appointment, he served as Vice Chairman of the Board. Mr. Haskins is qualified to serve on the Board due to his legal expertise and his prominence in the Company’s market area. Phyllis Q. Karavatakis served as Senior Executive Vice President, Special Projects of Carter Bank & Trust from 2020 until her retirement in December 2024. She previously served as President and Chief Banking Officer and earlier served as Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer. During her more than 45 years with the Bank and the Company, she held numerous leadership positions. Ms. Karavatakis was appointed to the Board of Directors and as Vice Chairman of the Board in 2017. Ms. Karavatakis is qualified to serve as a Director due to her extensive business experience and in-depth knowledge of the banking industry. Jacob A. Lutz, III is a retired former partner of the law firm now known as Troutman Pepper Locke LLP’s (“Troutman Pepper Locke”) Richmond, Virginia office, having served with the firm and its predecessors from 1990 until his retirement in December 2021. He was Chair of Troutman Pepper Locke’s Financial Institution Practice firm-wide for 20 years, with a focus on advising banks and other financial service companies on a variety of matters including securities and capital markets, mergers and acquisitions, regulation and compliance, and community banking. Prior to this, Mr. Lutz was an attorney with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) in its Washington, D.C. headquarters and Atlanta, Georgia regional office with responsibility for supervisory and regulatory matters as well as failed bank M&A and asset disposition. Mr. Lutz has a Bachelor’s Degree in Finance from Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University and a J.D. from William and Mary Law School. He also has a Certificate of Completion from the Harvard Law School Program of Instruction for Lawyers. Mr. Lutz was appointed to the Board in 2022. Mr. Lutz is qualified to serve as a Director due to more than 40 years of legal and regulatory expertise in the banking industry involving management of legal, credit, regulatory, strategic, operational and compliance risk, among others in the Company’s market area. Catharine L. Midkiff worked for more than 20 years as an Executive with General Electric Capital Corporation in risk management, operations, and finance in its Asia, Europe, and United States markets, retiring in 2017. Prior to this, she served as Vice President and Director in other General Electric entities located in the United States, Japan, Korea, Thailand and Hong Kong. A Certified Public Accountant, Ms. Midkiff has a Bachelor’s Degree in Commerce with a specialization in Finance and Accounting from the University of Virginia. She is certified in Six Sigma as a master black belt, the highest-level credential in management techniques to improve business processes, primarily by reducing risks, and has completed numerous specialty programs, such as an asset-based finance program from the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School and the Commercial Finance Association. Ms. Midkiff was appointed to the Board in 2018. Ms. Midkiff is qualified to serve as a Director due to her broad based experience in accounting, risk management and finance with executive roles in public companies. Curtis E. Stephens is an experienced Board Member, Executive, Entrepreneur, and Advisor in the consumer services, transportation, real estate, manufacturing, technology and sports and entertainment industries. He has been Co- Founder of Name, Image, and Likeness (“NIL”) Metaverse Studios, Inc., an early stage business developing and bringing together a Web3 technology platform in the collegiate NIL space, since 2021. He served as Chief Operating Officer (Fractional) of United Network for Collegiate Pantry Sharing, Inc., a collaborative initiative that seeks to address short-term food relief for those experiencing food insecurities while enrolled as students at universities and colleges within the United States, until 2024. In 2019, Mr. Stephens was Area Vice President-Administration-Mid Atlantic Region for StoneMor Partners, L.P., the second largest network of cemeteries and funeral homes in the United States and was responsible for managing and mitigating legal and regulatory compliance risks. For 20 years, he was

6 Managing Director of Marketing Xchange Worldwide, LLC, a full-service sports practice that specialized in both contract negotiation and venture management for professional athletes in the National Football League. He also served as Vice President, Administration and Operations of Stephens Transportation Corporation. Mr. Stephens, a Qualified Risk Director®, has a Corporate Director Certificate from Harvard Business School, Certificates in Risk Governance® and Cyber Risk Governance® from The DCRO Institute, and a Certificate in Private Company Governance from the Private Directors Association®. He earned an MBA degree from Virginia Commonwealth University-School of Business and a BS degree in Economics from Rutgers University. Mr. Stephens was appointed to the Board in 2022. Mr. Stephens is qualified to serve as a Director due to his education, business background, governance acumen, leadership roles, and broad experience with private and public companies. Litz H. Van Dyke is CEO of Carter Bankshares, Inc. and Carter Bank & Trust and previously served as Executive Vice President. Prior to joining Carter Bank & Trust in 2016, Mr. Van Dyke was a Practice Manager for CCG Catalyst Consulting Group based in Phoenix, Arizona, assisting banks with strategic advisory services. He served as Chief Operating Officer for StellarOne Corporation from 2008 to 2012. Mr. Van Dyke was appointed to the Board in 2017. Mr. Van Dyke is qualified to serve as a Director due to his prior experience in senior executive roles with a number of Virginia-based banking institutions with responsibilities including credit administration, regulatory risk management, information technology (“IT”), operations, marketing, and facilities as well as extensive work with commercial, retail, and mortgage lines of business. Elizabeth L. Walsh is the owner and managing member of Eliz, LLC, a consulting practice specializing in accounting, IT, data analytics and real estate projects since 2023. Ms. Walsh worked in Curriculum Development from 2018 to 2023 for Becker Professional Education (“Becker”) where she primarily created an emerging technology curriculum. Ms. Walsh also previously wrote Continuing Professional Education courses for the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants where she served as Director of Knowledge Management, Becker and Agate Publishing. Ms. Walsh earned her Bachelor’s Degree in Accounting Information Systems from Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University. Ms. Walsh was appointed to the Board in 2020. Ms. Walsh is qualified to serve as a Director due to her broad experience in accounting, technology and finance. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS THAT THE SHAREHOLDERS VOTE FOR THE DIRECTOR NOMINEES LISTED ABOVE.

7 Proxy Statem ent INDEPENDENCE AND COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIPS The following individuals are Directors of the Company. Ages are given as of April 15, 2026: Name Current Position Age Director Since Independent Committee Memberships Audit Investment/ Interest Rate Risk Credit Risk Nominating & Compensation Executive & Governance Enterprise Risk Management Michael R. Bird Retired CFO of Virginia Lutheran Homes, Inc. 71 2018** YES Chair  Kevin S. Bloomfield Managing Partner at Bloomfield Partners, LLC 55 2020** YES    Robert M. Bolton Founder and President, CEO and CIO of Iron Bay Capital 57 2020** YES   Gregory W. Feldmann President and Founder of Skyline Capital Strategies, LLC 69 2017** YES Chair Chair   James W. Haskins Chairman of the Board of Directors; Attorney and Principal of Young, Haskins, Mann, Gregory and Wall, P.C. 85 1982* NO Chair Phyllis Q. Karavatakis Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors; Retired Senior Executive Vice President, Special Projects of Carter Bank & Trust 70 2017** NO   Jacob A. Lutz, III Retired Partner of the law firm Troutman Pepper Locke LLP 70 2022 YES   Chair Catharine L. Midkiff Retired Executive from General Electric Capital Corporation 66 2018** YES  Chair   Curtis E. Stephens Co-Founder of Name, Image, and Likeness Metaverse Studios, Inc. and Chief Operating Officer of United Network for Collegiate Pantry Sharing, Inc. 60 2022 YES    Litz H. Van Dyke CEO of Carter Bank & Trust and Carter Bankshares, Inc. 62 2017** NO    Elizabeth L. Walsh Owner and Managing Member of Eliz, LLC 58 2020** YES   * Indicates year first served as a director of one of the 10 banking institutions that were merged into and created Carter Bank & Trust in 2006 (each a “Merged Bank” and collectively, the “Merged Banks”). The Merged Banks were Blue Ridge Bank, N.A., Central National Bank, Community National Bank, First National Bank, First National Exchange Bank, Mountain National Bank, Patrick Henry National Bank, Patriot Bank, N.A., Peoples National Bank and Shenandoah National Bank. ** Indicates the year the director joined the board of directors of the Bank prior to the holding company reorganization.

8 BOARD SKILLS & DEMOGRAPHICS Bird Bloomfield Bolton Feldmann Haskins Karavatakis Lutz Midkiff Stephens Van Dyke Walsh Skills and Experience Financial Reporting/ Audit/ Capital Planning • • • • • • • • • • • Leadership • • • • • • • • • • • Technology • • • • • • • • • Risk Management • • • • • • • • • • Business Operations • • • • • • • • • • • Corporate Governance • • • • • • • • • • Cybersecurity and Information Security • • • • • • • • • Board Demographics Age 71 55 57 69 85 70 70 66 60 62 58 Gender M M M M M F M F M M F Tenure (years) 8 6 6 9 44 9 4 8 4 9 6

9 Proxy Statem ent EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT The following individuals are executive officers of the Company. Ages are given as of April 15, 2026: Name Age Position Business Experience During Past Five Years A. Loran Adams 65 Executive Vice President and Director of Regulatory Risk Management of the Bank since 2018 Prior to 2018, Senior Vice President and Director of Regulatory Risk Management of the Bank since 2017; prior to joining the Bank, Director of Internal Audit, Georgia Bank & Trust from 2012 to 2016. Wendy S. Bell 62 CFO of the Company since November 2020; Senior Executive Vice President and CFO of the Bank since 2020 Executive Vice President and CFO of the Bank from 2017 to 2019; prior to joining the Bank, Senior Vice President and Senior Finance Officer, First Commonwealth Financial Corporation from 2010 to 2017. Jane Ann Davis 63 Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of the Bank since 2017 Prior to 2017, Executive Vice President, CFO and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank. Tony E. Kallsen 58 Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank since 2023 Prior to 2023, Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank since 2018; prior to joining the Bank, Senior Vice President and Senior Credit Officer, First Commonwealth Financial Corporation from 2010 to 2017. Bradford N. Langs 60 President and Chief Strategy Officer of the Bank since 2020 Prior to 2020, Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer of the Bank from 2017 to 2019; prior to joining Carter Bank & Trust, Chief Risk Officer, Chief Credit Officer and Treasurer, Coastal States Bank from 2009 to 2017. Matthew M. Speare 59 Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operations Officer of the Bank since 2023 Prior to 2023, Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer of the Bank since 2017; prior to joining the Bank, Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer, Regions Bank from 2013 to 2017. Litz H. Van Dyke 62 CEO of the Company since November 2020; CEO of the Bank since 2017 Prior to 2017, Executive Vice President of the Bank since July 2016; prior to joining the Bank, Practice Manager, CCG Catalyst Group from 2012 to 2016.

10 PRINCIPAL BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. COMMON STOCK The following table sets forth certain information concerning the persons known by us to be the beneficial owners of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock as of March 25, 2026. Name and Address Number of Shares Beneficially Owned Percentage of Class(1) BlackRock, Inc. 50 Hudson Yards New York, NY 10001 1,730,464(2) 7.81% Fourthstone LLC L. Phillip Stone, IV, Managing Member and Beneficial Owner 575 Maryville Centre Drive, Suite 110 St. Louis, MO 63141 1,236,393 (3) 5.58% The Vanguard Group 100 Vanguard Boulevard Malvern, PA 19355 1,227,878(4) 5.54% Dimensional Fund Advisors LP 6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One Austin, TX 78746 1,123,730(5) 5.07% (1) Percentages are based on 22,159,980 shares of common stock issued and outstanding at March 25, 2026. (2) Based solely on information as of December 31, 2023 contained in Amendment No. 2 to Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on January 26, 2024 by BlackRock, Inc., including notice that it, through various subsidiaries, has sole investment power as to 1,730,464 shares and sole voting power as to 1,696,306 shares. (3) Based solely on information as of December 31, 2025 contained in Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 13, 2026 by Fourthstone LLC, including notice that it has shared investment power as to 1,236,393 shares and shared voting power as to 1,236,393 shares. In addition to Fourthstone LLC, the persons reporting information on the Schedule 13G include: (i) Fourthstone Master Opportunity Fund Ltd, which has shared investment power as to 958,846 shares and shared voting power as to 958,846 shares; (ii) Fourthstone GP LLC (the general partner of Fourthstone QP Opportunity Fund LP and Fourthstone Small-Cap Financials Fund LP), which has shared investment power as to 277,547 shares and shared voting power as to 277,547 shares; (iii) Fourthstone QP Opportunity Fund LP, which has shared investment power as to 251,417 shares and shared voting power as to 251,417 shares; (iv) Fourthstone Small-Cap Financials Fund LP, which has shared investment power as to 26,130 shares and shared voting power as to 26,130 shares; and (v) L. Phillip Stone, IV (the managing member of Fourthstone LLC and Fourthstone GP LLC), who has shared investment power as to 1,236,393 shares and shared voting power as to 1,236,393 shares. (4) Based solely on information as of December 29, 2023 contained in Amendment No. 1 to Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 13, 2024 by The Vanguard Group, including notice that it has sole investment power as to 1,208,809 shares, shared investment power as to 19,069 shares and shared voting power as to 10,365 shares. These shares may be owned by The Vanguard Group, Inc.’s clients, including investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and other managed accounts. On March 26, 2026, The Vanguard Group filed Amendment No. 2 to Schedule 13G indicating that as a result of an internal realignment in January 2026, as of March 13, 2026, The Vanguard Group no longer has, or is deemed to have, beneficial ownership over these shares. A subsidiary or business division of a subsidiary of The Vanguard Group may now beneficially own some or all of these reported shares, but no Schedule 13G reporting such ownership has been filed as of March 31, 2026. (5) Based solely on information as of December 31, 2025 contained in Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on January 21, 2026 by Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, including notice that it has sole investment power as to 1,123,730 shares and sole voting power as to 1,100,055 shares. Dimensional Fund Advisors LP, an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, furnishes investment advice to four investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, and serves as investment manager or sub-adviser to certain other commingled funds, group trusts and separate accounts (collectively, the “Funds”). In certain cases, subsidiaries of Dimensional Fund Advisors LP may act as an adviser or sub-adviser to certain Funds. In its role as investment advisor, sub-adviser and/or manager, Dimensional Fund Advisors LP or its subsidiaries (collectively, “Dimensional”) may possess voting and/or investment power over shares that are owned by the Funds, and may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares held by the Funds. The shares reported in the Schedule 13G are owned by the Funds, and Dimensional disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities.

11 Proxy Statem ent BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. COMMON STOCK BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS The following table sets forth, as of March 25, 2026, the beneficial ownership of the Company’s common stock of each Director, the executive officers identified in the Summary Compensation Table (referred to as our NEOs) and the Company’s current Directors and executive officers as a group. For purposes of the table below, beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with the provisions of Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) under which, in general, a person is deemed to be the beneficial owner of a security if he/she has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting of the security or the power to dispose of or direct the disposition of the security, or if he/she has the right to acquire beneficial ownership of the security within sixty days. The shares listed in the table below include restricted stock that has not yet vested and is restricted as to the sale or other transfer. The shares listed in the table below do not include shares underlying outstanding performance units (“PUs”) that were granted to Mr. Van Dyke, Mr. Langs, Ms. Bell, Mr. Kallsen, and Mr. Speare and remain subject to vesting conditions more than sixty days after March 25, 2026. Name Amount and Nature of Beneficial Ownership Ownership as a Percentage of Common Stock Outstanding(1) Bell, Wendy S. 40,223 * Bird, Michael R. 16,576 * Bloomfield, Kevin S. 18,220 * Bolton, Robert M.(2) 69,129 * Feldmann, Gregory W. 17,201 * Haskins, James W.(3) 65,453 * Kallsen, Tony E. 20,619 * Karavatakis, Phyllis Q. 21,695 * Langs, Bradford N. 32,593 * Lutz III, Jacob A. 19,690 * Midkiff, Catharine L. 19,056 * Speare, Matthew M. 26,793 * Stephens, Curtis E. 9,032 * Van Dyke, Litz H. 67,467 * Walsh, Elizabeth L.(4) 58,947 * All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (17 Persons)(5) 526,536 2.38% (1) Percentages are based on 22,159,980 shares of common stock issued and outstanding at March 25, 2026. (2) Mr. Bolton holds 56,500 shares for Iron Bay Fund, LP, of which he is a limited partner and currently the President, CEO, and Chief Investment Officer, which are held in a margin account. (3) Shares reported include 20,000 shares of common stock pledged as security. (4) Includes 4,769 shares held by Carriage Square, Ltd. over which shares Ms. Walsh shares voting and investment power by virtue of her ownership interest in Carriage Square, Ltd. and her officer and director roles held at such entity. (5) Includes shares held by A. Loran Adams and Jane Ann Davis. * Less than 1% of the outstanding common stock. DELINQUENT SECTION 16(A) REPORTS Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires that Directors and executive officers, and persons who beneficially own more than 10% of the Company’s equity securities, file reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership of the Company’s outstanding equity securities. Based on a review of these reports filed by the Company’s officers and Directors, the Company believes that its officers and Directors complied with all filing requirements under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act during 2025, except that Mr. Kevin Bloomfield reported two transactions late on two Form 4s, executive officer Mr. Bradford Langs reported three transactions late on a Form 4, executive officer and director Mr. Litz Van Dyke reported three transactions late on a Form 4 and executive officer Ms. Wendy Bell reported one transaction late on a Form 4.

12 PROPOSAL 2 ADVISORY AND NON-BINDING VOTE TO APPROVE EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, or the Dodd-Frank Act, and related SEC regulations enable our shareholders to vote to approve, on an advisory (non-binding) basis, the compensation of our NEOs as disclosed in this proxy statement in accordance with the SEC rules relating to compensation disclosure. The advisory vote on executive compensation is not a vote on the Company’s general compensation policies. Section 14A of the Exchange Act requires the Company to hold the advisory vote on executive compensation at least once every three years. At the Company’s 2023 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, shareholders voted on our say-on-pay frequency proposal indicating a preference for holding such advisory vote on executive compensation every year. Accordingly, the Board decided that the advisory vote on executive compensation would be held every year, at least until the next advisory say-on-pay frequency vote. With assistance from its independent compensation consultant, the Nominating and Compensation Committee regularly reviews the compensation program for our NEOs to ensure they achieve the desired goal of striking a balance between recognition of recent achievements and aligning the interests of management on a longer-term basis with that of the Company’s shareholders. The Company’s compensation program is designed to offer competitive compensation to associates based on each individual’s contribution to the Company’s success. As such, the program provides a competitive compensation package to attract and retain capable associates. The independent compensation consultant assists the Nominating and Compensation Committee in this effort by annually recommending a peer group of financial institutions with reasonably similar market capitalization and business strategy to the Company and conducting an external market study for the Nominating and Compensation Committee using the peer group to assess the competitiveness of current pay opportunities for our NEOs. Please read the “Compensation Discussion & Analysis” beginning on page 13 for additional details about our executive compensation programs, including information about the fiscal year 2025 compensation of our NEOs. We are asking our shareholders to indicate their approval of our NEO compensation as described in this proxy statement. The proposal, commonly known as “say-on-pay” proposal, is not intended to address any specific item of compensation, but rather the overall compensation of our NEOs and the policies and practices described in this proxy statement. Accordingly, the Board recommends that the shareholders approve the following advisory resolution: “RESOLVED, that the shareholders approve, on an advisory basis, the compensation paid to the Company’s NEOs as disclosed in the Company’s proxy statement for the 2026 Annual Meeting of Shareholders pursuant to compensation disclosure rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, the compensation tables, and the related narrative disclosure.” This vote is advisory and not binding on the Company, the Board or the Nominating and Compensation Committee. However, the Board and the Nominating and Compensation Committee value the opinions of our shareholders and will consider the outcome of this advisory vote when considering future executive compensation decisions. We anticipate that the next vote on a say-on-pay proposal will occur at the 2027 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS THAT THE SHAREHOLDERS VOTE FOR APPROVAL OF THE COMPENSATION OF OUR NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AS DISCLOSED IN THIS PROXY STATEMENT PURSUANT TO THE COMPENSATION DISCLOSURE RULES OF THE SEC.

13 Proxy Statem ent EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION Compensation Discussion & Analysis The Company’s compensation program is designed to offer competitive compensation to associates based on each individual’s contribution to the Company’s overall success. As such, the program provides a competitive compensation package to attract and retain capable associates. The compensation and benefits program consists of salary, annual and long-term incentive opportunity, equity compensation, nonqualified deferred compensation plan, life, health and disability insurance and limited perquisites, such as a monthly automobile allowance, reimbursement of relocation and temporary housing expenses and legal expenses relating to employment agreement review, as appropriate, and modest tax gross-ups on the same, which the Company believes are important to attract the most qualified candidates. In addition, the Bank has an endorsement split dollar agreement under which, among other things, the Bank maintains life insurance on the lives of certain officers and provides, subject to certain terms and conditions set forth in the agreement, a defined, lump sum life insurance benefit upon the death of the officer while employed by the Bank to such officer’s designated beneficiary, surviving spouse or estate. Each of the NEOs is a current participant in the endorsement split dollar agreement. The Company has a single health insurance plan for all officers and full-time associates who meet the eligibility requirements. The Company also provides a 401(k) and Profit Sharing Plan, group life insurance plan and short-term disability plan for officers and full-time associates. The Company has entered into employment or change of control severance agreements with its NEOs, which are further described under “Employment/Change of Control Severance Agreements”. The Nominating and Compensation Committee (the “Committee” for purposes of this “Executive Compensation” section) is responsible for administering the Company’s overall compensation program and establishing the salaries, as well as annual and long-term incentive opportunities, for the Company’s senior officers. In setting the compensation of the Company’s senior officers, the Committee generally relies on the recommendations of the Chairman, CEO and the Board members’ own significant personal knowledge of the compensation provided to other, similarly situated, executives in banking and other industries in the local area, as well as recommendations from the Committee’s independent compensation consultant, which for the purposes of this “Executive Compensation” section beginning in 2025 is Arthur J. Gallagher & Co. (“Gallagher”), and prior to 2025 was Pearl Meyer & Partners, LLC (“Pearl Meyer”), each of whom maintain a significant focus on banking industry compensation. The Committee’s independent compensation consultant annually recommends a peer group of financial institutions with reasonably similar market capitalization and business strategy to the Company and conducts an external market study for the Committee using the peer group to assess the competitiveness of current pay opportunities for our executive officers. For the 2025 compensation determinations, the peer companies consisted of twenty-four regional U.S. commercial banks ranging in asset size from approximately $2.6 to $9.3 billion. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had $4.7 billion in total assets versus the peer group median of $5.7 billion. The following financial institutions were included in the 2025 peer group: Arrow Financial Corporation Glens Falls, NY Bar Harbor Bankshares Bar Harbor, ME Burke & Herbert Financial Services Corp. Alexandria, VA C&F Financial Corporation Toano, VA Capital City Bank Group, Inc. Tallahassee, FL City Holding Company Charleston, WV CNB Financial Corporation Clearfield, PA Community Trust Bancorp, Inc. Pikeville, KY First Community Bankshares, Inc. Bluefield, VA First Financial Corporation Terre Haute, IN Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. Springfield, MO HomeTrust Bancshares, Inc. Asheville, NC Mid Penn Bancorp, Inc. Millersburg, PA MVB Financial Corp. Fairmont, WV Orrstown Financial Services, Inc. Harrisburg, PA

14 Peoples Bancorp Inc. Marietta, OH Peoples Financial Services Corp. Hallstead, PA Primis Financial Corp. McLean, VA Republic Bancorp, Inc. Louisville, KY Shore Bancshares, Inc. Easton, MD SmartFinancial, Inc. Knoxville, TN Stock Yards Bancorp, Inc. Louisville, KY Univest Financial Corporation Souderton, PA Washington Trust Bancorp, Inc. Westerly, RI In 2025, the Committee engaged Gallagher to assist in an evaluation of the competitiveness of the executive compensation program and to provide information on executive compensation at these peer banks, including market trends and developments in executive compensation. The Committee reviews each executive’s performance and contribution to the overall Company goals, as well as recommendations of Gallagher, in determining the level of salary and other compensation for the coming year. The Committee considers the peer data to ensure that the Company’s compensation programs are competitive and close to the median of market practices of the peer companies, although for certain positions the Company’s cash and short-term incentive compensation remains slightly below the median of the peer group but within an overall competitive range. When setting compensation for fiscal 2025 and in determining compensation policies, the Committee also took into account the results of the shareholder advisory vote on executive compensation that took place in May 2025. In that vote, which is advisory and non-binding, shareholders approved the compensation of our NEOs as disclosed in the proxy statement for the 2025 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. A substantial majority (92.6%) of votes cast approved the executive compensation program described in the Company’s proxy statement for the 2025 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. The vote results were taken into consideration when setting the compensation for 2025 and are being taken into consideration by the Committee when setting the compensation for 2026. The Committee generally views the vote results as an indication that the Company has been generally effective in implementing its compensation philosophy and objectives. Nevertheless, since market practice and the Company’s business needs continue to evolve, the Committee continually evaluates our compensation program, with input from the independent compensation consultant, and makes changes when warranted. Analysis of Risk Associated with Compensation Policies and Practices The Committee oversees an annual review of our compensation programs to determine whether such programs encourage excessive risk-taking by our associates. The most recent review was conducted in November 2025. Management and the Committee participated in the review, which included identification of the relevant compensation policies and practices, review of potential related risks, and analysis of risk-mitigating factors, including the Company’s system of internal controls and oversight. All executive compensation incentive program payouts and awards are subject to annual reviews by the Company’s internal audit department. The Committee determined that the potential risks arising from our compensation programs are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company. In making this determination, the Committee took into account the structure of our compensation programs, the amount of cash compensation available to associates in the form of base salary, the involvement of the Committee in setting compensation for executive officers and in particular for those individuals who can commit the Company’s capital or who manage the Company’s risk, and the oversight of the Board in monitoring certain risk tolerances and internal controls. Employment / Change of Control Severance Agreements The Company has entered into employment agreements with Mr. Van Dyke, Ms. Bell, Mr. Speare and Mr. Langs and a change of control severance agreement with Mr. Kallsen. Each of these agreements was originally entered into with the Bank and was amended and restated effective as of November 20, 2020 in connection with the holding company reorganization to add the Company as a party and make corresponding and other administrative changes. The terms of the agreements are substantially similar to each other as described below.

15 Proxy Statem ent Van Dyke Employment Agreement Mr. Van Dyke and the Company are parties to an amended and restated employment agreement, dated as of November 20, 2020 (the “Van Dyke Agreement”), which had an initial term of two years, beginning on October 1, 2017. The employment term automatically renewed most recently on October 1, 2025 and will automatically renew on each subsequent two-year anniversary for an additional two-year term unless either party provides at least 60 days’ advance notice of non-renewal. Pursuant to the Van Dyke Agreement, Mr. Van Dyke’s 2025 annual base salary was $705,000, subject to increase by the Company’s Board at its discretion. He also receives $700 per month as an automobile allowance. Mr. Van Dyke is eligible to participate in the Company’s annual bonus plan, associate benefit plans and programs on terms offered to similarly situated associates and is eligible to receive equity awards in the discretion of the Company’s Board. The Company may terminate Mr. Van Dyke’s employment with or without cause (as defined in the Van Dyke Agreement), with or without notice. Mr. Van Dyke also may voluntarily terminate his employment with the Company at any time for Good Reason (as defined in the Van Dyke Agreement). In the event the Company terminates Mr. Van Dyke’s employment without cause or Mr. Van Dyke terminates his employment for Good Reason, Mr. Van Dyke will receive any unpaid base salary, any annual bonus compensation earned and awarded but not yet paid, and any vested benefits (collectively, the “Accrued Obligations”). He will also receive a monthly severance payment equal to one- twelfth of his annual base salary for 18 months and continued associate health insurance coverage for 18 months. Payment of these severance benefits is subject to receipt by the Company of a signed release and waiver of claims and satisfaction of other requirements, conditions, and limitations set forth in the Van Dyke Agreement, including covenants regarding confidentiality, non-competition, non-piracy and non-solicitation. In the event the Company terminates Mr. Van Dyke’s employment without cause or Mr. Van Dyke terminates his employment for Good Reason within two years after a Change of Control (as defined in the Van Dyke Agreement), Mr. Van Dyke will receive the Accrued Obligations, plus a lump sum severance payment equal to 2.99 times his annual base salary, continued associate health insurance coverage for 18 months and a lump sum payment equal to Mr. Van Dyke’s highest annual bonus earned from the Company for the three years prior to termination. The Van Dyke Agreement provides for these Change of Control severance benefits on a “best net” approach, under which Mr. Van Dyke’s Change of Control benefits will be reduced to avoid the golden parachute excise tax under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code unless without such a reduction he would receive more after-tax compensation than with a reduction. Payment of these severance benefits is subject to receipt by the Company of a signed release and waiver of claims and satisfaction of other requirements, conditions, and limitations set forth in the Van Dyke Agreement, including covenants regarding confidentiality, non-competition, non-piracy and non-solicitation. In the event of a termination for Cause or due to Incapacity, Mr. Van Dyke will be entitled to receive his Accrued Obligations. If he dies while employed by the Company, the Company will pay Mr. Van Dyke’s spouse, if his spouse survives him, or, if not, his estate, his Accrued Obligations and an amount equal to his base salary from the date of his death through the end of the month in which his death occurs. Bell Employment Agreement Ms. Bell and the Company are parties to an amended and restated employment agreement, dated as of November 20, 2020 (the “Bell Agreement”). The terms of the Bell Agreement are substantially the same as the Van Dyke Agreement, except as follows. The initial term of the Bell Agreement was two years, beginning on July 24, 2017. The employment term automatically renewed most recently on July 24, 2025 and will automatically renew on each subsequent anniversary for an additional one-year term unless either party provides at least 60 days’ advance notice of non-renewal. Pursuant to the Bell Agreement, Ms. Bell’s 2025 annual base salary was $429,936, subject to increase by the Company’s Board in its discretion. She also receives $500 per month as an automobile allowance. In the event the Company terminates Ms. Bell’s employment without cause or Ms. Bell terminates her employment for Good Reason, in addition to the Accrued Obligations, she will also receive a monthly severance payment equal to one-twelfth of her annual base salary for 12 months and continued associate health insurance coverage for 12 months. In the event the Company terminates Ms. Bell’s employment without cause or Ms. Bell terminates her employment

16 for Good Reason within two years after a Change of Control (as defined in the Bell Agreement), Ms. Bell will receive the Accrued Obligations, plus a lump sum severance payment equal to 24 months of her annual base salary, continued associate health insurance coverage for 18 months and a lump sum payment equal to Ms. Bell’s highest annual bonus earned from the Company for the three years prior to termination. Speare Employment Agreement Mr. Speare and the Company are parties to an amended and restated employment agreement, dated as of November 20, 2020 (the “Speare Agreement”). The terms of the Speare Agreement are substantially the same as the Van Dyke Agreement, except as follows. The initial term of the Speare Agreement was one year, beginning on July 3, 2017. The employment term automatically renewed most recently on July 3, 2025 and will automatically renew on each subsequent anniversary for an additional one-year term unless either party provides at least 60 days’ advance notice of non-renewal. Pursuant to the Speare Agreement, Mr. Speare’s 2025 annual base salary was $401,700, subject to increase by the Company’s Board in its discretion. He also receives $500 per month as an automobile allowance. In the event the Company terminates Mr. Speare’s employment without cause or Mr. Speare terminates his employment for Good Reason, in addition to the Accrued Obligations, he will also receive a monthly severance payment equal to one-twelfth of his annual base salary for 12 months and continued associate health insurance coverage for 12 months. In the event the Company terminates Mr. Speare’s employment without cause or Mr. Speare terminates his employment for Good Reason within two years after a Change of Control (as defined in the Speare Agreement), Mr. Speare will receive the Accrued Obligations, plus a lump sum severance payment equal to 24 months of his annual base salary, continued associate health insurance coverage for 18 months and a lump sum payment equal to Mr. Speare’s highest annual bonus earned from the Company for the three years prior to termination. Langs Employment Agreement Mr. Langs and the Company are parties to an amended and restated employment agreement, dated as of November 20, 2020 (the “Langs Agreement”). The terms of the Langs Agreement are substantially the same as the Van Dyke Agreement, except as follows. The initial term of the Langs Agreement was one year, beginning on June 19, 2017. The employment term automatically renewed most recently on June 19, 2025 and will automatically renew on each subsequent anniversary for an additional one-year term unless either party provides at least 60 days’ advance notice of non-renewal. Pursuant to the Langs Agreement, Mr. Langs’ 2025 annual base salary was $578,448, subject to increase by the Company’s Board in its discretion. He also receives $500 per month as an automobile allowance. In the event the Company terminates Mr. Langs’ employment without cause or Mr. Langs terminates his employment for Good Reason, in addition to the Accrued Obligations, he will also receive a monthly severance payment equal to one-twelfth of his annual base salary for 12 months and continued associate health insurance coverage for 12 months. In the event the Company terminates Mr. Langs’ employment without cause or Mr. Langs terminates his employment for Good Reason within two years after a Change of Control (as defined in the Langs Agreement), Mr. Langs will receive the Accrued Obligations, plus a lump sum severance payment equal to 24 months of his annual base salary, continued associate health insurance coverage for 18 months and a lump sum payment equal to Mr. Langs’ highest annual bonus earned from the Company for the three years prior to termination. Kallsen Change of Control Severance Agreement Mr. Kallsen and the Company are parties to an amended and restated change of control severance agreement, dated as of November 20, 2020 (the “Kallsen Agreement”). In the event the Company terminates Mr. Kallsen’s employment without cause or Mr. Kallsen resigns for Good Reason, in each case within two years after a Change of Control (as defined in the Kallsen Agreement), Mr. Kallsen will receive the Accrued Obligations. If Mr. Kallsen executes and delivers to the Company a signed release and waiver of claims, Mr. Kallsen will also receive an amount equal to his annual base salary plus his average annual bonus payable from the Company for the three years prior to termination, payable over 12 months, and a lump sum

17 Proxy Statem ent payment equal to continued associate health insurance coverage for 12 months. The Kallsen Agreement provides for these Change of Control severance benefits on a “best net” approach, under which Mr. Kallsen’s Change of Control benefits will be reduced to avoid the golden parachute excise tax under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code unless without such a reduction he would receive more after-tax compensation than with a reduction. Payment of these severance benefits is subject to satisfaction of other requirements, conditions, and limitations set forth in the Kallsen Agreement, including covenants regarding confidentiality, non-competition, non-piracy and non-solicitation. In the event of a termination for cause or due to death or Incapacity within two years after a Change of Control, Mr. Kallsen will be entitled to receive any unpaid base salary and any vested benefits. Base Salaries Base salaries provide appropriate fixed cash compensation necessary to attract and retain executive talent. Base salaries are intended to be competitive. The Committee reviews the base salaries of our NEOs on an annual basis as well as at the time of any promotion or other material change in responsibilities. In addition to engaging an independent compensation consultant, on base salaries, the Committee also considers the following when setting base salaries: (a) the individual executive’s overall performance and contribution to the Company’s performance, (b) overall Company performance and (c) the individual’s base salary relative to other executive officers. The Committee approved base salary increases for each NEO in November 2024, effective January 1, 2025 based on merit and to maintain comparability to peers at the median level to ensure that the Company can attract and retain top executive talent. Executive 2025 Base Salary ($) 2024 Base Salary ($) % Increase Litz H. Van Dyke $705,000 $678,038 4.0% Bradford N. Langs $578,448 $556,200 4.0% Wendy S. Bell $429,936 $413,400 4.0% Tony E. Kallsen $365,976 $351,900 4.0% Matthew M. Speare $401,700 $386,250 4.0% Annual Incentive Plan The Committee has adopted an annual incentive plan for the purpose of awarding annual bonuses to certain associates based upon the achievement of annual performance objectives established each year under the plan. This was implemented in order to position the Company to be competitive with its peers with respect to overall executive compensation. The annual incentive plan covers the Company’s executive officers and certain senior vice presidents (each, a “Participant”), which includes all of the Company’s NEOs. The goal of the annual incentive plan is to motivate Participants to maximize shareholder value by achieving performance while limiting risk appropriately and maintaining the safety and soundness of the Company. The plan is an annual incentive plan that is approved each year with a performance year running from January 1 through December 31. The Committee oversees the administration of the plan, as well as plan design, determination of performance measures, goals and weightings and award payouts, partly based on input from the Company’s CEO. At the beginning of each year, the Committee develops a bonus template for the Company’s CEO and the Company’s CEO, in consultation with the Committee, develops a bonus template for each of the other Participants. The primary elements of each template are: • Percentage of base salary as target bonus opportunity, • Performance measures and goals selected from the Company’s approved budget numbers for the year or other objective measures such as asset quality ratios, and • Weightings assigned to the selected performance measures.

18 Under the annual incentive plan, a Participant can earn a target bonus of a specific percentage of the Participant’s base salary, with bonus payouts ranging from 0% to 100% (for performance up to target) and to 110% (for performance at or above 110% of target). For 2025, these target percentages for the NEOs were as follows: Participant Target % of Base Salary CEO 65% President & Chief Strategy Officer 60% CFO 55% Chief Operations Officer, Chief Credit Officer 52% Performance measures under the plan are determined each year, in the categories of profitability, capital effectiveness and safety and soundness. The performance measures, goals and weightings assigned to them may change from year to year, and are typically the same for all Participants in any given year, although that is subject to change. The amount of bonus earned by a Participant each year will depend on the Company’s achievement with respect to the performance measure goals selected for that year, multiplied by the applicable weightings, multiplied by the Participant’s base salary and percentage of base salary opportunity, within the established payout ranges. Bonus amounts earned based on the Company’s performance for a year are reviewed and certified by the Committee and paid to the Participant between January 1 and March 15 of the following year, generally shortly after the year’s results have been finalized and the Company’s earnings for the year have been announced. The plan has both short- term and long-term components, as the bonus amounts currently are paid approximately 67% in cash and 33% in shares of restricted common stock of the Company, with time-based vesting in three annual installments. For 2025, the Committee selected the same performance measure goals and weightings for each of the Participants, including the Company’s NEOs. The following table shows the performance measure goals for the annual incentive plan for 2025, as well as the weightings of these goals and the achievement with respect to each goal: Performance Measure Weighting Target Performance Goal Maximum Performance Goal Performance Achieved Percentage of Performance Achieved Discretionary Bonus Added Total Percentage of Target Payout Core Earnings per Share(1) 25% $1.49 $1.64 $1.39 11% Core ROAA(1) 25% 0.72% 0.79% 0.66% 10% Core ROAE(1) 25% 7.85% 8.64% 7.73% 15% Core Efficiency(1) 25% 68.10% 62.00% 76.05% 4% Weighted Average Bonus Amount Earned 40% Total Bonus Amount Awarded 27% 67% (1) Non-GAAP core earnings per share, core return on average assets (“ROAA”), core return on average equity (“ROAE”) and core efficiency are calculated utilizing financial data on a GAAP basis and excluding all extraordinary items, whether positive or negative. Extraordinary items include items such as security gains and losses, other real estate owned gains or losses, contingent liabilities, acquisitions costs, gain on bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) death benefit, Modified Endowment Contract (“MEC”) 10% penalty on BOLI, BOLI surrender tax effect, and BOLI 1035 exchange fees, net of tax. Following the end of the year, the Committee reviewed the Company’s performance with respect to these goals for 2025. Based on the Company’s performance with respect to these goals, the aggregate percentage of performance achieved across all of the performance measures was 40%. In light of the impacts of the largest non-performing credit relationship on 2025 performance, the Committee determined it was appropriate to exercise discretion to pay additional bonus amounts for 2025. Interest income was negatively impacted by $26.1 million during 2025 due to these credits being on nonaccrual status. Additionally, there are ancillary negative impacts to net income as a result of these credits, including increased legal fees and FDIC insurance expense, which are not removed or adjusted as part of the core earnings per share calculation. The Company also collected $38.0 million in curtailment payments during 2025, which continued to lower the risk profile of the Company’s largest non-performing credit relationship, but are not captured by these performance measures for 2025. The Board of Directors agreed with this recommendation and the bonus amounts were paid in February 2026, approximately 67% in cash and 33% in shares of restricted common stock of the Company, with time-based vesting in three annual installments. These shares of restricted common stock

19 Proxy Statem ent were granted under the Carter Bankshares, Inc. Amended and Restated 2018 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, which is discussed further below. The non-discretionary bonus amounts earned by the NEOs for 2025 performance under this plan are reported as “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” for 2025 in the Summary Compensation Table, and the discretionary portion of the bonus amounts awarded to the NEOs are reported as “Bonus” in the Summary Compensation Table. Long-Term Incentive Plan The Committee approved the long-term incentive program (the “LTIP”) for certain associates, under which shares of restricted stock and performance units are to be awarded periodically under the Carter Bankshares, Inc. Amended and Restated 2018 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the “Equity Plan”). The LTIP covers the Company’s executive officers and certain executive vice presidents (each, a “Participant”), which includes all of the Company’s NEOs. The goal of the LTIP is to promote leadership retention and management continuity, to reward management for strong sustained value creation and financial performance and to align the executives’ interests with those of our shareholders through appropriately-sized grants of equity compensation. It is the Company’s intent to maximize shareholder value by achieving performance while limiting risk appropriately and maintaining the safety and soundness of the Company by awarding shares of restricted stock and performance units. The Committee granted the first awards under the LTIP in March 2022. Due to uncertainty with respect to the Company’s financial performance in 2023, no awards under the LTIP were granted in 2023. In late 2023, the Committee approved the grant of LTIP awards for 2024, which were granted on January 5, 2024. Based on the prior recommendation of Pearl Meyer, these grants were divided as 70% performance-based as performance units and 30% retention-based as restricted shares. In January 2025, the Committee approved the grant of LTIP awards for 2025, which were granted on March 4, 2025. Based on the prior recommendation of Pearl Meyer, which took into account executive compensation at peer banks, including market trends and developments in executive compensation, these grants were divided as 50% performance-based as performance units and 50% retention-based as restricted shares. The time-based restricted stock awards granted in 2024 cliff-vest on the fifth anniversary of the grant date, subject to accelerated vesting in certain circumstances. Based on an analysis of peer compensation trends, the time-based restricted stock awards granted in 2025 cliff-vest on the third anniversary of the grant date, subject to accelerated vesting in certain circumstances. The performance units granted under the LTIP can be earned from 0% to 110% of target based on achieving the applicable performance goals and will be paid to the extent earned after the end of the three-year performance period, subject to accelerated vesting in certain circumstances. Grant of 2025 Performance Units (2025-2027 Performance Period) The 2025 performance units (“2025 PUs”) are subject to four equally weighted performance-based goals established by the Committee: core return on average assets (“ROAA”), core efficiency ratio, total shareholder return (“TSR”) and the non-performing assets ratio. Non-GAAP core efficiency is calculated utilizing financial data on a GAAP basis and excluding all extraordinary items, whether positive or negative. Extraordinary items include items such as security gains and losses, other real estate owned gains or losses, contingent liabilities, acquisitions costs, BOLI death benefit, MEC 10% penalty on BOLI, BOLI surrender tax effect, and BOLI 1035 exchange fees, net of tax. Achievement with respect to these goals will be measured by comparing the Company’s performance during the three- year performance period of January 1, 2025 to December 31, 2027 to a peer group consisting of the companies listed on the ABAQ index of publicly traded community banking companies on the first business day of the performance period. The level of achievement percentage that corresponds to the Company’s percentile ranking for each performance goal will be applied to one-fourth of the target number of performance units. Failure to meet threshold performance during the performance period means no performance units for that performance goal will be earned. The level of achievement is calculated separately for each performance goal and the level of achievement for one performance goal does not impact the other performance goals.

20 The target performance percentile ranking of the Company as compared to peer group was maintained at the 67th percentile in the grant of the 2025 PUs. The Committee and the Board want the Company to be an upper tier performer within its ABAQ peer group as this will help to drive shareholder value and assure the Company’s competitiveness on a longer term basis. The performance goals under the 2025 PUs are summarized in the following table: Performance Goal Percentage of Target Performance Units Subject to Performance Vesting Percentile Ranking of Company vs Peer Group for Performance Period Percentage Earned Threshold % - Target % - Stretch% Performance Goa1 1: ROAA 25% 54th Percentile - 67th Percentile - 74th Percentile 80% - 100% - 110% Performance Goal 2: Core Efficiency Ratio 25% 54th Percentile - 67th Percentile - 74th Percentile 80% - 100% - 110% Performance Goal 3: TSR 25% 54th Percentile - 67th Percentile - 74th Percentile 80% - 100% - 110% Performance Goal 4: Non-Performing Assets Ratio 25% 54th Percentile - 67th Percentile - 74th Percentile 80% - 100% - 110% To the extent the performance criteria and service requirements are met, these performance units will vest on the payment date which is within 73 days following the end of the performance period. The Company will pay the performance units that have vested in shares of the Company’s common stock. Grant of 2024 Performance Units (2024-2026 Performance Period) As previously described in the Company’s proxy statement for the Company’s 2025 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, the 2024 performance units (“2024 PUs”) are subject to four equally weighted performance-based goals established by the Committee: return on average assets (“ROAA”), core efficiency ratio, total shareholder return (“TSR”) and the non-performing assets ratio. Non-GAAP core efficiency is calculated utilizing financial data on a GAAP basis and excluding all extraordinary items, whether positive or negative. Extraordinary items include items such as security gains and losses, other real estate owned gains or losses, contingent liabilities, acquisitions costs, BOLI death benefit, MEC 10% penalty on BOLI, BOLI surrender tax effect, and BOLI 1035 exchange fees, net of tax. The Committee added the TSR metric as a performance goal to align driving shareholder value with management’s long-term incentive. This is also a recommendation and best practice highlighted in executive compensation research by proxy advisory services, such as Glass Lewis and Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”). Achievement with respect to these goals will be measured by comparing the Company’s performance during the three- year performance period of January 1, 2024 to December 31, 2026 to a peer group consisting of the companies listed on the ABAQ index of publicly traded community banking companies on the first business day of the performance period. The level of achievement percentage that corresponds to the Company’s percentile ranking for each performance goal will be applied to one-fourth of the target number of performance units. Failure to meet threshold performance during the performance period means no performance units for that performance goal will be earned. The level of achievement is calculated separately for each performance goal and the level of achievement for one performance goal does not impact the other performance goals. The target performance percentile ranking of the Company as compared to peer group was increased in the grant of the 2024 PUs to incent the NEOs to further drive Company performance to the 67th percentile, or a top third performer. The Committee and the Board want the Company to be an upper tier performer within its ABAQ peer group as this will help to drive shareholder value and assure the Company’s competitiveness on a longer term basis.

21 Proxy Statem ent The performance goals under the 2024 PUs are summarized in the following table: Performance Goal Percentage of Target Performance Units Subject to Performance Vesting Percentile Ranking of Company vs Peer Group for Performance Period Percentage Earned Threshold % - Target % - Stretch% Performance Goa1 1: ROAA 25% 54th Percentile - 67th Percentile - 74th Percentile 80% - 100% - 110% Performance Goal 2: Core Efficiency Ratio 25% 54th Percentile - 67th Percentile - 74th Percentile 80% - 100% - 110% Performance Goal 3: TSR 25% 54th Percentile - 67th Percentile - 74th Percentile 80% - 100% - 110% Performance Goal 4: Non-Performing Assets Ratio 25% 54th Percentile - 67th Percentile - 74th Percentile 80% - 100% - 110% To the extent the performance criteria and service requirements are met, these performance units will vest on the payment date which is within 70 days following the end of the performance period. The Company will pay the performance units that have vested in shares of the Company’s common stock. As previously discussed in the Company’s proxy statement for the Company’s 2024 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting, no awards under the LTIP were granted in 2023 due to uncertainty with respect to the Company’s financial performance in 2023. Equity Compensation The Company grants equity compensation pursuant to the Equity Plan. The Equity Plan authorizes the issuance of up to 2,000,000 shares of common stock for awards to key associates and non-employee Directors of the Company and its subsidiaries as determined by the Committee, which has been appointed by the Board to administer the Equity Plan. The Equity Plan authorizes the grant of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, stock awards, performance units and performance cash awards. Subject to accelerated vesting under certain circumstances, the Equity Plan requires a minimum vesting period of one year for awards subject to time-based conditions and a minimum performance period of one year for awards subject to achievement or satisfaction of performance goals. These minimums are applicable to awards other than those granted as part of a retainer for the service of non-employee Directors. With respect to executive compensation, the purpose of the Equity Plan is to provide incentives to certain key associates to align their personal interests with the long-term financial success of the Company and with growth in shareholder value, consistent with the Company’s risk management practices. In addition to the LTIP awards granted in February 2026, February 2025, and January 2024, in February 2026, March 2025, and February 2023, the Company granted restricted stock awards to several associates, including all of the NEOs, in connection with the annual incentive plan bonus payouts for 2025, 2024 and 2022 performance. The restricted stock vests in equal installments on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date, subject to accelerated vesting in certain circumstances. As discussed above, the Committee anticipates granting future awards of restricted stock to associates, including the NEOs, in connection with the annual incentive plan and future awards of restricted stock and performance units to associates, including the NEOs, pursuant to the LTIP, and may also grant other equity awards under the Equity Plan as part of the Company’s compensation program. Grant Practices for Stock Options Stock options have not been a component of equity compensation awarded by the Company in recent years. The Company did not award stock options to any of the NEOs during 2025. Consequently, the Company does not have a formal policy on the timing or terms of awards of options in relation to the disclosure of material nonpublic information by the Company. For grants of other equity awards, such as restricted stock and performance units, the Committee schedules grants of equity awards at generally consistent times throughout the year. The Company does not time the release of material nonpublic information based on equity award grant dates for the purpose of affecting the value of executive compensation.

22 Insider Trading Policies and Procedures The Company has adopted insider trading policies and procedures governing the purchase, sale and/or other dispositions of its securities by directors, officers and associates, as well as their family members and entities controlled by them, or the Company itself. These policies and procedures are reasonably designed to promote compliance with insider trading laws, rules and regulations and any listing standards applicable to the Company. The Company’s Insider Trading Policy (“Insider Trading Policy”) is filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 Limitations on Hedging and Speculative Transactions The Insider Trading Policy applies to all directors, officers and all other associates of the Company and, among other goals, is designed to ensure that the Company’s personnel bear the full risks and benefits of stock ownership. Under this policy, associates are strongly discouraged, and certain “covered persons” (as defined in the Insider Trading Policy), including directors and executive officers, are prohibited, from selling Company securities “short,” trading in Company securities in or through a margin account or otherwise engaging in hedging transactions or speculative or short-term trading of Company securities. In addition, associates are strongly discouraged from entering into any transaction by which Company securities may be pledged as collateral to secure an obligation, and covered persons are prohibited from entering into such transactions (except for grandfathered pledging arrangements in place prior to September 1, 2019). Clawback Policies The Committee has adopted two clawback policies. The Dodd-Frank Clawback Policy, which became effective on October 2, 2023 and implements the requirements of Exchange Act Rule 10D-1 and Nasdaq’s Listing Rule 5608, provides for the recoupment, under certain conditions, of certain incentive-based compensation from executive officers of the Company if the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to material noncompliance with financial reporting requirements under the securities laws (an “accounting restatement”). The Supplemental Clawback Policy, which became effective on March 21, 2024, expands the coverage of the Dodd-Frank Clawback Policy to provide for the recoupment, under certain conditions, of cash-based and equity-based incentive compensation from the executive management team (which is a broader group than the Company’s executive officers) in the event of an accounting restatement. The Supplemental Clawback Policy also provides for the recoupment, under certain conditions, of certain cash-based and equity-based incentive compensation from the executive management team and associates who have an employment or change of control severance agreement, cash incentive or equity award agreement or incentive or commission agreement if the executive or associate engages in detrimental conduct. Detrimental conduct means: (1) the commission of a criminal act by the executive or associate that constitutes a felony, (2) a violation by the executive or associate of federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and/or the rules of any exchange or association of which the Company is a member, (3) a violation by the executive or associate of the Company’s Code of Conduct, as determined by the Company in its reasonable discretion, or (4) any misconduct or illegal activity by the associate or executive in performing the work for which incentive compensation covered by the policy is paid, as determined by the Company in its reasonable discretion. Nominating and Compensation Committee Report The Nominating and Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed with management the Compensation Discussion & Analysis included above. Based upon such review, the related discussions and such other matters deemed relevant and appropriate by the Committee, the Committee has recommended to the Board the inclusion of the Compensation Discussion & Analysis in this proxy statement. Members of the Nominating and Compensation Committee Gregory W. Feldmann, Chair Kevin S. Bloomfield Jacob A. Lutz, III Curtis E. Stephens

23 Proxy Statem ent CEO Pay Ratio The Company determined that the 2025 annual total compensation of the median compensated associate of all its associates, other than the CEO, as of December 31, 2025 was $59,153; the CEO’s 2025 annual total compensation was $1,355,859; and the ratio of these amounts was 23:1. The Company identified a new median associate for 2025 due to changes in the Company’s overall cost-center structure and related associate composition since 2024. To do this, we utilized the following methodology. As of December 31, 2025, the Company’s total population consisted of 690 associates, all of whom work in the United States. This population consisted of all of the Company’s full-time and part-time associates. To identify the median compensated associate, we used a consistently applied compensation measure defined as gross wages as reported on each associate’s 2025 Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-2. We further annualized pay for those individuals not employed for a full year in 2025, but who were employed as of December 31, 2025. Once we identified our median compensated associate, we calculated the median compensated associate’s and our CEO’s 2025 annual total compensation in accordance with the requirements of the Summary Compensation Table. This pay ratio is a reasonable estimate calculated in a manner consistent with SEC rules based on our payroll and employment records and the methodology described above. The SEC rules for identifying the median compensated associate and calculating the pay ratio based on that associate’s annual total compensation allow companies to adopt a variety of methodologies, to apply certain exclusions, and to make reasonable estimates and assumptions that reflect their compensation practices. As such, the pay ratio reported by other companies may not be comparable to the pay ratio reported above, as other companies may have different employment and compensation practices and may utilize different methodologies, exclusions, estimates and assumptions in calculating their own pay ratios.

24 Summary Compensation Table Fiscal 2023 - 2025 The table below reflects compensation received by each NEO. Name and Principal Position Year Salary ($) Bonus ($)(1) Stock Awards ($)(2) Non-equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)(3) All Other Compensation ($)(4) Total ($) Litz H. Van Dyke 2025 $703,114 $122,648 $300,030 $183,300 $46,767 $1,355,859 CEO of the Company and the Bank 2024 $676,847 $ 90,623 $258,316 $237,313 $44,813 $1,307,912 2023 $644,618 $ 96,863 — — $43,149 $ 784,630 Bradford N. Langs 2025 $577,788 $ 92,903 $160,036 $138,828 $50,719 $1,020,274 President and Chief Strategy Officer of the Bank 2024 $555,167 $ 74,337 $154,512 $194,670 $47,325 $1,026,011 2023 $514,282 $ 77,250 — — $45,001 $ 636,533 Wendy S. Bell 2025 $429,718 $ 63,289 $122,020 $ 94,586 $37,104 $ 746,717 CFO of the Company; Senior Executive Vice President and CFO of the Bank 2024 $413,554 $ 55,657 $117,015 $144,690 $48,708 $ 779,624 2023 $389,724 $ 58,500 — — $46,359 $ 494,583 Tony E. Kallsen 2025 $365,444 $ 50,946 $ 80,018 $ 76,123 $35,716 $ 608,247 Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank 2024 $351,994 $ 47,026 $ 74,813 $123,165 $33,863 $ 630,861 2023 $339,861 $ 51,000 — — $34,943 $ 425,804 Matthew M. Speare 2025 $401,063 $ 55,909 $118,034 $ 83,554 $41,877 $ 700,437 Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operations Officer of the Bank 2024 $386,369 $ 51,622 $112,517 $135,188 $40,087 $ 725,783 2023 $374,667 $ 56,250 — — $38,310 $ 469,227 (1) For 2025, amounts reflect the discretionary amount of the bonus the Committee determined to pay in addition to the bonus amount that was earned under the annual incentive plan for 2025 performance and include both the portion of the discretionary bonus paid in cash and the portion paid in shares of restricted stock. For 2024, amounts reflect the discretionary amount of the bonus the Committee determined to pay in excess of the bonus amount earned under the annual incentive plan for 2024 performance and include both the portion of the discretionary bonus paid in cash and the portion paid in shares of restricted stock. For 2023, the Committee recommended to the full Board of Directors, and the full Board of Directors approved, granting each participant in the annual incentive plan a discretionary flat bonus equal to 15% of annual salary to reflect the outstanding work they had completed in 2023, which included strong loan growth, successful expansion in high-growth markets and successful management of liquidity and deposit stability in a challenging market environment, although many of positive effects of this outstanding work were muted in the Company’s financial performance for 2023 by the impacts of the single large non-performing credit relationship. (2) Stock awards for 2025 and 2024 consist of time-based restricted stock and performance-based unit awards granted under the Company’s LTIP. The performance-based unit awards vest only if, and to the extent earned based on performance achievement over a three-year performance period ending December 31, 2027 and December 31, 2026, respectively, and satisfaction of additional service requirements. All stock and unit awards are reflected at their grant date fair value, as determined pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification - Topic 718, Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). Prior to September 1, 2023, we used the closing price of our stock to determine the grant date fair value. Beginning September 1, 2023, we use a 90 trading day look-back period to estimate the average stock price to resolve issues of rapid stock price fluctuations. The amounts reflected for performance-based unit awards reflect the grant date assumption that we will achieve the required performance goals at target levels.

25 Proxy Statem ent The following table provides the grant date fair value of the performance-based unit awards granted during 2025 and 2024 assuming stretch (or maximum) achievement: Name 2025 Stretch Payout 2024 Stretch Payout Litz H. Van Dyke $165,000 $198,891 Bradford N. Langs $  88,000 $118,965 Wendy S. Bell $  67,100 $  90,090 Tony E. Kallsen $  44,000 $  57,596 Matthew M. Speare $  64,900 $  86,625 (3) The amounts in this column for 2025 and 2024 reflect the non-discretionary bonus amounts earned for 2025 and 2024 performance under the annual incentive plan and include both the portion of the bonus paid in cash and the portion paid in shares of restricted stock that were granted in February 2026 and March 2025, respectively. In each case, the cash portion and the portion paid in restricted shares of these bonus amounts were paid in the year following the year in which the performance criteria was achieved. (4) The amount of compensation properly categorized in this column, including perquisites and other personal benefits that total more than $10,000, is listed in the table below for 2025 for each NEO. Name Medical 401(k) Matching Contributions Disability Insurance Life Insurance Premiums Car Allowance Gross Ups Car Allowance Total Litz H. Van Dyke $14,719 $14,000 $1,642 $4,224 $8,400 $3,782 $46,767 Bradford N. Langs $22,319 $14,000 $1,642 $4,224 $6,000 $2,534 $50,719 Wendy S. Bell $  8,688 $14,000 $1,642 $4,224 $6,000 $2,550 $37,104 Tony E. Kallsen $  8,688 $14,000 $1,512 $2,982 $6,000 $2,534 $35,716 Matthew M. Speare $14,719 $14,000 $1,642 $2,982 $6,000 $2,534 $41,877

26 The table below reflects information regarding the annual and long-term incentive plan opportunities granted to the NEOs during or for the year ended December 31, 2025. Grants of Plan-Based Awards Fiscal 2025 Name Grant Date Estimated Possible Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards(1) Estimated Possible Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards(2) All Other Stock Awards: Number of Shares of Stock or Units(3) Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards(4)Threshold Target Maximum Threshold Target Maximum ($) ($) ($) (#) (#) (#) (#) ($) Litz H. Van Dyke Annual Incentive Plan N/A $  — $458,250 $504,075 — — — — — Time-Based Restricted Stock 2/27/2025 — — — — — — 8,279 $150,015 Performance Units 2/27/2025 — — — 1,655 8,279 9,106 — $150,015 Bradford N. Langs Annual Incentive Plan N/A $  — $347,069 $381,776 — — — — — Time-Based Restricted Stock 2/27/2025 — — — — — — 4,416 $80,018 Performance Units 2/27/2025 — — — 883 4,416 4,857 — $80,018 Wendy S. Bell Annual Incentive Plan N/A $  — $236,465 $260,111 — — — — — Time-Based Restricted Stock 2/27/2025 — — — — — — 3,367 $61,010 Performance Units 2/27/2025 — — — 673 3,367 3,704 — $61,010 Tony E. Kallsen Annual Incentive Plan N/A $  — $190,308 $209,338 — — — — — Time-Based Restricted Stock 2/27/2025 — — — — — — 2,208 $40,009 Performance Units 2/27/2025 — — — 441 2,208 2,429 — $40,009 Matthew M. Speare Annual Incentive Plan N/A $  — $208,884 $229,772 — — — — — Time-Based Restricted Stock 2/27/2025 — — — — — — 3,257 $59,017 Performance Units 2/27/2025 — — — 651 3,257 3,582 — $59,017 (1) Reflects the target and maximum bonus that each NEO could earn for 2025 performance under the annual incentive plan. The actual amounts earned by the named executive officers for 2025 performance under the annual incentive plan, which were paid partly in cash and partly in shares of restricted stock with a three-year vesting period, are reported in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column for 2025 in the Summary Compensation Table for the non-discretionary amount and in the “Bonus” column for 2025 for the discretionary amount. (2) Amounts reflected in these columns represent the number of PUs granted to our named executive officers during 2025 under the LTIP, pursuant to which our named executive officers could earn from 0% to 110% in the target number of PUs, based on the achievement over a three-year performance period ending December 31, 2027 of ROAA, core efficiency ratio, TSR, and the non-performing assets ratio for the Company compared to a peer group. Any PUs earned based on the achievement with respect to such goals will vest on the payment date, which is within 73 days following December 31, 2027, and be paid in shares of the Company’s common stock. (3) Amounts reflected in this column represent the number of time-vesting shares of restricted stock that were granted to each of our named executive officers during 2025 under the LTIP. (4) Amounts reflected in this column represent the grant date fair value of 2025 awards of restricted stock and PUs granted to each of our named executive officers, calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718 based on a 90-trading day look-back average closing stock price, which was $18.12. The amounts shown for the PUs are based on the probable outcome of such awards on the grant date, which was achievement at the target level.

27 Proxy Statem ent Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal 2025 Year-End The table below reflects certain information regarding restricted stock and performance-based unit awards held by each NEO as of December 31, 2025. None of the NEOs held any other equity awards as of December 31, 2025. Stock Awards Name Grant Date Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested (#) Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested ($)(3) Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested (#) Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested ($)(3) Litz H. Van Dyke 3/7/22(2) 6,373 $125,293 — — 2/14/23(1) 2,341 $46,024 — — 1/5/24(4) 6,012 $118,196 — — 1/5/24(5) — — 2,805 $55,146 2/27/25(6) 8,279 $162,765 — — 2/27/25(7) — — 1,655 $32,537 3/4/25(1) 5,442 $106,990 — — Bradford N. Langs 3/7/22(2) 2,812 $55,284 — — 2/14/23(1) 1,619 $31,830 — — 1/5/24(4) 3,596 $70,697 — — 1/5/24(5) — — 1,678 $32,989 2/27/25(6) 4,416 $86,819 — — 2/27/25(7) — — 883 $17,360 3/4/25(1) 4,464 $87,762 — — Wendy S. Bell 3/7/22(2) 2,437 $47,911 — — 2/14/23(1) 1,227 $24,123 — — 1/5/24(4) 2,724 $53,554 — — 1/5/24(5) — — 1,271 $24,988 2/27/25(6) 3,367 $66,195 — — 2/27/25(7) — — 673 $13,231 3/4/25(1) 3,325 $65,370 — — Tony E. Kallsen 3/7/22(2) 2,437 $47,911 — — 2/14/23(1) 743 $14,607 — — 1/5/24(4) 1,741 $34,228 — — 1/5/24(5) — — 812 $15,964 2/27/25(6) 2,208 $43,409 — — 2/27/25(7) — — 441 $8,670 3/4/25(1) 2,824 $55,520 — — Matthew M. Speare 3/7/22(2) 2,437 $47,911 — — 2/14/23(1) 812 $15,964 — — 1/5/24(4) 2,619 $51,490 — — 1/5/24(5) — — 1,222 $24,025 2/27/25(6) 3,257 $64,033 — — 2/27/25(7) — — 651 $12,799 3/4/25(1) 3,100 $60,946 — — (1) These awards of restricted stock were granted pursuant to the Equity Plan. The restricted stock vests in equal 1/3 installments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the grant date, subject to accelerated vesting under certain circumstances. (2) These awards of restricted stock were granted pursuant to the LTIP and the Equity Plan. The restricted stock has a five-year cliff vesting, with all shares vesting on March 7, 2027. (3) The amounts in this column represent the aggregate fair market value of the restricted stock and PU awards, as applicable, as of December 31, 2025 based on the closing price of the Company’s stock on that date, which was the last business day of the year. The closing price of the Company’s common stock was $19.66 on that date. (4) These awards of restricted stock were granted pursuant to the LTIP and the Equity Plan. The restricted stock has a five-year cliff vesting, with all shares vesting on January 5, 2029. (5) These 2024 PU awards vest on the payment date, which is within 70 days following December 31, 2026 to the extent earned based on performance achievement over a three-year performance period ending December 31, 2026 and satisfaction of additional service requirements. The amounts reported are based on achieving the threshold level of performance for each of the four performance goals. (6) These awards of restricted stock were granted pursuant to the LTIP and the Equity Plan. The restricted stock has a three-year cliff vesting, with all shares vesting on February 27, 2028. (7) These 2025 PU awards vest on the payment date, which is within 73 days following December 31, 2027 to the extent earned based on performance achievement over a three-year performance period ending December 31, 2027 and satisfaction of additional service requirements. The amounts reported are based on achieving the threshold level of performance for each of the four performance goals.

28 Option Exercises and Stock Vested Fiscal 2025 The table below reflects information regarding restricted stock awards held by each NEO that vested during 2025. None of the NEOs held any stock options during 2025. Stock Awards Name Number of shares acquired on vesting (#)(1) Value realized on vesting ($)(2) Litz H. Van Dyke 3,760 $67,245 Bradford N. Langs 2,511 $44,923 Wendy S. Bell 2,090 $37,357 Tony E. Kallsen 1,267 $22,647 Matthew M. Speare 1,405 $25,110 (1) The number of shares acquired on vesting represents the gross number of shares of the Company’s common stock that vested, without taking into account any shares withheld to satisfy applicable tax obligations. (2) The value realized on vesting for restricted stock is the market value based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the vesting date multiplied by the gross number of shares that vested. 401(k) and Profit-Sharing Plan The 401(k) and Profit-Sharing Plan covers all associates that have been employed for one month (six months for profit-sharing), have reached the age of 20-1/2, and have reached an entry date provided under the plan. Persons who have reached the age of 62 are fully vested regardless of length of service. Elective deferrals and safe harbor matching contributions are 100% vested. Profit-sharing contributions and non-safe harbor matching contributions are subject to the below vesting schedule and certain other requirements set forth in the plan. For eligibility and vesting purposes, associates receive credit for previous employment with any of the Merged Banks, the Mortgage Company of Virginia, Bank Services of Virginia, Inc. and Bank Services Insurance, Inc. Vesting is based on the number of years of service, with a year being any year an associate works a minimum of 1,000 hours. The vesting schedule is as follows: Years of Service Vested Percentage Forfeitable Percentage 1 20% 80% 2 40% 60% 3 60% 40% 4 80% 20% 5 100% 0% Each year the Board determines what amount, if any, is to be allocated as a profit-sharing contribution to the plan. A profit-sharing contribution is made in the year following the year to which it relates. These profit-sharing contributions to the plan were $0.6 million in 2025, $0.5 million in 2024, and $0.4 million in 2023. Each of the NEOs participates in the 401(k) and Profit Sharing Plan except that the NEOs are excluded from participation in the profit-sharing contribution. The 401(k) and Profit-Sharing Plan also includes a company match based upon an associate’s elective deferral. This elective deferral is subject to dollar limits announced annually by the IRS. Elective deferrals are currently matched with a safe-harbor match equal to 100% of the first 3% deferred and 50% of the next 2%, producing a maximum 4% match. Expense for this deferral match was $1.6 million, $1.4 million and $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan In December 2020, the Bank adopted an unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation plan, called the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, to provide key associates of the Bank, including all of the Company’s NEOs (beginning after the date of adoption) the opportunity to defer to a later year on a pre-tax basis certain compensation without being subject to the dollar limits that apply to these associates under the Bank’s 401(k) and Profit-Sharing Plan. This plan

29 Proxy Statem ent allows participants whose maximum retirement contribution is limited by IRS rules to defer additional compensation. Participants in this plan are eligible to defer (on a pre-tax basis) up to 100% of their eligible plan compensation. The compensation and fees (and related earnings) deferred under this plan are held in a grantor trust until paid to the participants and are 100% vested, but remain subject to the claims of the creditors of the Bank and the Company until paid to the participants. Benefits under the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan are generally paid upon separation from service in either a lump sum or annual installments from 2 to 15 years, in each case as elected by the participant and subject to a mandatory six-month delay for certain participants. Two NEOs participated in the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan in 2025. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation for 2025 Name Executive Contributions in Last FY($)(1) Registrant Contributions in Last FY ($) Aggregate Earnings in Last FY($)(2) Aggregate Withdrawals/ Distributions ($) Aggregate Balance at Last FYE ($)(3) Litz H. Van Dyke — — — — — Bradford N. Langs — — — — — Wendy S. Bell $142,224 — $22,132 — $637,860 Tony E. Kallsen $  18,200 — $12,183 — $  98,627 Matthew M. Speare — — — — — (1) Reflects salary deferred under the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan. These amounts are included as 2025 “salary” in the Summary Compensation Table. Ms. Bell and Mr. Kallsen were the only NEOs who participated in this plan in 2025. (2) Aggregate gains attributed to participants under the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan are actual returns based on their investment elections under the plan. (3) Of the amounts in this column, $451,412 and $61,600 were previously reported as compensation to Ms. Bell and Mr. Kallsen, respectively, in a Summary Compensation Table for years prior to 2025. Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control The following table shows the estimated payments to or benefits that would have been received by each of the NEOs upon the following termination events or upon a change of control of the Company, in each case assuming that each termination event or the change of control occurred on December 31, 2025, and assuming a stock price of $19.66 which was the closing stock price of the Company’s common stock on December 31, 2025, the last business day of the year. The amounts reflected in the following table are estimates, as the actual amounts that would be paid to or received by a NEO can only be determined at the time of termination or change of control.

30 The following table reports only amounts that are increased, accelerated or otherwise paid or payable as a result of the applicable termination or change of control event and, as a result, excludes amounts accrued through December 31, 2025, such as accrued but unpaid salary and annual bonus compensation amounts for completed performance periods and vested account balances under the 401(k) and Profit Sharing Plan, Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan and other plans. The Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan provides that all amounts will be paid upon separation from service, subject to a mandatory six-month delay for certain participants. The terms of the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan are discussed in further detail under “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan,” and the “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan for 2025” table sets forth the vested account balances of the NEO participants. The following table also excludes any amounts that are available generally to all salaried associates and in a manner that does not discriminate in favor of the Company’s executive officers. Payments and Benefits Death(10) Termination Due to Incapacity Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason Not in Connection with Change of Control(1)(2) Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason within 2 Years Following a Change of Control(3)(4)(5)(6) Termination For Cause or Without Good Reason Change of Control with no Related Termination of Employment Litz H. Van Dyke Cash Severance $ — $ — $ 1,057,500 $ 2,435,886 $ — $ — Equity Vesting(7)(8)(9) 387,365 387,365 — 188,549 — 198,816 Health Care Coverage — — 22,079 22,079 — — Total $ 387,365 $ 387,365 $ 1,079,579 $ 2,646,514 $ — $ 198,816 Bradford N. Langs Cash Severance $ — $ — $ 578,448 $ 1,425,903 $ — $ — Equity Vesting(7)(8)(9) 241,187 241,187 — 94,780 — 146,407 Health Care Coverage — — 22,319 33,479 — — Total $ 241,187 $ 241,187 $ 600,767 $ 1,554,162 $ — $ 146,407 Wendy S. Bell Cash Severance $ — $ — $ 429,936 $ 1,060,219 $ — $ — Equity Vesting(7)(8)(9) 186,367 186,367 — 76,541 — 109,827 Health Care Coverage — — 8,688 13,032 — — Total $ 186,367 $ 186,367 $ 438,624 $ 1,149,792 $ — $ 109,827 Tony E. Kallsen Cash Severance $ — $ — $ — $ 482,063 $ — $ — Equity Vesting(7)(8)(9) 145,659 145,659 — 62,481 — 83,178 Health Care Coverage — — — 8,688 — — Total $ 145,659 $ 145,659 $ — $ 553,232 $ — $ 83,178 Matthew M. Speare Cash Severance $ — $ — $ 401,700 $ 990,210 $ — $ — Equity Vesting(7)(8)(9) 171,597 171,597 — 75,115 — 96,482 Health Care Coverage — — 14,719 22,079 — — Total $ 171,597 $ 171,597 $ 416,419 $ 1,087,404 $ — $ 96,482 (1) Under his employment agreement, if Mr. Van Dyke resigns for Good Reason or his employment is terminated without cause not in connection with a change of control, Mr. Van Dyke will be entitled to receive monthly severance payments equal to one-twelfth of his annual base salary for 18 months and continued associate health insurance coverage for 18 months. Payment of these severance benefits is subject to receipt by the Company of a signed release and waiver of claims and satisfaction of other requirements, conditions, and limitations set forth in Mr. Van Dyke’s employment agreement, including covenants regarding confidentiality, non-competition, non-piracy and non-solicitation. (2) For each NEO other than Messrs. Van Dyke and Kallsen, under his or her employment agreement, if the NEO resigns for Good Reason or his or her employment is terminated without cause not in connection with a change of control, the NEO will be entitled to receive monthly severance payments equal to one-twelfth of his or her annual base salary for 12 months and continued associate health insurance coverage for 12 months. Payment of these severance benefits is subject to receipt by the Company of a signed release and waiver of claims and satisfaction of other requirements, conditions, and limitations set forth in the employment agreement, including covenants regarding confidentiality, non- competition, non-piracy and non-solicitation.

31 Proxy Statem ent (3) Under his employment agreement, if Mr. Van Dyke resigns for Good Reason or his employment is terminated without cause within two years after a change of control Mr. Van Dyke will be entitled to receive a lump sum severance payment equal to 2.99 times his annual base salary, continued associate health insurance coverage for 18 months and a lump sum payment equal to Mr. Van Dyke’s highest annual bonus earned from the Company for the three years prior to termination. Payment of these severance benefits is subject to receipt by the Company of a signed release and waiver of claims and satisfaction of other requirements, conditions, and limitations set forth in Mr. Van Dyke’s employment agreement, including covenants regarding confidentiality, non-competition, non-piracy and non-solicitation. (4) Under his change of control severance agreement, if Mr. Kallsen resigns for Good Reason or his employment is terminated without cause within two years after a change of control and Mr. Kallsen executes and delivers to the Company a signed release and waiver of claims, he will be entitled to receive monthly severance payments for 12 months in an aggregate amount equal to his annual base salary plus his average annual bonus payable from the Company for the three years prior to termination, and a lump sum payment equal to continued associate health insurance coverage for 12 months. Payment of these severance benefits is subject to satisfaction of other requirements, conditions, and limitations set forth in Mr. Kallsen’s change of control severance agreement, including covenants regarding confidentiality, non-competition, non-piracy and non-solicitation. (5) For each NEO other than Messrs. Van Dyke and Kallsen, under his or her employment agreement, if the NEO resigns for Good Reason or his or her employment is terminated without cause within two years after a change of control, the NEO will be entitled to receive to receive a lump sum severance payment equal to two times his or her annual base salary, continued associate health insurance coverage for 18 months and a lump sum payment equal to the NEO’s highest annual bonus earned from the Company for the three years prior to termination. Payment of these severance benefits is subject to receipt by the Company of a signed release and waiver of claims and satisfaction of other requirements, conditions, and limitations set forth in the employment agreement, including covenants regarding confidentiality, non-competition, non-piracy and non-solicitation. (6) Each NEO’s employment agreement or change of control severance agreement provides for change of control benefits on a “best net” approach, under which the NEO’s change of control benefits will be reduced to avoid the golden parachute excise tax under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code unless without such a reduction the NEO would receive more after-tax compensation than with a reduction. The amounts shown in this column do not reflect any reductions that might be made pursuant to these provisions. (7) All then unvested restricted stock other than restricted stock granted under the LTIP (“non-LTIP restricted stock”) becomes fully vested upon a change of control of the Company or the Bank, as applicable, or upon termination of the NEO’s employment due to (a) death or (b) disability. In the event of termination of the NEO’s employment for good reason or without cause, all then unvested non-LTIP restricted stock would be forfeited in the absence of the Committee’s exercise of discretion to waive such forfeiture. In the event of termination of the NEO’s employment for any other reason, including retirement, all then unvested non-LTIP restricted stock would be forfeited. (8) A pro-rata portion (based on the number of months employed during the period of restriction) of the restricted stock granted under the LTIP (“LTIP restricted stock”) becomes vested upon termination of the NEO’s employment due to (a) death, (b) disability, or (c) for good reason or without cause within 2 years following a change of control of the Company or the Bank, as applicable. In the event of termination of the NEO’s employment for any other reason, all then unvested LTIP restricted stock would be forfeited in the absence of the Committee’s exercise of discretion to waive such forfeiture. (9) A pro-rata portion (based on the number of months employed during the performance period) of the performance units becomes vested (to the extent the applicable performance goals are met) upon a change of control of the Company or the Bank, as applicable, or upon termination of the NEO’s employment due to (a) death or (b) disability. Performance is measured as of the end of the quarter immediately preceding the date of the change of control or termination, as applicable. In the event of termination of the NEO’s employment for any other reason, all then unvested performance units would be forfeited in the absence of the Committee’s exercise of discretion to waive such forfeiture. (10) In the event Messrs. Van Dyke, Langs, Kallsen or Speare or Ms. Bell died on December 31, 2025, the death benefit payable under the endorsement split dollar agreement to each of their designated beneficiaries, surviving spouse, or estate would have been $50,000 for each NEO.

32 PAY VERSUS PERFORMANCE The following table presents certain information regarding compensation paid to the Company’s CEO and other NEOs, and certain measures of financial performance, for the five years ended December 31, 2025. The amounts shown below are calculated in accordance with Item 402(v) of Regulation S-K: Year Summary Compensation Table Total for CEO(1) Compensation Actually Paid (“CAP”) to CEO(2)(6) Average Summary Compensation Table Total for Non-CEO Named Executive Officers(3) Average Compensation Actually Paid to Non-CEO Named Executive Officers(4)(6) Value of Initial Fixed $100 Investment Based on: Net Income (in thousands) Earnings per Share (“EPS”) Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) Peer Group Total Shareholder Return(5) 2025 $1,355,859 $1,376,843 $768,919 $786,932 $183.40 $211.47 $31,362 $1.38 2024 $1,307,912 $1,382,287 $790,570 $724,633 $164.09 $164.70 $24,523 $1.06 2023 $   784,630 $   798,304 $506,537 $519,229 $139.65 $123.02 $23,384 $1.00 2022 $1,259,829 $1,255,996 $680,983 $681,963 $154.76 $112.77 $50,118 $2.03 2021 $   934,334 $   890,964 $536,164 $515,917 $143.56 $135.97 $31,590 $1.19 (1) The dollar amounts reported in this column are the amounts of total compensation reported for Mr. Van Dyke for each corresponding year in the “Total” column of the Summary Compensation Table (“SCT”). (2) The dollar amounts reported in this column represent the amount of CAP to our CEO, Litz Van Dyke, as computed in accordance with Item 402(v) of Regulation S-K. The dollar amounts do not reflect the actual amount of compensation earned by or paid to Mr. Van Dyke during the applicable year. To calculate CAP to Mr. Van Dyke, for each of the years shown, the following amounts were deducted from and added to SCT total compensation. CEO SCT Total to CAP Reconciliation: Year SCT Total Deductions from SCT Total(a) Additions to SCT Total(b) CAP 2025 $1,355,859 $404,492 $425,476 $1,376,843 2024 $1,307,912 $356,707 $431,082 $1,382,287 2023 $   784,630 $       — $  13,674 $   798,304 2022 $1,259,829 $353,812 $349,979 $1,255,996 2021 $   934,334 $ 97,847 $  54,477 $   890,964 (a) The dollar amounts reported in this column include $300,030, $258,316 and $232,042 in the “Stock Awards” column of the SCT for 2025, 2024, and 2022, respectively, as well as, $60,489, $71,194, $121,770 and $97,847 in the “Non-equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the SCT for 2025, 2024, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and $43,973 and $27,197 in the “Bonus” column of the SCT for 2025 and 2024, respectively, reflecting the portion of the bonus amounts earned for 2025, 2024, 2022 and 2021 performance under the annual incentive plan (and discretionary amount for 2025 and 2024) that was paid in shares of restricted stock granted in February 2026, March 2025, February 2023 and February 2022, respectively. (b) The equity component of CAP for each fiscal year is further detailed in the supplemental table below.

33 Proxy Statem ent CEO Equity Component of CAP: Year Fair Value of Equity Awards Granted in the Year and Outstanding and Unvested as of Year End Year over Year Change in Fair Value of Equity Awards Granted in Prior Years and Outstanding and Unvested as of Year End Fair Value as of Vesting Date of Equity Awards Granted and Vested in the Year Year over Year Change in Fair Value of Equity Awards Granted in Prior Years that Vested in the Year Fair Value at the End of the Prior Year of Equity Awards that were Forfeited in the Year Value of Dividends or other Earnings Paid on Equity Awards not Otherwise Reflected in Fair Value or Total Compensation Total Equity Award Adjustments 2025 $416,240 $ 9,934 $ — $ (698) $ — $ — $425,476 2024 $362,123 $ 64,740 $ — $4,219 $ — $ — $431,082 2023 $105,134 $(94,120) $ — $2,660 $ — $ — $ 13,674 2022 $314,049 $ 3,154 $29,672 $3,104 $ — $ — $349,979 2021 $ 37,213 $ 15,056 $ — $2,208 $ — $ — $ 54,477 (3) The dollar amounts reported in this column represent the average of the amounts reported for the Company’s non-CEO NEOs (“Non-CEO NEOs”) as a group in the “Total” column of the SCT in each applicable year. The names of the Non-CEO NEOs included for purposes of calculating the average amounts in each applicable year are as follows: Bradford N. Langs, Wendy S. Bell, Tony E. Kallsen and Matthew M. Speare. (4) The dollar amounts reported in this column represent the average amount of CAP to the Non-CEO NEOs as a group, as computed in accordance with Item 402(v) of Regulation S-K. The dollar amounts do not reflect the actual average amount of compensation earned by or paid to the Non-CEO NEOs during the applicable year. To calculate CAP to our Non-CEO NEOs for each of the years shown, the following amounts were deducted from and added to SCT total compensation. Average Non-CEO NEOs SCT Total to CAP Reconciliation: Year SCT Total Deductions from SCT Total(a) Additions to SCT Total(b) CAP 2025 $768,919 $176,038 $194,051 $786,932 2024 $790,570 $176,697 $110,760 $724,633 2023 $506,537 $      — $  12,692 $519,229 2022 $680,983 $149,334 $150,314 $681,963 2021 $536,164 $  49,176 $  28,929 $515,917 (a) The dollar amounts reported in this column include the average of $120,027, $114,714 and $92,139 for 2025, 2024 and 2022 in the “Stock Awards” column of the SCT, as well as, $32,430, $44,828, $57,195 and $49,176 in the “Non-equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the SCT for 2025, 2024, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and the average of $23,581 and $17,155 in the “Bonus” column of the SCT for 2025 and 2024, reflecting the portion of the bonus amounts earned for 2025, 2024, 2022 and 2021 performance under the annual incentive plan (and discretionary amount for 2025 and 2024) that was paid in shares of restricted stock granted in February 2026, March 2025, February 2023 and February 2022, respectively. (b) The equity component of CAP for each fiscal year is further detailed in the supplemental table below. Average Non-CEO NEOs Equity Component of CAP: Year Fair Value of Equity Awards Granted in the Year and Outstanding and Unvested as of Year End Year over Year Change in Fair Value of Equity Awards Granted in Prior Years and Outstanding and Unvested as of Year End Fair Value as of Vesting Date of Equity Awards Granted and Vested in the Year Year over Year Change in Fair Value of Equity Awards Granted in Prior Years that Vested in the Year Fair Value at the End of the Prior Year of Equity Awards that were Forfeited in the Year Value of Dividends or other Earnings Paid on Equity Awards not Otherwise Reflected in Fair Value or Total Compensation Total Equity Award Adjustments 2025 $190,189 $ 4,209 $ — $ (347) $ — $ — $194,051 2024 $ 80,407 $ 28,282 $ — $ 2,071 $ — $ — $110,760 2023 $ 49,382 $(38,039) $ — $ 1,349 $ — $ — $ 12,692 2022 $132,434 $ 1,616 $14,647 $ 1,617 $ — $ — $150,314 2021 $ 19,403 $ 7,731 $ — $ 1,795 $ — $ — $ 28,929 (5) Represents the weighted peer group TSR, weighted according to the respective companies’ stock market capitalization at the beginning of each period for which a return is indicated. The peer group used for this purpose is the S&P BMI U.S. Banks Index. (6) These amounts for 2023 and 2024, as well as the amounts for 2023 and 2024 in the “CEO SCT Total to CAP Reconciliation,” “CEO Equity Component of CAP,” “Average Non-CEO NEOs SCT Total to CAP Reconciliation” and “Average Non-CEO NEOs Equity Component of CAP” tables, have been corrected from the corresponding amounts shown in our Definitive Proxy Statements on Schedule 14A filed on April 25, 2025 and April 26, 2024 to address a calculation error relating to the 2022 PUs.

34 Tabular List of Financial Performance Measures The Company considers the following to be the most important financial performance measures it uses to link CAP to its NEOs, for 2025, to Company performance. These financial measures are used by the Nominating and Compensation Committee to link executive compensation to Company performance for the 2025 performance year. Most Important Financial Performance Measures • Earnings per Share • Return on Average Assets • Return on Average Equity • Efficiency Ratio • Nonperforming Assets to Average Assets Ratio Relationship between Financial Performance Measures and Executive Compensation Compensation Actually Paid and Cumulative TSR: The graph below illustrates the relationship between the CAP of our CEO and the average CAP of our non-CEO NEOs over the last five years and the Company’s TSR performance, as well as TSR relative to the S&P BMI U.S. Banks Index. This illustrates that, from 2021 to 2022, 2022 to 2023, 2023 to 2024 and 2024 to 2025, the CAP of our CEO and the average CAP of our non-CEO NEOs is generally aligned with the Company’s cumulative TSR.

35 Proxy Statem ent Compensation Actually Paid and Net Income: The graph below illustrates the relationship between the CAP of our CEO and the average CAP of our non-CEO NEOs over the last five years and the Company’s net income. This illustrates that, from 2021 to 2022, 2022 to 2023, 2023 to 2024 and 2024 to 2025, the CAP of our CEO and the average CAP of our non-CEO NEOs is generally aligned with the Company’s net income. Compensation Actually Paid and Earnings per Share: The graph below illustrates the relationship between the CAP of our CEO and the average CAP of our non-CEO NEOs over the last five years and the Company’s earnings per share. This illustrates that, from 2021 to 2022, 2022 to 2023, 2023 to 2024 and 2024 to 2025, the CAP of our CEO and the average CAP of our non-CEO NEOs is generally aligned with the Company’s earnings per share.

36 DIRECTOR COMPENSATION The Nominating and Compensation Committee reviews and recommends to the Board for approval the compensation of the Company’s non-employee Directors. For 2025 non-employee Director compensation, the Nominating and Compensation Committee recommended the fees to be paid to non-employee Directors based in part on advice of the Committee’s independent compensation consultant, which annually conducts an external market study using the same peer group identified above for executive compensation determinations to assess the competitiveness of current pay for our non-employee Directors. As with the executive compensation program, the Nominating and Compensation Committee considers the peer data to ensure that the Company’s non-employee Director compensation is competitive and close to the median of market practices of the peer companies. Non-employee Directors do not receive per-meeting fees and instead receive an annual cash retainer, payable monthly, and an annual stock retainer in the form of an annual award of time-based restricted stock under the Equity Plan. In 2025, the Chairman of the Board received a combined annual cash retainer in the amount of $75,000, the Chair of the Audit Committee received a combined annual cash retainer of $56,000, the Chairs of the Nominating & Compensation and Investment/ Interest Rate Risk Committees each received a combined annual cash retainer of $60,000, the chairs of the Credit Risk and Enterprise Risk Management Committees each received a combined annual cash retainer of $50,000, and each other non-employee Director received an annual cash retainer in the amount of $42,000. The annual stock retainer for each Director is paid in the form of restricted stock, and has a one-year vest date. The restricted stock grants for 2025 were approved in an amount of approximately $33,000 per then-serving Director with the number of shares determined based on the weighted average closing price of the Company’s stock for the 90-trading days ending on the grant date, rounded up in the case of a fractional share. In October 2025, based in part on the recommendations of Gallagher, the Nominating and Compensation Committee recommended and the Board approved cash and stock retainer changes to the non-employee Directors’ compensation for 2026. The 2026 cash and stock retainers for non-employee Directors are detailed in the table below. Non-Employee Director Cash Retainer Fees Director Retainer Fees Annual Cash Retainer $45,000 Annual Stock Retainer $35,000 Board and Committee Chairperson Supplemental Fees Chairman of the Board $42,500 Lead Independent Director $12,500 Audit Chair $14,000 Nominating and Compensation Chair $10,000 Investment/ Interest Rate Risk Chair $8,000 Credit Risk Chair $8,000 Enterprise Risk Management Chair $8,000 The Bank has an unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation plan, called the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, that provides the Bank’s non-employee Directors (beginning in January 2022) the opportunity to defer to a later year on a pre-tax basis certain director fees. None of the Company’s non-employee Directors elected to participate in the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan for 2025.

37 Proxy Statem ent Director Compensation Table Fiscal 2025 The following table provides compensation information for the year ended December 31, 2025 for each non-employee member who served on the Board in 2025. Name(1) Fees Earned or Paid in Cash ($) Stock Awards ($)(2) Total ($) Michael R. Bird $56,000 $33,014 $89,014 Kevin S. Bloomfield $42,000 $33,014 $75,014 Robert M. Bolton $42,000 $33,014 $75,014 Gregory W. Feldmann $60,000 $33,014 $93,014 James W. Haskins $75,000 $33,014 $108,014 Phyllis Karavatakis $42,000 $33,014 $75,014 Jacob A. Lutz, III $50,000 $33,014 $83,014 E. Warren Matthews(3) $17,500 $33,014 $50,514 Catharine L. Midkiff $50,000 $33,014 $83,014 Curtis E. Stephens $42,000 $33,014 $75,014 Elizabeth L. Walsh $42,000 $33,014 $75,014 (1) Litz Van Dyke, CEO, is not included in this table because he is an officer of the Company and the Bank and did not receive separate compensation for service as a Director of the Company. The compensation received by Mr. Van Dyke as an officer of the Company and the Bank in 2025 is included in the Summary Compensation Table. (2) The amounts in this column reflect the grant date fair value of grants of restricted stock to each listed director on January 2, 2025, under the Equity Plan, calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718, based on a 90-trading day look-back period to estimate the average stock price to resolve issues of rapid stock price fluctuations. As of December 31, 2025, each of the non-employee Directors held 1,827 shares of restricted stock. (3) Mr. Matthews retired from the Board on May 28, 2025. SUSTAINABILITY INITIATIVES The Company seeks to integrate environmental and social considerations that are expected to drive Company performance into its policies and business. The Company has always been, and remains, committed to maintaining the highest standards of business conduct and governance, and believes it is essential in running its business effectively, serving its customers and communities, creating long-term value for its shareholders, and maintaining integrity in the marketplace. The Company continues to develop appropriate responses to these evolving expectations. Environmental and social matters are addressed below. Governance matters are addressed under the section titled “Corporate Governance”. Environmental Matters The Company is committed to conserving natural resources and maintaining a clean and safe environment. The Company was a founding member of the Eco Ambassador Council (“EAC”). The goal of the EAC is to provide opportunities for regional businesses to pool resources and engage in shared initiatives for the benefit of its communities, stakeholders, and the economy. As a founding and on-going member of the EAC, the Company is proud of EAC’s positive outcomes to date, and is optimistic of the future impact potentials. In 2025, the EAC voted on a new slate of projects and held a ribbon cutting for the WaterShed, a permanent structure for the environmental education programs that are provided to nearly 1,000 local students annually. The EAC, along with other community partners, also helped transform nearly 10 miles of the South Mayo River by providing funding to remove two historic dams that had blocked passage, threatened critical aquatic habitats, and posed serious public safety hazards, including six documented drownings. The Council’s first project, the future Mayo River State Park, has entered the community input stage of the master planning process to become an official Virginia State Park.

38 The Company has taken steps to help reduce the Company’s impact and expenses, including forming an internal team in 2021 coordinated by associates to help implement sustainability programs within the Company’s internal community, as well as communities within its footprint. Social Matters The Company remains committed to the health and well-being of the communities it serves, its associates, its partners, and other stakeholders. There are a number of programs and initiatives in place that the Company believes will provide positive social benefit and impact to its communities and help strengthen the Company’s business. Volunteer Service • Associates serve their communities in a number of capacities, including: ◦ Serving as board and committee representatives for social and environmental impact nonprofits and local government boards ◦ Providing technical and consulting assistance for nonprofit organizations and small businesses ◦ Providing hands on community assistance related to food security, disaster relief, financial literacy, youth and elder education, access to safe housing, and environmental action among others • The Company partners with leaders across its footprint, including those in underserved communities, to offer and facilitate financial education classes Community Investments The Company: • Provides in-kind donations, such as furniture and fixtures to nonprofit organizations and community members • Organizes multiple associate giving campaigns each year with United Way chapters throughout the Company’s footprint • Donates and sponsors initiatives with nonprofit organizations throughout its communities focusing on those that benefit people or places in low or moderate income areas, majority minority areas, and distressed or underserved areas Community Development Lending and Other Community Access to Credit The Company: • Provides access to grants through the Federal Home Loan Bank programs such as: First Time Home Buyer Assistance, Community Partner, and Affordable Housing • Helps to further community development goals across the Company’s footprint through loans that aide in revitalization and stabilization of distressed areas, job creation or retention, economic development, providing affordable housing, and disaster recovery • Originates small business loans Human Capital Management The Company’s associates are fundamental to its ability to serve customers and support long-term success. Core values, such as building relationships, earning trust, and taking ownership guide how the Company attracts, develops, and retains talent and fosters a collaborative, team-oriented environment. The Company emphasizes open communication and shared accountability, which help support professional growth and enable our associates to deliver high-quality service. The Company invests in competitive compensation, comprehensive benefits, and wellness initiatives, and focuses on healthy work-life integration to support associate engagement and performance.

39 Proxy Statem ent Associates As of December 31, 2025, the Company employed 687 full-time associates across our two-state footprint. None of its associates are represented by a collective bargaining unit. During fiscal year 2025, the Company hired 202 associates, and our voluntary separation turnover rate was 15.1%. Compensation, Benefits, and Wellness The Company’s compensation strategy is designed to attract and retain qualified associates while remaining competitive within its markets. Job descriptions are reviewed annually, and compensation decisions are informed by market-based salary and benefits data. Eligible associates are offered a comprehensive benefits package that includes paid time off, health and wellness benefits, a 401(k) program with employer matching and contributions, flexible spending accounts, employee assistance programs, and equity awards for high performing associates. The Company also engages external professionals to provide wellness programming that promotes physical, mental, and financial well-being, supporting our associates’ ability to remain engaged and productive. Associate Performance and Development Associate development and performance management are grounded in open dialogue and ongoing feedback. The Company’s performance review process is based on core competencies and a standardized rating system to help evaluate performance consistently across the organization. Associates complete self-assessments at the beginning of each review cycle, which are considered by leaders in determining overall performance ratings. Performance evaluations are a key component of the Company’s merit increase process. New associates participate in a standardized orientation program on their first day of employment to ensure a consistent onboarding experience. Associates complete an average of approximately 15 hours of regulatory and compliance training annually, in addition to training specific to their roles and responsibilities. The Company also offers leadership development programs that equip leaders with tools and resources to build high-performing teams. Associates are encouraged to participate in webinars and external training opportunities to support professional growth. Collaborative Work Environment The Company strives to foster a collaborative workplace through our core values and behaviors. The Company encourages associates to share ideas and perspectives and uses multiple channels to engage our workforce. In addition to conducting annual associate surveys, the Company solicits feedback through regular meetings and suggestion mechanisms designed to gather insights and inform management decision making. Leadership uses this feedback to identify opportunities to strengthen engagement and cultivate a workforce with a variety of backgrounds, skills and experiences that support the Company’s business. Talent Acquisition and Retention Talent acquisition and retention efforts focus on creating an environment where associates can develop and thrive. The Company regularly reviews hiring and selection practices and conduct pay analyses to help ensure that compensation aligns with associate experience, skills, and responsibilities. Recruiting efforts leverage multiple external partners to reach a broad pool of candidates. The Company invests in training programs that prepare associates for their roles and responsibilities and support career progression. Leaders work closely with Human Resources to identify internal talent and promote associates to new opportunities as they become available.

40 2025 Community Focus:

41 Proxy Statem ent CORPORATE GOVERNANCE Director Independence Under the Company’s Bylaws, a majority of the Board must be “Independent Directors”. All of the Company’s current Directors, other than the CEO, Mr. Litz H. Van Dyke, the Vice Chairman of the Board, Ms. Phyllis Q. Karavatakis, and the Chairman of the Board, Mr. James W. Haskins satisfy, and during 2025 all then-serving Directors, other than Mr. Van Dyke, Ms. Karavatakis, and Mr. Haskins satisfied, the director independence requirements of the Nasdaq listing standards and regulations of the SEC. These independent directors are, and were during 2025: Mr. Michael R. Bird, Mr. Kevin S. Bloomfield, Mr. Robert M. Bolton, Mr. Gregory W. Feldmann, Mr. Jacob A. Lutz, III, Mr. E. Warren Matthews, Ms. Catharine L. Midkiff, Mr. Curtis E. Stephens and Ms. Elizabeth L. Walsh. Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors Board of Directors. The Board meets regularly once a month. The Company’s Board held 17 regular meetings during 2025. During 2025, each member of the Board attended at least 75% of the aggregate of: (1) the Company’s Board meetings held during the period and (2) the number of meetings of all committees on which he or she served for the Company. The Company has not adopted a formal policy on Board members’ attendance at annual meetings of shareholders, although all Board members are encouraged to attend. All then-serving Directors of the Company except for Ms. Karavatakis attended the 2025 Annual Meeting of Shareholders on May 28, 2025. Audit Committee. The Company has created and designated a separate committee of its Board as the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee currently consists of four Directors. Current members of the Company’s Audit Committee are Chairman Michael R. Bird, and Mr. Kevin S. Bloomfield, Ms. Catharine L. Midkiff and Ms. Elizabeth L. Walsh, each of whom is an Independent Director for this purpose according to Nasdaq listing standards and the regulations of the SEC. During 2025, all members of the Audit Committee satisfied the independence requirements of the Nasdaq listing standards and the regulations of the SEC. The Audit Committee engages the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, monitors the Company’s financial reporting process and internal controls system, reviews and appraises the audit efforts of the Company’s external auditors and its internal auditing department, provides an open avenue of communication among the external auditors, financial and senior management, the internal auditing department and the Board, and reports to the Board at least quarterly. The Audit Committee also provides oversight related to the internal audit function and the Chief Audit Executive. The Audit Committee met five times during 2025. The Audit Committee operates pursuant to a written charter, most recently approved by the Board on May 28, 2025. This charter is reviewed annually by the Audit Committee for changes to recommend to the Board for approval. The charter is available on the Company’s website at www.carterbank.com under “Investor Relations”>”Governance”>” Governance Documents”. The Board has determined that Catharine L. Midkiff, Michael R. Bird and Elizabeth L. Walsh each qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of applicable regulations of the SEC, promulgated pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. See Director biographies beginning on page 4 for additional detail on why these Directors qualify as “audit committee financial experts”. Nominating and Compensation Committee. The Company has created and designated a separate joint committee of its Board and the Bank’s Board as the Nominating and Compensation Committee. The Nominating and Compensation Committee currently consists of four Directors. Current members of the Nominating and Compensation Committee are Chairman Gregory W. Feldmann, and Messrs. Kevin S. Bloomfield, Jacob A. Lutz, III and Curtis E. Stephens, each of whom satisfies the independence requirements of the Nasdaq listing standards and the regulations of the SEC. During 2025, all members of the Nominating and Compensation Committee satisfied the independence requirements of the Nasdaq listing standards and the regulations of the SEC. The Nominating and Compensation Committee evaluates Director candidates and recommends to the Board nominees for election to the Board. The Board will consider recommendations to the Board from shareholders as appropriate. The Committee also administers the annual and long-term incentive plans discussed above along with the Equity Plan and grants equity awards under the plan. Additional information regarding the compensation-related functions of the Committee is provided in the “Compensation Discussion & Analysis” section. The Nominating and Compensation

42 Committee operates pursuant to a written charter, most recently approved by the Board and the Bank Board on October 22, 2025. This charter is reviewed annually by the Nominating and Compensation Committee for changes to recommend to the Board and the Bank Board for approval. A copy of this charter can be found on the Company’s website at www.carterbank.com under “Investor Relations”>”Governance”>”Governance Documents”. The Nominating and Compensation Committee met 11 times during 2025. Director Qualifications and Nominations; Board Diversity Generally, nominees for Director are identified and suggested by the members of the Board or management using their business networks. The Board has not retained any executive search firms or other third parties to identify or evaluate Director candidates in the past, but may do so in the future. In evaluating candidates, the Nominating and Compensation Committee considers all factors it considers appropriate and consistent with the Company’s corporate governance policies. The Nominating and Compensation Committee may consider certain individual qualifications, including high level leadership experience in business activities, breadth of knowledge about issues affecting the Company and Bank, time available for meetings and consultation on matters impacting the Company and the Bank, strength of character, mature judgment, independence of thought and an ability to work collegially. Although the Company and Bank have no formal policy regarding diversity, the Board recognizes the importance of diverse backgrounds and perspectives, and it values diversity on the Board. As a matter of practice in the evaluation of candidates, the Nominating and Compensation Committee and the Board consider the diversity of the Board, including as it relates to gender, race, ethnicity, career experience, relevant technical skills, industry knowledge and experience, financial expertise and local or community ties. The Nominating and Compensation Committee may also consider the extent to which a candidate would fill a present need on the Board. Each Committee of the Board conducts a self-assessment, managed by the Chair of the Committee with assistance from the Chairman of the Board and the Lead Independent Director. The Chief Human Resources Officer assists with the Nominating and Compensation Committee self-assessment. The Board has not established any specific minimum qualifications that a candidate for Director must meet in order to be nominated for Board membership. Rather the Board will evaluate the mix of skills and experience that the candidate offers, consider how a given candidate would impact the composition of the Board, consider how a given candidate meets the Board’s current expectations and needs and make a determination regarding whether a candidate should be nominated for election as a Director. The Nominating and Compensation Committee will evaluate Director recommendations from shareholders if made in writing. Director candidates recommended by shareholders will be considered on the same basis as Director candidates referred from other sources. While there are no formal procedures for shareholders to submit Director candidate recommendations, written recommendations of Director candidates should include the name, address and telephone number of the recommended candidate, along with a brief statement of the candidate’s qualifications to serve as a Director. All such shareholder recommendations should be submitted to the Secretary of the Company at the address provided on the first page of this proxy statement, by January 29, 2027 in order to be considered by the Nominating and Compensation Committee, for the next annual election of directors. In addition, in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and/or Bylaws, nominations for election to the Board may be made by any shareholder of any outstanding class of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote for the election of Directors. Notices of nominations, other than those made by or on behalf of the existing Board of the Company, must be made in writing and be delivered to the Secretary of the Company at the address provided on the first page of this proxy statement not less than 90 days or more than 120 days before the first anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting; provided that if the annual meeting is more than 30 days from the first anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting, the notice must be delivered no earlier than 120 days before the annual meeting and no later than the close of business on the later of 90 days before the annual meeting or the tenth day after notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or public announcement of the date of the annual meeting was first made. Such notice shall contain the following information to the extent known to the notifying shareholder: (a) the name and residence address of the notifying shareholder; (b) the number of shares of capital stock of the Company owned by the notifying shareholder; (c) any material interest of the notifying shareholder in the nomination; (d) the name and a brief description of the background and credentials of the person being nominated for Director including name, age, business address and residence address, principal occupation or employment, number of shares of capital stock of the Company owned by the nominee; (e) any other information relating to such nominee required to be disclosed

43 Proxy Statem ent in solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, including the nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; and (f) a written representation and agreement by the notifying shareholder that the shareholder is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any other party or shareholder regarding the nomination. Nominations not made in accordance with these requirements may, in his discretion, be disregarded by the chairman of the meeting, and upon his instructions, the judges of election may disregard all votes cast for each such nominee. Composition of the Board of Directors Gender Distribution Female Directors 27% Male Female 50-59 Years 60-69 Years 70+ Years 0-3 Years 4-9 Years 10+ Years Age Distribution of Independent Directors Average Age 63 Tenure of Independent Directors Average Tenure 6 years 3 8 2 3 8 3 Board Leadership Structure The Company’s governance framework provides the Board with the flexibility to determine the appropriate leadership structure for the Company, which the Board believes allows the Company to appropriately adapt to different circumstances as necessary. Accordingly, our governance framework allows the roles of Chairman of the Board and CEO to be filled by the same or different people, and the Board has not adopted a policy with respect to the separation of the Chairman and CEO positions. To maintain robust independent oversight on the Board, our Bylaws provide that if the Chairman of the Board is not an Independent Director, a Lead Independent Director will be designated by a majority vote of the Independent Directors. The Board periodically reviews its leadership structure to determine if it is still the most appropriate for the Company. The Board may adopt a different leadership structure in the future if the Board determines that, based on the circumstances, a different leadership structure would better serve the interests of the Company and its shareholders. In making determinations about the leadership structure, the Board considers a number of factors, including the specific needs of the Company, the Company’s business and operating environment, strategic goals and risks and opportunities, the composition of the Board, and the interests of our shareholders.

44 The Board believes that the Company and its shareholders are best served currently by a leadership structure that separates the positions of Chairman and CEO, with Mr. James W. Haskins serving as Chairman of the Board and Mr. Litz H. Van Dyke serving as CEO of the Company. The Board believes that this leadership structure is the most efficient and effective leadership structure for the Company at this time. The current leadership structure allows Mr. Van Dyke to focus on providing day-to-day leadership and management of the Company, while Mr. Haskins, as Chairman, maintains responsibility for leading the Board in its oversight function and consideration of broader corporate strategy, as well as supporting communication between the Board and management. Mr. Van Dyke serves as a director, which allows him to provide management’s perspective and insights on the Company’s operations to the Board. The Board selected Mr. Haskins to serve as Chairman of the Board in 2017 and has since re-appointed him annually. The Board believes that Mr. Haskins’ long tenure with and knowledge of our company, his extensive experience as a bank director, and his leadership experience enable Mr. Haskins to effectively lead the Board in its oversight function, provide historical perspectives on the Company, and provide insights into the Company’s market area and industry. As Chairman of the Board, Mr. Haskins has the following responsibilities, among others: • call Board and shareholder meetings; • preside over Board and shareholder meetings; • work with the Lead Independent Director and the CEO to develop meeting agendas and ensure critical issues are addressed; • facilitate the flow of information between the Board and management; and • provide advice, counsel and feedback to the CEO. Since Mr. Haskins is not independent, the Independent Directors of the Board selected Mr. Gregory W. Feldmann to serve as the Company’s Lead Independent Director in 2020 and has since re-appointed him annually. The Board believes that appointing a Lead Independent Director when the Chairman of the Board is not independent is important for effective leadership by helping to enhance the Board’s independent oversight of management and supporting the role of the Independent Directors. The Board believes that Mr. Feldmann’s extensive experience in the banking industry and former service as both an executive and director of community banks, as well as other corporations, enables Mr. Feldmann to serve as an effective liaison between the Chairman and the Independent Directors and to help facilitate robust independent oversight of management. As Lead Independent Director, Mr. Feldmann has the following responsibilities, among others: • serve as a liaison between the Chairman and the Independent Directors; • call meetings of the Independent Directors and preside over executive sessions to discuss various matters, including Director elections; • participate in retaining consultants who report directly to the Board; • assist the Board and management in ensuring compliance and implementation of governance principles; and • advise the Independent Directors in fulfilling their roles. Board Oversight of Risk The Board is responsible for consideration and oversight of risk facing the Company and is also responsible for ensuring that material risks are identified and managed appropriately. The Board regularly evaluates the qualifications, skills and experience of its directors, including through the use of a skills matrix, to ensure that the Board possesses an appropriate mix of qualifications, skills and experience to effectively oversee the risks facing the Company and the Bank. The Board and committees, as appropriate, receive and discuss regular updates from management on material short, medium and long-term risks facing the Company in addition to information on risk mitigation efforts and opportunities arising from these risks. The Board and committees help evaluate the Company’s approach to material risks and provide feedback on management’s identification, assessment, monitoring and mitigation of these risks.

45 Proxy Statem ent The full Board reviews with management business risks for individual business units as well as for the Company as a whole. Given the significance of information security matters, the full Board also oversees various information security issues, including cybersecurity. The Chief Operations Officer gives a monthly report to the Board on various information security issues, including cybersecurity. The committees of the Board oversee specific risks, which allows greater focus on the Company’s key risk areas. The committees discuss these specific risks and risk reduction strategies with management and provide regular reports to the full Board on the risks overseen by the committees: • The Board established the ERM Committee to be responsible for overseeing the development and implementation of the Company’s ERM Framework, including the implementation of consistent processes for identifying, assessing, managing, monitoring and reporting risk of all types, including the categories of credit risk (working with the Credit Risk Committee of the Board), interest rate risk and liquidity risk (working with the Investment/Interest Rate Risk Committee of the Board), operational risk, compliance risk, pricing risk, legal risk, reputation risk and strategic risk. The ERM Committee is also responsible for ensuring that risk processes are supported by a risk governance structure. The ERM Committee is comprised of at least four Independent Directors, the CEO, the President and Chief Strategy Officer, the Chief Operations Officer, the Information Security Director and the Director of Regulatory Risk Management. • The Credit Risk Committee is responsible for overseeing risks related to the Bank’s lending and credit functions. • The Investment/Interest Rate Risk Committee is responsible for overseeing the investment and interest rate risk policies and strategies for the Bank’s investment portfolio and interest rate risk profile in addition to assisting the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to the Bank’s investment, Interest Rate Risk and Asset Liability Management functions. • The Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing the Company’s major financial risk exposures, including cybersecurity risks, and the steps management is taking to monitor and control such exposures, including results of internal and external audits. • The Nominating and Compensation Committee is responsible for overseeing risks relating to compensation policies and practices, Board and management succession planning and corporate governance. The Board’s oversight of risk management is further supported by the engagement of Mr. Feldmann, as Lead Independent Director, in understanding the Company’s risks and ERM Framework. Mr. Feldmann serves as a member of the ERM Committee, as well as Chair of the Investment/Interest Rate Risk Committee and Nominating and Compensation Committee, which enable him to be engaged with, and proficient in, the ERM Framework, as well as the risks that are discussed with those committees. The Board believes this allows Mr. Feldmann to facilitate more productive discussions among the Independent Directors, as well as the full Board, on risk-related issues, as well as facilitating more robust oversight by the Independent Directors of management’s identification, assessment, monitoring and mitigation of the Company’s material risks. The Company’s management is responsible for risk management on a day-to-day basis, including implementing the Company’s ERM Framework. Management regularly reports to the Board and the committees, as appropriate, regarding the Company’s material risks and opportunities, risk reduction strategies and the implementation of the Company’s ERM Framework. Board Oversight of Cybersecurity. The Company’s Board recognizes the importance of cybersecurity in safeguarding the Company’s sensitive data, including with respect to its associates and customers. The Company has also taken the following additional measures to protect the privacy and security of sensitive customer information: • We maintain policies relating to privacy, acceptable use, and information security that aid in protecting personal and financial information.

46 • Our cybersecurity function is led by our Information Security Director, who reports to the Chief Operations Officer. The Chief Operations Officer provides executive oversight of the program and is responsible for elevating significant cybersecurity matters to senior management and the Board of Directors, as appropriate. Additionally, the Chief Operations Officer and the Information Security Director meet with the Information Technology Steering Committee of senior management on a monthly basis or more frequently as necessary to discuss, among other things, cybersecurity matters. The Chief Operations Officer also reports monthly to the Board on various information security issues. • We have training and awareness programs for team members that include periodic and ongoing assessments to drive adoption and awareness of cybersecurity processes and controls. • We utilize independent third party tools and services to perform annual penetration testing and vulnerability scanning of our environment. • We utilize a third party to monitor elements of our cybersecurity and information technology environment continuously. • We utilize a risk-based Third-Party Risk Management program that evaluates vendor cybersecurity controls and performs ongoing monitoring commensurate with risk as a result of third-party access to bank systems and data. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company had no cybersecurity incidents that had, or are reasonably likely to have, a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition or results of operations. For a discussion of whether and how any risks from cybersecurity threats, including as a result of any previous cybersecurity incidents, have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the Company, including our business strategy, results of operations or financial condition, refer to Item 1A. Risk Factors – “Risks Related to Our Operations and Technology” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025. Shareholder Communications with the Board of Directors The Company does not have a formal process for shareholders to send communications to the Board. Shareholders who wish to contact the Board or any of its members may do so by addressing their written correspondence to Board of Directors, Carter Bankshares, Inc., c/o Secretary of the Company, 1300 Kings Mountain Rd, Martinsville, Virginia 24112. Correspondence directed to an individual Director will be referred, unopened, to that Director. Correspondence not directed to a particular Director will be referred, unopened, to the Chairman of the Board. RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS In the ordinary course of business, executive officers and their related interests were customers of, and had transactions with the Bank. Loan transactions with Directors and officers, principal security holders and associates were made in the ordinary course of the Bank’s business, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates, collateral and repayment terms, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans to unrelated parties and did not involve more than normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. These extensions of credit equaled $2.2 million or 0.5% of the equity capital of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and $2.5 million or 0.7%, as of December 31, 2024. The maximum aggregate amount of such indebtedness outstanding during 2025 was $2.2 million, or 0.5% of total year-end capital. The Bank expects to have similar banking transactions in the future with its Directors, officers, principal security holders and their associates. Procedures for Approving Related Party Transactions The Board has adopted a written policy with respect to related party transactions that governs the review, approval or ratification of covered related party transactions. The Audit Committee oversees this policy. The policy generally provides that the Company may enter into a related party transaction only if the Audit Committee approves or ratifies such transaction in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the policy and if the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in arm’s length dealings with an unrelated third party; with respect to compensation matters, if the transaction involves compensation approved or ratified by the Nominating and Compensation Committee; or with respect to loans to or similar relationships with related parties, if the loan or other relationship has been approved in accordance with the Bank’s Regulation O loan policy and procedures.

47 Proxy Statem ent In the event management determines to recommend a related party transaction, the transaction must be presented to the Audit Committee for approval. After review, the Audit Committee will approve or disapprove such transaction and management will update the Audit Committee as to any material change to the approved related party transaction. If advance approval by the Audit Committee is not feasible, management may preliminarily enter into a related party transaction and the related party transaction shall be considered and, if the Audit Committee determines it to be appropriate, ratified by the Audit Committee at its next meeting. The Audit Committee determines and approves only those related party transactions that are in, or are not inconsistent with, the best interests of the Company and its shareholders. For purposes of this policy, a “related party transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or series of transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which the Company is, was or will be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and in which any related party had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. For purposes of determining whether a transaction is a related party transaction, the Audit Committee refers to Item 404 of Regulation S-K. A “related party” is (i) any person who is, or at any time since the beginning of the last fiscal year was, an executive officer, Director, or nominee for Director of the Company or any subsidiary, (ii) any person who is known to own more than 5% of the Company’s outstanding equity securities, (iii) any immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons, which means any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in- law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law and any person (other than a tenant or associate) sharing the household of any of the foregoing persons, and (iv) any entity owned or controlled by any of the foregoing persons or in which such person has a substantial ownership interest or control of such entity. The Company is a party to an agreement with Young, Haskins, Mann, Gregory and Wall, P.C., of which Chairman and Director James W. Haskins is an Attorney and Principal, to provide legal services. During 2025, the Company and the Bank, combined, paid an aggregate of $464,000 in various legal fees to Young, Haskins, Mann, Gregory and Wall, P.C.

48 PROPOSAL 3 RATIFICATION OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS The Audit Committee of the Company’s Board has appointed Crowe LLP to serve as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for 2026 and recommends that the Company’s shareholders vote for the ratification of that appointment. Crowe LLP has audited the financial statements of the Company since 2019, including for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025. The Audit Committee considered the compatibility of proposed permitted non-audit services to be provided by and fees to be paid to Crowe LLP and determined that such services and fees are compatible with the independence of Crowe LLP. Although ratification is not required, the Board is submitting the appointment of Crowe LLP to our shareholders for ratification because we value our shareholders’ views on the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, and as a matter of good governance practice. In the event that shareholders do not ratify the appointment of Crowe LLP, the Audit Committee will consider making a change in independent registered public accounting firm for the Company for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2027. Representatives of Crowe LLP are expected to be present at the Annual Meeting and will be given the opportunity to make a statement if they so desire and to respond to appropriate questions. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS THAT THE SHAREHOLDERS VOTE FOR RATIFICATION OF THE SELECTION OF CROWE LLP AS INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, 2026. REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE In fulfilling its oversight responsibilities for the financial statements for fiscal year 2025, the Audit Committee: • Monitored the preparation of the annual financial report by the Company’s management; • Reviewed and discussed the annual audit process and the audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 with management and Crowe LLP; • Discussed with management, Crowe LLP and the Company’s internal auditor the adequacy of the system of internal controls; • Discussed with Crowe LLP the matters that are required to be discussed by the applicable requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) and the SEC and • Received the written disclosures and the letter from Crowe LLP as required by the applicable requirements of the PCAOB regarding Crowe LLP’s communications with the Audit Committee concerning independence. The Audit Committee discussed with Crowe LLP its independence. The Audit Committee also considered the status of pending litigation, taxation matters and other areas of oversight relating to the financial reporting and audit process that the Audit Committee determined appropriate. In performing all of these functions, the Audit Committee acts only in an oversight capacity. In its oversight role, the Committee relies on the work and assurances of the Company’s management, which has the primary responsibility for the financial statements and reports, and of the independent registered public accountant, who, in their report, express an opinion on the conformity of the Company’s annual financial statements to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Based on the reviews and discussions described above, the Audit Committee recommended to the Board that the audited financial statements be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2025 for filing with the SEC. Members of the Audit Committee Michael R. Bird, Chairman Kevin S. Bloomfield Catharine L. Midkiff Elizabeth L. Walsh

49 Proxy Statem ent INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM Crowe LLP served as the independent registered public accounting firm for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. Crowe LLP has been selected by the Audit Committee to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Company for 2026. The following table presents the aggregate fees for the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, for professional audit services rendered by Crowe LLP for the audit of the annual financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, and fees billed for other services rendered by Crowe LLP during those periods. Years Ended December 31, 2025 2024 Audit fees(1) $ 620,251 $ 634,533 Tax fees(2) 119,254 119,546 Other fees(3) 5,891 — Total Fees $ 745,396 $ 754,079 (1) Audit fees consist of audit and review services, report on internal control over financial reporting and review of documents filed with the SEC for 2025 and 2024. (2) For 2025 and 2024 tax fees consist of annual and quarterly tax provision calculations and related fees. (3) For 2025 other fees consist of assistance with the Section 1035 BOLI exchange and additional tax consulting. Also, the Audit Committee of the Board of the Company pre-approves all audits (including audit-related) and permitted non-audit services to be performed by the independent auditors. With respect to other permitted services, the Audit Committee pre-approves specific engagements, projects and categories of services on a fiscal year basis. OTHER BUSINESS As of the date of this proxy statement, management of the Company has no knowledge of any matters to be presented for consideration at the Annual Meeting other than the proposals referred to above. If any other matters properly come before the Annual Meeting, the persons named in the accompanying proxy intend to vote such proxy, to the extent entitled, according to the recommendations of the Board.

50 SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS FOR 2027 ANNUAL MEETING If any shareholder intends to present a proposal for consideration at the 2027 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (including nominations of Directors), the proposal must be in proper form in accordance with the Company’s Bylaws, and must be received by the Secretary of the Company at the address provided on the first page of this proxy statement, no later than February 26, 2027 and no earlier than January 27, 2027; provided however, if the 2027 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is more than 30 days from the first anniversary date of the 2026 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (in other words, more than 30 days from May 27, 2027), notice must be delivered no earlier than 120 days before the 2027 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and no later than the close of business on the later of 90 days before the 2027 Annual Meeting of Shareholders or the tenth day following the day on which notice of the 2027 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is mailed or public announcement of the 2027 Annual Meeting of Shareholder is first made. If any shareholder intends to present a proposal to be considered for inclusion in the Company’s proxy materials in connection with the 2027 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, the proposal must meet the requirements of Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act and must be received by the Secretary of the Company at the address provided on the first page of this proxy statement no later than December 16, 2026; provided however, if the 2027 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is more than 30 days from May 27, 2027, notice must be delivered a reasonable time before the Company begins to print and mail its proxy materials for the 2027 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. In addition to satisfying the requirements under the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and/or Bylaws, to comply with the SEC’s universal proxy rules, shareholders who intend to solicit proxies for the 2027 Annual Meeting of Shareholders in support of Director nominees other than the Company’s nominees must provide notice that sets forth the information required by Rule 14a-19 under the Exchange Act no later than March 28, 2027; provided however, if the 2027 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is more than 30 days from May 27, 2027, notice must be delivered by the later of 60 calendar days prior to the date of 2027 Annual Meeting of Shareholders or the tenth calendar day following the day on which public announcement of the 2027 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is first made. The proxy solicited by the Board for the 2027 Annual Meeting of Shareholders will confer discretionary authority on the persons named in the accompanying proxy to vote on any shareholder proposal presented at the meeting if the Company has not received proper notice of such proposal. By Direction of the Board of Directors James W. Haskins Chairman of the Board April 15, 2026 A copy of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (including exhibits) as filed with the SEC for the year ended December 31, 2025, will be furnished without charge to shareholders upon written request to Investor Relations, Carter Bankshares, Inc., 1300 Kings Mountain Road, Martinsville, Virginia 24112.

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from ________ to ________ Commission File Number 001-39731 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) Virginia 85-3365661 (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) (IRS Employer Identification N0.) 1300 Kings Mountain Road, Martinsville, Virginia 24112 (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code) Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (276) 656-1776 Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of Each Class Trading Symbol(s) Name of each exchange on which registered Common Stock, $1 par value CARE Nasdaq Global Select Market Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes    No   Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes    No   Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes    No   Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).  Yes    No   Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large accelerated filer  Accelerated filer  Non-accelerated filer  Smaller Reporting Company  Emerging growth company  If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.   Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.   If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.   Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b).   Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes    No   The aggregate market value of Carter Bankshares, Inc.’s common stock held by non-affiliates, computed by reference to the price at which the common stock was last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common stock, as of June 30, 2025 was $377,789,857. There were 22,164,453 shares of common stock of Carter Bankshares, Inc. outstanding as of March 2, 2026. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE: Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement of Carter Bankshares, Inc., to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A for the 2026 annual meeting of shareholders to be held May 27, 2026, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

i Form 10-K TABLE OF CONTENTS Page PART I Item 1. Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Item 1A. Risk Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Item 1C. Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Item 2. Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Item 3. Legal Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 PART II Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Item 6. [Reserved] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations . . . 39 Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure . . . 130 Item 9A. Controls and Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Item 9B. Other Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 PART III Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Item 11. Executive Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 PART IV Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Item 16. Form 10-K Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Signatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

ii Important Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains or incorporates certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements may include statements relating to our financial condition, market conditions, results of operations, plans, including our strategic plan, brand strategy, and guiding principles and the anticipated results of the foregoing, objectives, outlook for earnings, revenues, expenses, capital and liquidity levels and ratios, asset levels, asset quality, loan pipeline and nonaccrual and nonperforming loans (“NPL”). Forward looking statements are typically identified by words or phrases such as “will likely result,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “project,” “intend,” “believe,” “assume,” “strategy,” “trend,” “plan,” “outlook,” “outcome,” “continue,” “remain,” “potential,” “opportunity,” “comfortable,” “current,” “position,” “maintain,” “sustain,” “seek,” “achieve” and variations of such words and similar expressions, or future or conditional verbs such as will, would, should, could or may. These statements are not guarantees of future results or performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict and often are beyond the Company’s control. Although the Company believes the assumptions upon which these forward-looking statements are based are reasonable, any of these assumptions could prove to be inaccurate and the forward-looking statements based on these assumptions could be incorrect. Actual results may differ significantly from those expressed in or implied by these forward-looking statements. The matters discussed in these forward-looking statements are subject to various risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results and trends to differ materially from those made, projected, or implied in or by the forward- looking statements including, but not limited to the effects of: • market interest rates and the impacts of market interest rates on economic conditions, customer behavior, and the Company’s net interest margin, net interest income, funding costs and its deposit, loan and securities portfolios; • inflation, market and monetary fluctuations; • changes in trade policies, tariffs, monetary and fiscal policies and laws of the U.S. government and the related impacts on economic conditions and financial markets, and changes in policies of the Federal Reserve, FDIC and U.S. Department of the Treasury; • changes in accounting policies, practices, or guidance, for example, our adoption of Current Expected Credit Losses (“CECL”) methodology, including potential volatility in the Company’s operating results due to application of the CECL methodology; • cyber-security threats, attacks or events; • rapid technological developments and changes; • our ability to resolve our nonperforming assets and our ability to secure collateral on loans that have entered nonaccrual status due to loan maturities and failure to pay in full; • changes in the Company’s liquidity and capital positions; • concentrations of loans secured by real estate, particularly commercial real estate (“CRE”) loans, and the potential impacts of changes in market conditions on the value of real estate collateral; • increased delinquency and foreclosure rates on CRE loans; • an insufficient allowance for credit losses; • the potential adverse effects of unusual and infrequently occurring events, such as weather-related disasters, terrorist acts, war and other geopolitical conflicts or public health events (such as pandemics), and of any governmental and societal responses thereto; these potential adverse effects may include, without limitation, adverse effects on the ability of the Company’s borrowers to satisfy their obligations to the Company, on the value of collateral securing loans, on the demand for the Company’s loans or its other products and services, on incidents of cyberattack and fraud, on the Company’s liquidity or capital positions, on risks posed by reliance on third-party service providers, on other aspects of the Company’s business operations and on financial markets and economic growth;

iii Form 10-K • a change in spreads on interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities; • regulatory supervision and oversight, including our relationship with regulators and any actions that may be initiated by our regulators; • legislation affecting the financial services industry as a whole, and the Company and the Bank, in particular and changes impacting the rulemaking, supervision, examination and enforcement priorities of the federal banking agencies; • the outcome of pending and future litigation and/or governmental proceedings; • increasing price and product/service competition; • the ability to continue to introduce competitive new products and services on a timely, cost-effective basis; • managing our internal growth and acquisitions; • the possibility that the anticipated benefits from acquisitions cannot be fully realized in a timely manner or at all, or that integrating acquired operations will be more difficult, disruptive or more costly than anticipated; • the soundness of other financial institutions and any indirect exposure related to large bank failures and their impact on the broader market through other customers, suppliers and partners or that the conditions which resulted in the liquidity concerns with those failed banks may also adversely impact, directly or indirectly, other financial institutions and market participants with which the Company has commercial or deposit relationships with; • material increases in costs and expenses; • reliance on significant customer relationships; • general economic or business conditions, including unemployment levels, supply chain disruptions, slowdowns in economic growth, government shutdowns and geopolitical instability and tensions; • significant weakening of the local economies in which the Company operates; • changes in customer behaviors, including consumer spending, borrowing and saving habits; • changes in deposit flows and loan demand; • our failure to attract or retain key associates; • expansions or consolidations in the Company’s branch network, including that the anticipated benefits of the Company’s branch acquisitions or the Company’s branch network optimization project are not fully realized in a timely manner or at all; • deterioration of the housing market and reduced demand for mortgages; and • re-emergence of turbulence in significant portions of the global financial and real estate markets that could impact our performance, both directly, by affecting our revenues and the value of our assets and liabilities, and indirectly, by affecting the economy generally and access to capital in the amounts, at the times and on the terms required to support our future businesses. Many of these factors, as well as other factors, are described throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors” and any of our subsequent filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Forward-looking statements are based on beliefs and assumptions using information available at the time the statements are made. The Company cautions you not to unduly rely on forward-looking statements because the assumptions, beliefs, expectations and projections about future events are expressed in or implied by a forward- looking statement may, and often do, differ materially from actual results. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as to the date on which it is made, and the Company undertakes no obligation to update, revise or clarify any forward- looking statement to reflect developments occurring after the statement is made, except as required by law.

iv RISK FACTOR SUMMARY An investment in our securities involves risks, including those summarized below. For a more complete discussion of these risk factors, see Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Risks Related to Credit – Nonperforming assets can take significant time to resolve and may adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition, and could result in additional losses in future periods. – The Company’s level of credit risk is elevated due to relationship exposure to the Company’s largest credit relationship. – A significant portion of the Company’s commercial loan portfolio is secured by real estate, and adverse changes in the real estate market or economic conditions could adversely affect our results. – The Company relies on independent appraisals and other valuation techniques in evaluating and monitoring loans secured by real estate collateral securing a significant portion of its loan portfolio, which may not accurately describe the net value of the asset. – The Company’s concentration in commercial real estate loans, including construction loans, increases its credit risk and could adversely affect its financial condition and results of operations. – Our focus on lending to small and mid-sized community-based businesses may increase our credit risk. – Our allowance for credit losses may be insufficient to absorb expected losses in our loan portfolio, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. – Our real estate lending activities may result in the acquisition of OREO, which could increase expenses and negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations. Risks Related to Market Conditions, Interest Rates and Investments – The Company’s business is subject to interest rate risk and fluctuations in interest rates may adversely affect its earnings, income, cash flow, capital levels and credit quality. – Inflation could negatively impact the Company’s business, profitability, and its stock price. Risks Related to the Company’s Operations, Cybersecurity and Technology – A failure, disruption, or breach of our operational, cybersecurity, or information technology systems, or those of third-party service providers, could disrupt our business and adversely affect our results of operations, liquidity, financial condition, and reputation. – Cyberattacks, information security breaches, or technology failures involving our systems or those of third- party service providers could impair our ability to conduct business, manage risk exposures, and safeguard confidential information, and could adversely affect our results of operations, liquidity, financial condition, and reputation. – The Company relies on third-party service providers and other suppliers to support a number of critical business functions, including technology infrastructure, data processing, payment systems, and our core operating platform. An interruption, failure, or cessation of services provided by any significant third-party provider could disrupt our operations and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, liquidity, or financial condition. – Failure to keep pace with technological change could adversely affect our business and ability to remain competitive, and the Company may experience operational challenges when implementing new technologies. – Our business is dependent on our executive management team and other key personnel, and the loss of their services could adversely affect our operations. – The Company uses models in its business, and could be adversely affected if its design, implementation, or use of models is flawed. – The Company is subject to physical and financial risks associated with climate change and other weather and natural disaster impacts.

v Form 10-K Risks Related to Liquidity – Liquidity risks and adverse developments affecting the financial services industry could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. – The Company’s liquidity could be adversely affected if it were unable to access short-term funding or monetize liquid assets. – The ability to meet contingency funding needs during periods of financial stress depends on access to wholesale funding sources, including the FHLB of Atlanta, and any disruption to these sources could materially adversely affect the Company’s liquidity. – The Company depends on dividends from bank subsidiary for substantially all of its revenue, and regulatory restrictions on the Bank’s ability to pay dividends could adversely affect its financial condition. Risks Related to Our Business Strategy – Profitability is significantly influenced by economic conditions in the markets in that the Company serves. – The Company faces significant competition from financial institutions and other providers of banking and financial services, which could adversely affect its growth and profitability. – Customers may increasingly bypass traditional banking relationships, which could adversely affect the Company’s revenue and funding sources. – The Company’s ability to execute its business strategy depends on attracting and retaining qualified personnel. Risks Related to Regulatory Compliance and Legal Matters – The Company is subject to extensive regulation and supervision, and changes in laws or regulatory expectations could materially adversely affect its business. – The CFPB may increase our regulatory compliance burden and could affect the consumer financial products and services that the Company offers. – Legislation, regulatory, and governmental policy changes could materially affect the economy, the financial services industry and the Company’s business. – Regulatory capital and liquidity requirements could require the Company to maintain higher levels of capital and liquid assets, which may adversely affect our profitability and business operations. – Failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. – Claims, litigation, and other legal proceedings could expose the Company to significant costs and liabilities and adversely affect our reputation, financial condition and results of operations. – Our risk management framework may not be effective in identifying or mitigating risks, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. – Our earnings and financial condition are significantly influenced by monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government and its agencies. – Heightened scrutiny and evolving expectations regarding environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) matters may increase our costs and expose the Company to additional risks. – The development and use of Artificial Intelligence (“AI”) technologies present risks that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. – The Company is subject to losses due to errors, omissions or fraud by its associates, clients, counterparties or other third parties. Risks Related to Owning Our Stock – The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly and could decline, which could result in losses to our investors. – Future issuances of our common stock or securities convertible into common stock could dilute existing shareholders and adversely affect the market price of our common stock. – Our common stock is subordinate to our existing and future indebtedness and is structurally subordinated to the claims of the Bank’s creditors. – The trading volumes in our common stock may not provide adequate liquidity for investors.

[This page intentionally left blank]

1 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES Form 10-K PART 1 ITEM 1. BUSINESS General Carter Bankshares, Inc. (the “Company”) is a bank holding company headquartered in Martinsville, Virginia with assets of $4.9 billion at December 31, 2025. In October 2025, the Company elected to become a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”). As a financial holding company of a Virginia state bank, the Company is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”) and the Bureau of Financial Institutions of the Virginia State Corporation Commission (the “Virginia BFI”). The Company is the parent company of its wholly owned subsidiary, Carter Bank & Trust (the “Bank”). The Bank is a Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insured, Virginia state-chartered bank, which operates 64 branches in Virginia and North Carolina. The Bank became a member of the Federal Reserve System on November 13, 2025. The Bank is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the FRB (through the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond) and the Virginia BFI. The Company provides a full range of commercial banking, consumer banking, mortgage and services through the Bank. The Company’s common stock trades on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the ticker symbol “CARE”. In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, unless the context suggests otherwise, the terms “we,” “us” and “our” refer to the Company and its subsidiaries, including the Bank. History and Holding Company Reorganization The Bank commenced business on December 29, 2006, following the concurrent merger of ten banking institutions. The merged banks and their respective main office locations were: Blue Ridge Bank, N.A. (Floyd, Virginia); Central National Bank (Lynchburg, Virginia); Community National Bank (South Boston, Virginia); First National Bank (Rock Mount, Virginia); First National Exchange Bank (Roanoke, Virginia); Mountain National Bank (Galax, Virginia); Patrick Henry National Bank (Martinsville, Virginia); Patriot Bank, N.A. (Fredericksburg, Virginia); People’s National Bank (Danville, Virginia); and Shenandoah National Bank (Staunton, Virginia). The Company was incorporated on October 7, 2020, to become the Bank’s parent bank holding company in a corporate reorganization (the “Reorganization”). Effective November 20, 2020, the Bank merged with a special purpose merger subsidiary of the Company and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. In the Reorganization, each outstanding share of the Bank’s common stock was converted into one share of the Company’s common stock. Prior to the reorganization, the Company had no material operations. The transaction was completed pursuant to Virginia law and did not require shareholder approval, and the shares issued were exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933. In October 2025, the Company elected to become a financial holding company under the BHCA. On November 13, 2025, the Bank became a member of the Federal Reserve System. In the Reorganization, each shareholder of the Bank received securities of the same class, having substantially the same designations, rights, powers, preferences, qualifications, limitations and restrictions, as those that the shareholder held in the Bank. Prior to the Effective Time, the Bank’s common stock was registered under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). The Bank was subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with Section 12(i) thereof, it filed annual and quarterly reports, proxy statements and other information with the FDIC. Upon consummation of the Reorganization, the Company’s common stock was deemed to be registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act, pursuant to Rule 12g-3(a) promulgated thereunder, and the Company now files annual reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Operations The Company is a financial holding company that conducts its business solely through the Bank. The Bank earns revenue primarily from interest on loans and investment securities and from fees charged for financial services

2 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 1. BUSINESS (continued) provided to customers. The Bank’s principal expenses include interest expense on deposits and borrowings, provision for credit losses, and other operating expenses, such as salaries and employee benefits, data processing, FDIC insurance assessments, occupancy costs, and income tax provision. At the close of business on May 23, 2025, the Company completed the acquisition of two leased branch facilities and the associated deposits, located in Mooresville, North Carolina and Winston-Salem, North Carolina, from First Reliance Bank (the “Branch Purchase”). In connection with the Branch Purchase, the Bank acquired $55.9 million in deposits, along with cash, personal property, and other fixed assets associated with the branch locations, and welcomed ten associates to its team. No loans were acquired as part of the Branch Purchase. The Bank offers a full range of deposit products and services to personal and business customers, including noninterest- bearing and interest-bearing checking accounts, savings accounts, retirement accounts money market accounts, and certificates of deposit (“CD”) accounts with varying maturities. Deposit products are tailored to the Bank’s principal markets and are offered at competitive rates. All deposit accounts are insured by the FDIC up to the maximum amount permitted by law. The Bank also offers a comprehensive range of commercial and consumer lending products. Commercial lending includes secured and unsecured loans, commercial real estate loans, construction and acquisition loans, and commercial and industrial loans. Consumer lending includes residential mortgage loans, automobile loans, home improvement loans, education loans, overdraft protection, personal loans, credit cards, and other consumer financing products. The Bank originates and holds both fixed-rate and variable-rate mortgage loans and offers home equity lines of credit. The Bank originates residential mortgage loans for which forward sale commitments have been obtained and the loans are expected to be sold shortly after closing. The Bank’s lending activities are subject to various lending limits imposed by federal law. While specific limits may vary depending on the type of loan or borrower relationship, the Bank is generally subject to a loan-to-one-borrower limit equal to 15% of its unimpaired capital and surplus. Loans to directors, officers, associates, or shareholders owning 10% or more of the Company’s common stock require approval by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) and must be made on terms no more favorable than those available to unaffiliated persons. Additional banking services include safe deposit boxes, direct deposit of payroll and government benefit payments, and debit cards. The Bank also provides a full suite of digital banking services, including online and mobile banking, online account opening, bill payment, electronic statements, mobile deposit, Zelle®, credit monitoring tools, digital wallet access, and access to the MoneyPass® ATM network. Treasury management and corporate cash management services are available to business customers. The Bank also offers title insurance and certain other financial institution- related products and services. The Bank has no current plans to exercise trust powers. The Bank has one wholly owned subsidiary, CB&T Investment Company (“the Investment Company”), which was chartered effective April 1, 2019. The Investment Company was formed to hold certain investments previously owned by the Bank and to provide additional flexibility to acquire other permissible investments. The Company’s principal office, which is the same as the Bank’s principal office, is located at 1300 Kings Mountain Road, Martinsville, Virginia 24112. The Company’s telephone number at that address is (276) 656-1776. The Company’s website address is carterbank.com. The information on our website is not a part of, nor is it incorporated by reference, into this report. Competition The Bank operates in a highly competitive, and constantly evolving, environment for both deposits and loans. Competition in lending activities arises primarily from other commercial banks, savings associations, insurance companies, governmental agencies, credit unions, brokerage firms, fintech companies and other non-bank lenders, including mortgage and consumer finance companies. Competition for deposits comes principally from commercial banks, savings associations, credit unions, money market mutual funds, insurance companies and brokerage firms. Competition for deposits and loans is affected by a number of factors, including, without limitation, interest rates offered, the number and location of branches and types of products offered, digital capabilities, and the reputation of the institution. Credit unions increasingly have been allowed to expand their membership definitions, and because they enjoy a favorable tax status, they may be able to offer more attractive loan and deposit pricing.

3 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 1. BUSINESS (continued) Form 10-K Some of the financial institutions and other organizations with which the Bank competes have significantly greater financial resources, broader geographic coverage, and the ability to offer a wider range of banking and financial services than the Bank. In addition, non-bank competitors are increasingly offering products and services that traditionally were only offered by banks. Many of these non-bank competitors are not subject to the same extensive federal regulations that govern bank holding companies and federally insured banks, which may allow them to offer greater lending limits and certain products and services that the Bank does not provide. The Bank believes its community banking philosophy and approach to customer relationships provides competitive advantages, particularly as compared to larger national and regional banking institutions, which positions the Bank to compete effectively. Human Capital Management The Company’s associates are fundamental to its ability to serve customers and support long-term success. Core values, such as building relationships, earning trust, and taking ownership guide how the Company attracts, develops, and retains talent and fosters a collaborative, team-oriented environment. The Company emphasizes open communication and shared accountability, which help support professional growth and enable our associates to deliver high-quality service. The Company invests in competitive compensation, comprehensive benefits, and wellness initiatives, and focus on healthy work-life integration to support associate engagement and performance. Associates As of December 31, 2025, the Company employed 687 full-time associates across our two-state footprint. None of its associates are represented by a collective bargaining unit. During fiscal year 2025, the Company hired 202 associates, and its voluntary separation turnover rate was 15.1%. Compensation, Benefits, and Wellness The Company’s compensation strategy is designed to attract and retain qualified associates while remaining competitive within its markets. Job descriptions that are reviewed annually, and compensation decisions are informed by market- based salary and benefits data. Eligible associates are offered a comprehensive benefits package that includes paid time off, health and wellness benefits, a 401(k) program with employer matching and contributions, flexible spending accounts, employee assistance programs, and restricted stock awards for high performing associates. The Company also engages external professionals to provide wellness programming that promotes physical, mental, and financial well-being, supporting its associates’ ability to remain engaged and productive. Associate Performance and Development Associate development and performance management are grounded in open dialogue and ongoing feedback. The Company’s performance review process is based on core competencies and a standardized rating system to help evaluate performance consistently across the organization. Associates complete self-assessments at the beginning of each review cycle, which are considered by leaders in determining overall performance ratings. Performance evaluations are a key component of the Company’s merit increase process. New associates participate in a standardized orientation program on their first day of employment to ensure a consistent onboarding experience. Associates complete an average of approximately 15 hours of regulatory and compliance training annually, in addition to training specific to their roles and responsibilities. The Company also offers leadership development programs that equip leaders with tools and resources to build high-performing teams. Associates are encouraged to participate in webinars and external training opportunities to support professional growth. Collaborative Work Environment The Company strives to foster a collaborative workplace through its core values and behaviors. The Company encourages associates to share ideas and perspectives and uses multiple channels to engage its workforce. In addition to conducting annual associate surveys, the Company solicits feedback through regular meetings and suggestion mechanisms designed to gather insights and inform management decision making. Leadership uses this feedback to identify opportunities to strengthen engagement and cultivate a workforce with a variety of backgrounds, skills and experiences that support the Company’s business.

4 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 1. BUSINESS (continued) Talent Acquisition and Retention Talent acquisition and retention efforts focus on creating an environment where associates can develop and thrive. The Company regularly reviews hiring and selection practices and conducts pay analyses to help ensure that compensation aligns with associate experience, skills, and responsibilities. Recruiting efforts leverage multiple external partners to reach a broad pool of candidates. The Company invests in training programs that prepare associates for their roles and responsibilities and support career progression. Leaders work closely with Human Resources to identify internal talent and promote associates to new opportunities as they become available. Supervision and Regulation General Bank holding companies, banks and their affiliates are subject to extensive regulation and supervision under federal and state law. As a result, the growth, operations, financial condition and earnings performance of the Company and the Bank are influenced not only by management decisions and general economic conditions, but also by the statutes, regulations, policies, and supervisory actions of various governmental authorities. These authorities include, among others, the Virginia State Corporation Commission, the Virginia BFI, the FDIC, the FRB, the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), federal and state taxing authorities, and the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). These laws and regulations govern, among other matters, permissible activities, capital adequacy, liquidity, asset quality, transactions with affiliates, corporate governance, dividend and stock repurchase limitations, consumer protection, anti-money laundering, and reporting and disclosures obligations. Compliance with these requirements may restrict the Company’s and the Bank’s ability to pursue certain business opportunities, expand operations, or engage in strategic transactions, and may increase operational and compliance costs. The following summary highlights certain significant provisions of applicable federal and state laws and regulations and their potential impact on the Company and the Bank. This summary is not intended to be complete, and reference should be made to the applicable statutory and regulatory provisions for a more comprehensive description. In addition, the regulatory framework applicable to financial institutions is subject to frequent change, including through legislation, rulemaking, supervisory guidance, and evolving interpretations by regulatory authorities. Accordingly, the Company cannot predict the nature or impact of future changes in laws, regulations, or supervisory practices, or the effect such changes may have on the Company’s or the Bank’s financial condition, results of operations, or business activities. Regulatory Environment The regulatory framework applicable to the Company and its subsidiaries continues to evolve in response to economic conditions, financial market developments, technological innovation, changes in consumer behavior and supervisory priorities. Banking and other financial services statutes, regulations and supervisory policies are subject to ongoing review and modification by the U.S. Congress, state legislatures and federal and state regulatory agencies. Proposals to modify the laws, regulations, and policies governing the banking industry are frequently introduced at both the federal and state levels. Changes in governmental leadership and policy priorities may result in shifts in regulatory focus, rulemaking activity, examination emphasis, and enforcement practices among the federal banking agencies, including the FRB. In addition, resource constraints, staffing levels, and administrative priorities at regulatory agencies may influence the timing, scope, and manner of regulatory oversight. Any changes to such laws, regulations and policies may impose compliance costs and create obligations, including, in some cases, reporting obligations, requiring the Company and its subsidiaries to expend significant resources. The Company operates in an environment of ongoing regulatory change. These changes may affect permissible activities, compliance obligations, operational costs, strategic initiatives, and growth opportunities. The specific impact of future legislative, regulatory, or supervisory developments cannot be fully predicted and will depend on the nature, scope, and implementation of any adopted changes. Moreover, changes in the interpretation or application of existing laws, regulations or regulatory guidance by supervisory authorities or courts could have a material effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.

5 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 1. BUSINESS (continued) Form 10-K Regulation of the Company and the Bank As a financial holding company, the Company is subject to the BHCA, and to regulation and supervision by the FRB. The Company is also subject to applicable provisions of the Virginia bank holding company laws and is regulated and supervised by the Virginia BFI, a division of the Virginia State Corporation Commission. Under the BHCA, the FRB has authority to supervise and examine bank holding companies and their nonbank subsidiaries and to take enforcement action where it determines that the bank holding company or its subsidiaries are engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or are in violation of applicable laws and regulations. The FRB may require a bank holding company to terminate or limit activities, or to divest ownership or control of a subsidiary, if it determines that the continuation of such activities or ownership constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness, safety, or stability of the bank holding company or its bank subsidiary. The FRB and the FDIC have adopted regulations and issued supervisory guidance, and interpretative materials that establish operational and managerial standards intended to promote the safe and sound operation of banks and bank holding companies. These standards address, among matters, capital adequacy, internal controls, internal audit systems, information technology and cybersecurity, loan documentation and credit underwriting, interest rate and liquidity risk management, third-party vendor management, executive management and compensation practices, corporate governance, asset growth, asset quality, earnings performance, and overall risk management. The BHCA and applicable Virginia law generally limit the activities of a bank holding company and its subsidiaries to banking, managing or controlling banks and activities that are closely related to banking or to managing or controlling banks. In addition, bank holding companies that qualify and elect to be financial holding companies, such as the Company, may engage in any activity, or acquire and retain the shares of a company engaged in any activity, that is either (i) financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity (as determined by the FRB in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury) or (ii) complementary to a financial activity and does not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally (as solely determined by the FRB), without prior approval of the FRB. These activities include securities underwriting and dealing, insurance underwriting, and making merchant banking investments. To maintain financial holding company status, a financial holding company and all of its depository institution subsidiaries must be “well capitalized” and “well managed” as defined under applicable FRB requirements. If a financial holding company ceases to meet these capital and management requirements, the FRB’s regulations provide that the financial holding company must enter into an agreement with the FRB to comply with all applicable capital and management requirements. Until the financial holding company returns to compliance, the FRB may impose limitations or conditions on the conduct of its activities, and the company may not commence any of the broader financial activities permissible for financial holding companies or acquire a company engaged in such financial activities without prior approval of the FRB. If the company does not return to compliance within 180 days, the FRB may require the financial holding company to divest its depository institution subsidiaries or to cease engaging in any activity that is financial in nature (or incident to such financial activity) or complementary to a financial activity. For a financial holding company to start any new activity permitted by the BHCA or to acquire a company engaged in any new activity permitted by the BHCA, each insured depository institution subsidiary of the financial holding company must have received a rating of at least “satisfactory” in its most recent examination under the Community Reinvestment Act (the “CRA”). See below under “Community Reinvestment Act.” The BHCA also permits interstate banking acquisitions, subject to certain conditions, including national and state concentration limits. The FRB has jurisdiction under the BHCA to approve any bank or non-bank acquisition, merger, or consolidation proposed by a bank holding company. To engage in an interstate bank acquisition or merger, a bank holding company must generally be “well capitalized” and “well managed” under applicable regulatory standards. In addition, banks may establish branches across state lines only to the extent permitted by the laws of the state in which the branch is to be located. Virginia law also requires prior notice to the Virginia BFI before a Virginia bank holding company may acquire more than five percent of the voting shares of, or otherwise gain control of, any entity that is not a bank, bank holding company, or other financial institution.

6 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 1. BUSINESS (continued) The Bank is subject to comprehensive supervision, regulation, and examination by the Virginia BFI, and by its primary federal regulator, the FRB. Federal and state laws and regulations applicable to the Bank govern, among other matters, permissible business activities, investments, capital levels, reserves against deposits, lending limits, collateral requirements, branching, mergers and consolidations, dividend payments, and other corporate actions. This supervisory framework is intended primarily to protect the FDIC’s deposit insurance funds and depositors rather than shareholders. Banking Acquisitions; Changes in Control The BHCA and related regulations require the prior approval of the FRB in any case where a bank holding company proposes to: (i) acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of more than five percent of the outstanding voting stock of another bank or bank holding company, unless the acquiring company already controls a majority of such voting shares; (ii) acquire all or substantially all of the assets of another bank or bank holding company; or (iii) merge or consolidate with another bank holding company. In evaluating an application under the BHCA, the FRB considers a range of statutory factors, including the competitive effects of the proposed transaction, the financial condition of the parties and the resulting organization, post transaction capital levels, managerial resources, risk management and corporate governance practices, regulatory compliance history, compliance with the Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money laundering requirements, performance under the Community Reinvestment Act, and compliance with applicable consumer protection and fair housing laws, as well as the public benefits expected to result from the transaction. In determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition, the FRB will consider public or private interests that may not be aligned with those of the Company’s shareholders or non-deposit creditors. Acquisitions of the Company’s voting stock above certain thresholds are subject to prior regulatory notice or approval under federal banking laws, including the BHCA and the Change in Bank Control Act of 1978, as amended (the “CIBCA”). Under the CIBCA, a person or entity generally obtains non-objection from the FRB before acquiring the power to vote 10% or more of any class of voting stock, including the Company’s common stock. Investors should be aware of these requirements when acquiring shares of the Company’s stock. In addition, Virginia law requires the prior approval of the Virginia BFI for (i) the acquisition by a Virginia bank holding company of more than five percent of the voting shares of a Virginia bank or Virginia bank holding company, or (ii) the acquisition of control of a Virginia bank or Virginia bank holding company by any other person. Certain Transactions by Insured Banks with their Affiliates Federal law imposes quantitative and qualitative restrictions on certain “covered transactions” between insured depository institutions and their affiliates. In general, an affiliate of a bank includes the bank’s parent bank holding company and any subsidiary thereof. A bank’s operating subsidiaries, however, are generally not treated as affiliates for these purposes. Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, and the implementing regulations promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Board System (Regulation W), limit the extent to which a bank and its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with nonbank affiliates. Covered transactions generally include, among other things: • loans or extensions of credit to an affiliate; • purchases of, or investment in, securities issued by an affiliate; • purchases of assets from an affiliate; • the acceptance of securities issued by an affiliate as collateral for a loan or extension of credit to any person or entity; • the issuance of guarantees, acceptances, or letters of credit on behalf of an affiliate; • securities borrowing or lending transactions with an affiliate that create a credit exposure to the affiliate; and • derivative transactions with an affiliate that create a credit exposure to the affiliate.

7 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 1. BUSINESS (continued) Form 10-K The aggregate amount of covered transactions between a bank and any single affiliate may not exceed 10% of the bank’s capital stock and surplus. In addition, the aggregate amount of covered transactions between a bank and all of its affiliates may not exceed 20% of the bank’s capital stock and surplus. Certain covered transactions are also subject to collateral requirements. In addition to these quantitative limits, Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act requires that covered transactions, as well as certain other transactions between a bank and its affiliates, be conducted on market terms. Specifically, such transactions must be on terms and under circumstances that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the bank, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated parties, or, in the absence of comparable transactions, on terms that in good faith would be offered to nonaffiliates. Federal law also restricts certain tying arrangements. Under these provisions, a bank holding company and its subsidiaries are generally prohibited from conditioning the extension of credit, lease or sale of property, or furnishing of any service on the requirement that a customer obtain additional products or services from the bank holding company or its affiliates, subject to certain statutory exceptions. These anti-tying restrictions are intended to promote competition and prevent unfair or anti-competitive practices. Regulatory Capital Requirements The FRB and the other federal banking agencies have issued risk-based and leverage capital guidelines applicable to U.S. banking organizations. Those regulatory agencies may from time to time require that a banking organization maintain capital above the minimum levels because of its financial condition or actual or anticipated growth. Basel III Capital Framework The FRB has adopted regulations implementing the Basel III capital framework as outlined by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and standards for calculating risk-weighted assets and risk-based capital measurements (collectively, the “Basel III Final Rules”). Under the Basel III Final Rules: • Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital consists primarily of common stock, including related surplus, and retained earnings; • Tier 1 capital consists primarily of CET1 capital plus qualifying non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus, as well as certain grandfathered cumulative preferred stocks and trust preferred securities; and • Tier 2 capital consists of other capital instruments, principally qualifying subordinated debt and preferred stock, and limited amounts of an institution’s allowance for credit losses. Each regulatory capital measure is subject to specific adjustments, deductions, and limitations under the Basel III Final Rules. The Basel III Final Rules also assign risk weights to various categories of on balance sheet and off balance sheet exposures, including higher risk weightings for certain commercial real estate and other higher risk asset classes (including, for example, higher risk weightings applicable to certain commercial real estate (“CRE”) loans). The Basel III Final Rules require banks and bank holding companies to maintain the following to be considered adequately capitalized: (i) a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%; (ii) a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0%; and (iii) a minimum ratio of CET1 capital to risk- weighted assets of at least 4.5%. The Basel III Final Rules also require banking organizations to maintain a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets, which is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking organizations with a ratio of CET1 capital to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the capital conservation buffer will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases, and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall. Each of the federal bank regulatory agencies also has established a minimum leverage capital ratio of Tier 1 capital to average adjusted assets (“Tier 1 leverage ratio”). The guidelines require a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 3.0% for

8 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 1. BUSINESS (continued) advanced approach banking organizations; all other banking organizations are required to maintain a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%. In addition, for a depository institution to be considered “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for Prompt Corrective Action, its Tier 1 leverage ratio must be at least 5.0%. Banking organizations that have experienced internal growth or made acquisitions are expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without significant reliance on intangible assets. As of December 31, 2025, the Company and the Bank met all applicable capital adequacy requirements under the Basel III Final Rules. Refer to Note 23 - Capital Adequacy, to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Community Bank Leverage Ratio As required by the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act (“EGRRCPA”), qualifying banks with less than $10 billion in consolidated assets can elect to be subject to a nine percent leverage ratio applied using less complex leverage calculations (the “Community Bank Leverage Ratio Framework” or “CBLRF”). Banks that opt into the CBLRF and maintain a leverage ratio of greater than 9% are not subject to other risk-based and leverage capital requirements and are deemed to meet Basel III Final Rules’ well capitalized ratio requirements. In November 2025, the federal banking regulators issued a proposal that would lower the leverage ratio for purposes of the CBLRF from nine percent to eight percent. As of December 31, 2025, the Bank has not elected to apply the CBLRF, but management continues to evaluate the potential benefits and impacts of electing the CBLRF as part of the Bank’s ongoing capital management and strategic planning processes. Dividend Limitations The Company is a legal entity, separate and distinct from the Bank. A significant portion of the Company’s cash flow and revenues come from dividends paid to it by the Bank. Accordingly, the Company’s ability to pay dividends to its shareholders depends, in large part, on the Bank’s ability to generate earnings and pay dividends to the Company. Both the Company and the Bank are subject to federal and state laws and regulations that restrict the payment of dividends. These restrictions include limitations on the sources of dividends and requirements to maintain capital levels at or above applicable regulatory minimums. Under applicable Virginia banking laws and supervisory guidance, Virginia banking organizations should generally pay dividends only (1) from net undivided profits of the bank, after providing for all expenses, losses, interest and taxes accrued or due by the bank and (2) if the prospective rate of earnings retention appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. In addition, supervisory guidance issued by the FRB indicates that safety and soundness concerns may arise if a bank holding company pays dividends that exceed its earnings for the period in which the dividend is being paid. The Federal Deposit Insurance Act also prohibits insured depository institutions, such as the Bank, from making capital distributions, including paying dividends, if, after making such distribution, the institution would become undercapitalized as defined in the statue. Management believes that, as of December 31, 2025, these regulatory restrictions did not materially affect the ability of the Company or the Bank to pay dividends; however, future dividend payments remain subject to, among other things, earnings performance, capital levels, regulatory requirements, and supervisory considerations. Insurance of Accounts, Assessments and Regulation by the FDIC Deposits at the Bank are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) of the FDIC, generally up to the maximum standard insurance amount of $250,000 per depositor, per insured depository institution, for each account ownership category.. The FDIC has authority to examine DIF-insured institutions, require the submission or reports, and take enforcement actions to address violations of law, unsafe or unsound practices, or condition that pose a risk to the DIF. The FDIC may prohibit a DIF-insured institution from engaging in activities that it determines to present a serious risk to the DIF and may initiate enforcement actions after providing the institution’s primary federal regulator an opportunity to act. In addition, The FDIC has authority to terminate a bank’s deposit insurance if, after notice and a hearing, it

9 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 1. BUSINESS (continued) Form 10-K determines that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition, or has violated applicable laws, regulation, or supervisory orders. In the event of termination of deposit insurance, deposits outstanding at the time of termination, less subsequent withdrawals, generally remain insured for a limited period, as determined by the FDIC. Management is not aware of any circumstances that would reasonably be expected to result in the termination of the Bank’s deposit insurance. The DIF is funded primarily through risk-based assessments levied on insured depository institutions. Assessments are generally calculated based on an institution’s average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity (defined as Tier 1 capital). An institution’s assessment rate is based on a statistical analysis of financial ratios that estimates the likelihood of failure over a three-year period, which considers the institution’s weighted average CAMELS composite rating, and is subject to further adjustments including those related to levels of unsecured debt and brokered deposits. The FDIC has adopted a large-bank pricing structure, set a target “designated reserve ratio” of 2% for the DIF, and in lieu of dividends, provides for a lower assessment rate schedule, when the reserve ratio reaches 2% and 2.5%. At December 31, 2025, total base assessment rates for institutions that have been insured for at least five years range from 2.5 to 32 basis points applying to banks with less than $10 billion in assets. Community Reinvestment Act The CRA imposes an affirmative obligation on financial institutions, including the Bank, to help meet the credit needs of the communities they serve, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound banking practices. If the Bank receives a rating from the FRB of less than “satisfactory” under the CRA, restrictions on operating activities would be imposed. In addition, in order for a financial holding company, like the Company, to commence any new activity permitted by the BHCA, or to acquire any company engaged in any new activity permitted by the BHCA, each insured depository institution subsidiary of the financial holding company must have received a rating of at least “satisfactory” in its most recent examination under the CRA. The Bank received a rating of “Satisfactory” at its most recent CRA examination, dated October 23, 2023. Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Atlanta, one of 11 regional FHLBs that provide funding to member institutions for making housing, affordable housing, and community development loans. Each FHLB serves as a reserve, or central bank, for the members within its assigned region, and makes loans to its members in accordance with policies and procedures established by the Board of Directors of the applicable FHLB. As a member, the Bank is required to purchase and maintain stock in the FHLB. At December 31, 2025, the Bank owned $11.7 million of FHLB stock. Consumer Protection The Bank is subject to a number of federal and state consumer protection laws that extensively govern its relationship with its customers. These laws include, but are not limited to, the Truth-in-Lending Act (TILA), the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (RESPA), the Electronic Funds Transfer Act (EFTA), the Equal Credit Opportunity Act (ECOA), the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act (HOEPA), the Fair Credit and Reporting Act (FCRA), the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act (FDCPA) and the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act (HMDA), and their respective state law counterparts. If the Bank fails to comply with these laws and regulations, it may be subject to various penalties or enforcement actions. Failure to comply with consumer protection requirements may also result in delays in obtaining or failure to obtain any required bank regulatory approval for proposed merger or acquisition transactions. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”) is a federal regulatory agency responsible for implementing, examining, and enforcing compliance with federal consumer financial laws for financial institutions with more than $10 billion in total assets and, to a more limited extent, smaller institutions. The CFPB supervises and regulates providers of consumer financial products and services and has rulemaking authority under numerous federal consumer financial protection laws. Because the Company and the Bank have total assets of less than $10 billion, most consumer protection provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act continue to be administered by the FRB with respect to the Company and the Bank. However, the CFPB may participate in regulatory examinations conducted

10 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 1. BUSINESS (continued) by an institution’s primary federal regulator and may require smaller institutions to comply with certain CFPB reporting requirements. In addition, regulatory positions adopted by the CFPB and administrative and legal precedents established through CFPB supervisory and enforcement activities may influence how the FRB applies consumer protection laws and regulations to institutions that are not directly supervised by the CFPB. The current leadership of the CFPB also has indicated intentions to rescind or revise many regulations, as well as to narrow its enforcement and supervision. Accordingly, the ultimate effect of the CFPB’s consumer protection activities on the Company and the Bank cannot be determined with certainty. Mortgage Banking Regulation In connection with its mortgage lending activities, the Bank is subject to extensive federal and state and regulations that govern, among other things, loan origination standards, prohibitions against discriminatory lending practices; property inspections and appraisals; the use of credit reports; limitations on certain loan terms, features, interest rates, and fees; and the disclosure of material information to borrowers regarding credit terms and settlement costs. These laws and regulations also limit compensation for settlement services to the reasonable value of services provided and require the collection, maintenance, and disclosure of information regarding the disposition of mortgage loan applications, including data based on race, gender, geographic distribution, and income level. The Bank’s mortgage origination activities are subject to the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, TILA, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the RESPA, the Home Ownership Equity Protection Act, and the regulations promulgated under these statutes, as well as, other applicable federal and state laws and regulations. In addition, mortgage lending activities are subject to Regulation Z, which implements TILA. Certain provisions of Regulation Z require mortgage lenders to make a reasonable and good faith determination, based on verified and documented information, that a consumer has a reasonable ability to repay the mortgage loan according to its terms. Alternatively, lenders may originate “qualified mortgages,” which generally are mortgage loans without negative amortization, interest-only payments, balloon payments, loan terms exceeding 30 years, and points and fees paid by a consumer equal to or less than three percent of the total loan amount. Under the EGRRCPA, most residential mortgage loans originated and held in portfolio by the Bank, as an institution with less than $10 billion in total assets, will be designated as qualified mortgages. Higher-priced qualified mortgages (e.g., subprime loans) receive a rebuttable presumption of compliance with ability-to-repay rules, while other qualified mortgages (e.g., prime loans) are deemed to comply with those ability-to-repay rules. The Bank predominantly originates mortgage loans that comply with Regulation Z’s qualified mortgage standards. Real Estate Lending Standards and Guidance The federal regulatory agencies have adopted regulations setting forth standards for extensions of credit that are secured by real estate. Under these regulations, the Bank must adopt and maintain written policies establishing appropriate limits and standards for extensions of credit that are secured by real estate. These policies must establish loan portfolio diversification standards, prudent underwriting standards (including loan-to-value limits) that are clear and measurable, loan administration procedures and documentation, approval and reporting requirements. The federal regulatory agencies have also jointly issued guidance on “Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending,” which defines CRE loans as exposures secured by raw land, land development and construction (including 1-4 family residential construction), multi-family property, and non-farm nonresidential property where the primary or a significant source of repayment is derived from rental income or the proceeds of the sale, refinancing, or permanent financing of the property. The guidance requires that appropriate processes be in place to identify, monitor and control risks associated with real estate lending concentrations. If a concentration is present, management must employ heightened risk management practices that address key elements, including board and management oversight and strategic planning, portfolio management, development of underwriting standards, risk assessment and monitoring through market analysis and stress testing, and maintenance of increased capital levels as needed to support the level of CRE lending. The guidance states that the following metrics may indicate a concentration of CRE loans, but that these metrics are neither limits nor a safe harbor: (1) total reported loans for construction, land development, and

11 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 1. BUSINESS (continued) Form 10-K other land represent 100% or more of total risk-based capital; or (2) total reported loans secured by multi-family properties, nonfarm non-residential properties (excluding those that are owner-occupied), and loans for construction, land development, and other land represent 300% or more of total risk-based capital and the bank’s CRE loan portfolio has increased 50% or more during the prior 36 months. Brokered Deposits Section 29 of the FDIA and FDIC regulations generally restrict a bank’s ability to accept, renew, or roll over brokered deposits unless the bank is well capitalized or, with the FDIC’s approval, adequately capitalized. On December 15, 2020, the FDIC issued rules to revise its brokered deposit regulations in light of modern deposit- taking methods. The rules established a new framework for certain provisions of the “deposit broker” definition and amended the FDIC’s interest rate methodology for calculating rates and rate caps. The rules became effective on April 1, 2021, and, to date, these changes have not had a material impact on the Company or the Bank. Prompt Corrective Action The federal banking agencies have broad authority under federal law to take prompt corrective action to address capital deficiencies and resolve problems at insured depository institutions. The extent of this authority depends on whether the institution in question is “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized,” as defined under uniform regulations issued by each of the federal banking agencies regulating these institutions. An insured depository institution which is less than adequately capitalized must adopt an acceptable capital restoration plan, is subject to increased regulatory oversight and is increasingly restricted in the scope of its permissible activities. As of December 31, 2025, the Bank was well capitalized under applicable regulatory capital standards. Incentive Compensation The Dodd-Frank Act directs the federal banking agencies and the SEC to establish joint regulations or guidelines prohibiting incentive-based compensation arrangements at specified regulated financial institutions with at least $1 billion in total consolidated assets that encourage inappropriate risk taking by providing executive officers, employees, directors, or principal shareholders with excessive compensation, fees, or benefits that could result in material financial loss to the institution. In 2016, the SEC and the federal banking agencies proposed rules that would prohibit covered financial institutions (including bank holding companies and banks) from establishing or maintaining incentive-based compensation arrangements that encourage inappropriate risk taking by providing covered persons (consisting of senior executive officers and significant risk takers, as defined in the rules) with excessive compensation, fees or benefits that could lead to material financial loss to the financial institution. It is unclear whether this rule will be finalized. Confidentiality and Required Disclosures of Customer Information The Company and the Bank are subject to federal and state laws and regulations governing the privacy of nonpublic personal information of consumers. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and regulations issued thereunder restrict the use and disclosure of consumer nonpublic personal information by financial institutions. These requirements generally mandate that financial institutions provide customers with the institution’s policies and procedures regarding the handling of customers’ nonpublic personal financial information at the beginning of the customer relationship and annually thereafter, and they limit the disclosure of customers’ nonpublic personal financial information to unaffiliated third parties unless certain conditions are met, including customer notice and, in some cases, the opportunity to opt out. Data privacy and data protection remain areas of increasing legislative and regulatory focus at the state level. Several states have adopted regulations requiring certain financial institutions to implement cybersecurity programs and providing detailed requirements with respect to these programs, including data encryption requirements. Many states have also implemented, or are considering implementing, comprehensive data privacy and cybersecurity laws and regulations, such as the Virginia Consumer Data Protection Act (“VCDPA”). The VCDPA provides Virginia residents with specific rights related to their personal data and imposes compliance obligations on covered entities. The Bank

12 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 1. BUSINESS (continued) is exempt from the VCDPA; however, certain third-party service providers utilized by the Bank may be subject to the VCDPA. The Company and the Bank monitor developments in data privacy regulation and assess potential impacts on third-party vendor relationships and service delivery. The Company and the Bank are also subject to laws and regulations designed to combat money laundering and terrorist financing. The Bank Secrecy Act (the “BSA”) requires financial institutions to, among other things, create a system of controls designed to prevent money laundering and the financing of terrorism, and imposes recordkeeping and reporting requirements. The USA PATRIOT Act added regulations to facilitate information sharing among governmental entities and financial institutions for the purpose of combating terrorism and money laundering, and requires financial institutions to establish anti-money laundering programs. Regulations adopted under the BSA impose on financial institutions customer due diligence requirements, and the federal banking agencies expect that customer due diligence programs will be integrated within a financial institution’s broader BSA and anti-money laundering compliance program. In addition, the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), a division of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, administers and enforces economic and trade sanctions, which prohibit certain transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals and others. Financial institutions are required to identify and block prohibited transactions and report such actions to OFAC in accordance with applicable regulations. Although these laws and programs impose compliance costs and create privacy obligations and, in some cases, reporting obligations, and compliance with all of the laws, programs, and privacy and reporting obligations may require significant resources of the Company and the Bank, these laws and programs do not materially affect the Bank’s products, services or other business activities. Corporate Transparency Act The Corporate Transparency Act (“CTA”) was enacted as part of the 2021 National Defense Authorization Act and directed the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”) to establish a beneficial ownership information reporting regime for certain U.S. and foreign entities by January 1, 2022. The CTA requires reporting companies to disclose specific information regarding their beneficial owners and to update such information on an ongoing basis. Failure to comply with the CTA’s reporting requirements may result in civil fines and criminal penalties. The CTA imposes additional reporting requirements on entities not previously subject to such beneficial ownership disclosure regulations and also contains exemptions for several different types of entities, including among others certain banks, bank holding companies, credit unions, and insurance companies. While the Company and the Bank generally qualify for exemptions under the CTA, certain subsidiaries or third party entities with which the Company and the Bank do business may be subject to the reporting requirements. FinCEN issued a final rule implementing the CTA’s beneficial ownership reporting requirements in September 2022, which became effective January 1, 2024. The rule would have required reporting of beneficial ownership for entities that were formed or first registered prior to 2024 by January 1, 2025. In March 2025, FinCEN issued an interim final rule removing the requirements for U.S. companies and U.S. persons to report such beneficial ownership information and indicated that it would issue a modified set of regulations regarding beneficial ownership disclosures. The Company and the Bank continue to monitor legal, regulatory and supervisory developments related to the CTA and FinCEN’s implementing regulations and will assess the ultimate impact, if any, on their operations and compliance obligations. At this point, the Company cannot predict the nature and timing of future developments related to the CTA. Cybersecurity The federal banking agencies have adopted guidelines and supervisory expectations requiring financial institutions to establish and maintain information security and cybersecurity programs under the oversight of their boards of directors. These guidelines and related regulatory materials emphasize risk management and processes related to information technology and the use of third parties in the provision of financial products and services.

13 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 1. BUSINESS (continued) Form 10-K Regulatory expectations include the establishment of appropriate lines of defense, processes to identify and mitigate risks arising from compromised customer credentials, and business continuity and disaster recovery planning designed to support the timely recovery, resumption, and continuation of operations following a cybersecurity incident. Failure to meet applicable cybersecurity standards or supervisory expectations could result in regulatory actions and require the Company or the Bank to devote significant resources to remediation efforts. Federal and state banking agencies also continue to place increased emphasis on cybersecurity risk management as part of the supervisory examination process. The federal banking agencies adopted rules to enhance the timely reporting of cybersecurity incidents that may affect the U.S. banking system. These rules require a banking organization to notify its primary federal regulator as soon as possible, and no later than 36 hours after determining that a reportable computer security incident has occurred. Reportable incidents generally include those that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the viability of operations, the ability to deliver banking products and services, or the stability of the financial system. A bank service provider must also notify affected banking organization customers as soon as possible upon determining that it has experienced a computer-security incident that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, such customers for a period of four or more hours. With increased focus on cybersecurity, the Company continues to monitor legislative, regulatory and supervisory developments related thereto. Stress Testing The federal banking agencies have established stress testing requirements for certain large or higher risk financial institutions, including bank holding companies and state-chartered banks. These requirements do not apply to the Company or the Bank. However, supervisory guidance emphasizes that all banking organizations, regardless of size, should maintain the ability to assess the potential effects of adverse economic, market, and financial conditions on their financial condition and operating performance. Consistent with this guidance, the Company and the Bank evaluate the potential impact of adverse scenarios as part of their risk management processes, including analyses related to interest rate risk, CRE loan concentrations, credit quality, and funding and liquidity management. These analyses are intended to support sound capital planning, balance sheet management, and overall risk governance. Volcker Rule The Dodd-Frank Act prohibits bank holding companies and their subsidiary banks from engaging in proprietary trading except in limited circumstances, and places limits on ownership of equity investments in private equity and hedge funds (the “Volcker Rule”). The EGRRCPA and related implementing regulations provide an exemption from the Volcker Rule for banking organizations with less than $10 billion in total assets, including their holding companies and affiliates, provided that the institution’s total trading assets and liabilities do not exceed five percent of total assets, subject to certain limited exceptions. The Company believes that its financial condition and operations are not affected by the Volcker Rule, amendments thereto, or its implementing regulations. Call Reports All insured depository institutions, regardless of size, are required to file quarterly Reports of Condition and Income (“Call Reports”) that provide detailed financial and operational information and are used by federal banking agencies to monitor the condition, performance, and risk profile of individual institutions and the banking industry as a whole. The EGRRCPA expanded eligibility for certain institutions to use streamlined Call Report forms. In June 2019, the federal banking agencies adopted a final rule permitting insured depository institutions with less than $5 billion in total assets and limited complexity to file the most streamlined version of the quarterly Call Report and reducing the amount of data required to be reported on eligible filings.

14 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 1. BUSINESS (continued) Effect of Governmental Monetary Policies As with other financial institutions, the earnings and financial condition of the Company and the Bank are influenced by general economic conditions and by the monetary policies of the FRB. These policies, which include actions affecting the availability and cost of bank reserves and credit, can significantly impact funding costs, loan demand, investment activity, deposit flows, and the rates of return earned on loans and investment securities, as well as the overall level of inflation in the United States. The FRB significantly influences interest rates and credit conditions primarily through setting target ranges for the federal funds rate, conducting open market operations in U.S. government securities, establishing the discount rate for member bank borrowing, and imposing reserve requirements on deposits. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, affect the origination and pricing of loans, the purchase and valuation of investment securities, deposit generation and pricing, and overall net interest income. FRB monetary policies have materially affected the operating results and financial condition of community banks, including the Company and the Bank, in prior periods and are expected to continue to do so in the future. Future Regulation From time to time, legislative, regulatory, and policy initiatives are proposed by Congress, state legislatures, and federal and state regulatory agencies that could affect the powers, activities, and oversight of bank holding companies and depository institutions. Such initiatives may result in changes to existing banking statutes, regulations, or supervisory frameworks and could alter the operating environment of the Company and the Bank in significant and unpredictable ways. If enacted or implemented, these changes could increase or decrease compliance and operating costs, restrict or expand permissible business activities, affect capital or liquidity requirements, or influence the competitive dynamics among banks, savings associations, credit unions, and other financial service providers. The Company cannot predict whether any such initiatives will be adopted or, if adopted, the nature or extent of their impact. Changes in statutes, regulations, or regulatory policies applicable to the Company and the Bank could have a material effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, or results of operations. Where You Can Find More Information The Company files annual, quarterly, and current reports, proxy statements, and other information, including insider filings, with the SEC. The Company’s filings are available to the public at no cost on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. The Company also makes these filings available on its website at www.CBTCares.com as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained on our website is not part of this Form 10-K nor incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K or any other filing with the SEC. In addition, copies of these materials may be obtained free of charge by contacting Investor Relations by telephone at (276) 656-1776 or by mail at Carter Bankshares, Inc., 1300 Kings Mountain Road, Martinsville, Virginia 24112.

15 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES Form 10-K ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS Investments in the Company’s common stock involve risks. In addition to the other information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the discussion under “Important Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” investors should carefully consider the risks described below. These risk factors highlight those risks that the Company believes are material; however, they do not necessarily include all risks the Company may face. The inclusion of a risk in the following discussion should not be interpreted to state or imply that the risk has not already materialized. The risks described below could materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations, and capital position, and could cause actual results to differ materially from historical results or from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Any such events could adversely affect the trading price of the Company’s common stock. Risks Related to Credit Nonperforming assets can take significant time to resolve and may adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition, and could result in additional losses in future periods. As of December 31, 2025, nonperforming loans (“NPLs”) totaled $244.0 million, representing 6.29%, of the Company’s loan portfolio. Loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when the collection of principal or interest is doubtful or when interest or principal payments are 90 days or more past due based on contractual terms. The Company seeks to reduce or resolve problem assets through a variety of methods, including loan workouts, restructurings, or the sale of loans or underlying collateral. However, declines in collateral values or deterioration in a borrower’s financial condition, operating performance, or profitability, as well as actions by borrowers to delay or avoid legal processes, may impede these resolution efforts. As a result, nonperforming assets may persist for extended periods and could continue to adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company’s nonperforming assets (consisting of NPLs and other real estate owned, or “OREO”) adversely affect its business, financial condition and result of operations in various ways. The Company does not recognize interest income on nonaccrual loans or OREO, which reduces net income, return on assets, and return on equity. In addition, nonperforming assets increase loan administration and collection costs, negatively impact operating results and the efficiency ratio, and require significant management time and attention, which may detract from other strategic and operational priorities. If the Company acquires collateral through foreclosure or similar proceedings, the collateral must be recorded as OREO at fair value, which may result in charge-offs or valuation losses. The foreclosure and disposition process also involves legal, carrying, and other costs, which may be significant. An increase in nonperforming assets also increases the Company’s risk profile and may affect the minimum capital levels its regulators believe are appropriate in light of such risks. In addition, NPLs and OREO reduce the amount of assets eligible to be pledged as collateral for borrowings from secondary liquidity sources, which may adversely affect liquidity availability. The Company’s FDIC insurance assessment expense has increased significantly as a result of deterioration in asset quality, driven primarily by a single large nonperforming loan relationship. Asset quality is a key component in determining the applicable assessment rate. The Company’s financial results continue to be materially affected by this large credit relationship, which was placed on nonaccrual status during the second quarter of 2023, and had a net principal balance of $214.0 million as of December 31, 2025. Since the Company placed these loans on nonaccrual status, the Company has been unable to accrue approximately $91.2 million of interest income in the aggregate through December 31, 2025. The Company’s level of credit risk is elevated due to relationship exposure to the Company’s largest credit relationship. As of December 31, 2025, the Company’s largest credit relationship is loans, now reduced to judgments, related to various entities in which James. C. Justice, II has an interest (collectively, the “Justice Entities”). This relationship operates in the hospitality, agriculture and energy sectors and had loans, now reduced to judgments, outstanding with an aggregate principal amount of $214.0 million. All such loans are classified in the Other segment of the Company’s

16 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS (continued) loan portfolio. During the second quarter of 2023, the Company placed these loans on nonaccrual status due to loan maturities and failure to pay in full. This credit relationship comprises 87.7% of the Company’s nonperforming assets and NPLs and 5.5% of total portfolio loans at December 31, 2025. The Company believes it is well secured based on the net carrying value of the credit relationship and it has appropriately reserved for expected credit losses with respect to all such loans based on information currently available. The Company has agreed on a path of curtailment and payoff of such loans. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company received $38.0 million in curtailment payments and, in the aggregate, has received $87.9 million in curtailment payments since the loans were initially placed on nonperforming status. However, the Company cannot give any assurance as to the timing or amount of future payments or collections on such loans or that the Company will ultimately collect all amounts contractually due. The Company is closely monitoring all developments that may impact collateral values or potential recoveries on its NPLs, including claims that may be asserted by other purported creditors. Any deterioration of this credit relationship, including adverse changes in the financial condition of the respective borrowers or guarantors, potential claims by other creditors of the respective borrowers, further litigation with the respective borrowers or guarantors or adverse changes in the value of collateral that secures this credit relationship, could require the Company to increase its allowance for loan losses or result in significant losses to the Company, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. A significant portion of the Company’s commercial loan portfolio is secured by real estate, and adverse changes in the real estate market or economic conditions could adversely affect our results. A significant portion of the Company’s commercial loan portfolio is secured by real estate, which exposes the Company to risks associated with adverse changes in real estate market conditions and broader economic trends. As of December 31, 2025, approximately 94.4% of the Company’s commercial loan portfolio consisted of loans secured by real estate. Adverse economic conditions affecting occupancy levels, rental rates, or tenant demand in the markets the Company serves could increase the likelihood of borrower defaults. Real estate collateral generally serves as a secondary source of repayment in the event of borrower default. The value of this collateral may be adversely affected by changes in market demand, rental rates, capitalization rates, interest rates, or other economic factors, and may be insufficient to fully recover outstanding principal and accrued interest. As a result, declines in real estate values could lead to increased credit losses, higher provisions for credit losses, and reduced profitability. The Company’s CRE loan portfolio is concentrated primarily in North Carolina, Virginia, South Carolina, West Virginia and Georgia, with significant exposure to the retail/restaurant, warehouse, hospitality, multifamily, and office sectors. Due to this geographic and industry concentration, the Company may be more sensitive than more geographically or sector diversified institutions to economic downturns, real estate market disruptions, or localized adverse developments in these markets, which could materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, and capital position. The Company relies on independent appraisals and other valuation techniques in evaluating and monitoring loans secured by real estate collateral securing a significant portion of its loan portfolio, which may not accurately describe the net value of the asset. A significant portion of the Company’s loan portfolio is secured by real estate, and the Company relies on independent third party appraisers to provide professional estimates of the value of such collateral. Appraisals are inherently subjective and represent estimates of value at a specific point in time, and, as real estate values may change significantly in relatively short periods of time (especially in periods of heightened economic uncertainty), this estimate may not accurately describe the net value of the real estate after the loan is made. As a result, appraisals may be affected by assumptions, incomplete information, errors in fact or judgment, or changing market conditions, which could adversely impact their reliability. If a borrower defaults on a loan secured by real estate, the Company’s recovery depends significantly on the accuracy and timeliness of the collateral valuation obtained from independent appraisers and other valuation methodologies. Appraisals are based on assumptions, comparable sales data, market conditions, and professional judgments that may

17 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS (continued) Form 10-K prove to be inaccurate, outdated, or unavailable in stressed or illiquid markets. If an appraisal overstates the collateral’s fair value or fails to fully capture declining market conditions, the Company may not realize the estimated collateral value upon liquidation. As a result, the Company could be unable to recover the outstanding principal and accrued interest, which may lead to higher credit losses and adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. The Company generally obtains updated appraisals in connection with certain credit events, including requests for additional funding, material modification to loan terms, significant extensions of maturity dates, or when a loan becomes collateral dependent. Updated valuations are also typically obtained prior to foreclosure or other collection actions. However, there can be no assurance that updated appraisals will accurately reflect realizable values or that the collateral will be sufficient to mitigate potential losses. The Company also relies on appraisals and other valuation techniques to establish the value of OREO that is acquired through foreclosure proceedings and to determine certain loan impairments. If any of these valuations are inaccurate, the Company’s consolidated financial statements may not reflect the correct value of OREO, and our ACL may not reflect accurate loan impairments. The Company’s concentration in commercial real estate loans, including construction loans, increases its credit risk and could adversely affect its financial condition and results of operations. The Company maintains a significant concentration in loans secured by CRE, which subjects it to heightened credit risk compared to institutions with more diversified loan portfolios. As of December 31, 2025, loans secured by commercial purpose real estate, excluding construction loans, totaled approximately $2.2 billion, or 57.1% of the Company’s total loan portfolio. These loans typically involve larger average balances. These loans often also have more complex financial and credit risks than residential real estate loans. Repayment of CRE loans generally depends on the successful operation of the underlying property and the borrower’s ability to generate sufficient cash flow, often through tenant occupancy and lease payments, to service debt obligations. Consequently, these loans are particularly sensitive to adverse changes in macroeconomic conditions, including fluctuations in supply and demand, declining property values, rising capitalization rates, and reduced rental income. Because these exposures are concentrated in a smaller number of borrowers with larger loan balances, deterioration in the performance of a limited number of loans could have a disproportionately negative impact on the Company. At December 31, 2025 the Company’s hospitality portfolio totaled approximately $373.5 million, or 9.6% of total loans. The performance of hospitality properties is highly cyclical and closely tied to business and leisure travel trends, consumer spending, and broader economic conditions, making these loans particularly vulnerable during economic downturns. The Company also held approximately $481.8 million, or 12.4% of total loans, in CRE construction loans at December 31, 2025. Construction lending is inherently riskier than lending on stabilized properties due to factors such as project delays, cost overruns driven by labor or material price increases, contractor performance issues, regulatory approvals, and the speculative nature of lease up and absorption. Additionally, repayment often depends on the borrower’s ability to complete the project on time and within budget or to secure permanent financing. A severe downturn in CRE markets could reduce demand for commercial space, increase vacancy rates, compress rental income, and negatively affect property valuations. If borrowers experience financial distress or collateral values decline, the Company may incur higher levels of delinquencies, nonperforming assets, and credit losses, which could materially and adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. The banking regulatory agencies have expressed concerns about weaknesses in the CRE market. Banking regulators generally give CRE lending greater scrutiny and may require banks with higher levels of CRE loans to implement enhanced risk management practices, including stricter underwriting, internal controls, risk management policies, more granular reporting, and portfolio stress testing, as well as possibly higher levels of allowances for losses and capital levels as a result of CRE lending growth and exposures. If the Company’s banking regulators determine that its CRE lending activities are particularly risky and are subject to such heightened scrutiny, the Company may incur significant additional costs, be required to raise additional capital or maintain higher capital levels, or be required to restrict certain of its CRE lending activities. Furthermore, failures in the Company’s risk management policies,

18 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS (continued) procedures and controls could adversely affect the Company’s ability to manage this portfolio going forward and could result in an increased rate of delinquencies in, and increased losses from, this portfolio, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. A significant part of the Company’s lending business is focused on small to medium-sized business which may be impacted more severely during periods of economic weakness. A significant portion of the Company’s commercial loan portfolio is tied to small to medium-sized businesses in its markets. During periods of economic weakness, small to medium-sized businesses may be impacted more severely than larger businesses. As a result, the ability of smaller businesses to repay their loans may deteriorate, particularly if economic challenges persist over a period of time, and such deterioration would adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition. The Company’s allowance for credit losses may be insufficient to absorb expected losses in its loan portfolio, which may adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations. The adequacy of the Company’s allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) depends on the effectiveness of management’s estimation processes and the interpretation and application of the Current Expected Credit Losses (“CECL”) methodology. CECL requires the use of forward-looking information and significant management judgment to estimate lifetime expected credit losses, including assumptions related to economic forecasts, borrower performance, collateral values, and other market conditions. Because CECL incorporates reasonable and supportable forecasts, the ACL is inherently sensitive to changes in economic conditions and management assumptions. As a result, the Company may experience increased volatility in its ACL, particularly during periods of economic uncertainty or rapid deterioration in market conditions. There can be no assurance that the ACL will be sufficient to absorb actual credit losses. If economic conditions worsen, if specific loan segments experience elevated stress, or if borrower performance declines unexpectedly, the Company may be required to increase its ACL through additional provisions for credit losses. Such provisions would reduce earnings and could materially and adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. The Company periodically enhances and refines its credit loss models, methodologies, and underlying assumptions as new information becomes available. However, if the assumptions, estimates, or judgments used in calculating the ACL prove to be inaccurate, or if the Company fails to identify appropriate economic indicators, or correctly estimate the timing of magnitude of future economic changes, the ACL may not adequately reflect credit losses. In addition, management evaluates the “Other” segment using discounted cash flow (“DCF”) analysis that incorporates multiple economic scenarios and probability weightings based on management’s expectations. Predicting the resolution of these loans is inherently uncertain, and the models may not fully capture the range of potential outcomes. If actual results differ materially from these estimates, the Company could incur credit losses in excess of the established ACL. The Company’s banking regulators also periodically review its ACL as part of their examination process and may require the Company to increase its allowance by recognizing additional provision for credit losses charged to expense, or to decrease the allowance by recognizing loan charge-offs which may, in turn, require additional provisions for credit losses. Any such required additional provisions for credit losses could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. Our real estate lending activities may result in the acquisition of OREO, which could increase expenses and negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations. Because the Company originates loans secured by real estate, it may be required to foreclose on collateral properties to protect its investment. Following foreclosure, the Company may take title to the property and assume the risks associated with real estate ownership, including the potential for declines in property values and the costs of maintaining and disposing of such assets. The amount ultimately realized from the sale of OREO properties is subject to numerous factors beyond the Company’s control, local and national economic conditions, changes in neighborhood property values, interest rate movements, real estate tax rates, operating expenses, environmental remediation requirements, and fluctuations in supply and

19 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS (continued) Form 10-K demand for commercial and residential properties. If real estate markets weaken, the Company may be unable to sell OREO properties at prices equal to or greater than their carrying values, which could result in write-downs and additional losses. Ownership of OREO also requires ongoing expenditures, such as property taxes, insurance maintenance, security, and other operating costs. For income producing properties, rental income may be insufficient to cover these expenses, requiring the Company to advance additional funds to preserve the value of the assets. Additionally, the Company may face liability for environmental conditions or other property related risks. For example, if hazardous or toxic substances are found, the Company may be liable for remediation costs, as well as personal injury and property damage. Environmental laws may require the Company to incur substantial expense and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit the Company’s ability to use or sell the affected property. If the Company is required to hold OREO for an extended period or dispose of properties under unfavorable market conditions, these factors could increase noninterest expense, reduce profitability, and materially and adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. Risks Related to Market Conditions, Interest Rates and Investments The Company’s business is subject to interest rate risk and fluctuations in interest rates may adversely affect its earnings, income, cash flow, capital levels and credit quality. The Company’s business is subject to interest rate risk, and fluctuations in market interest rates may adversely affect its earnings, income, cash flow, capital levels, credit quality and financial condition. The majority of the Company’s assets and liabilities are monetary in nature, which exposes it to significant risks arising from changes in interest rates. Changes in interest rates can affect the Company’s net interest income, the fair value of interest- earnings assets and interest-bearing liabilities, liquidity and funding strategies, and asset-liability risk and related risk management strategies. The Company’s earnings are highly dependent on net interest income, which represents the difference between interest income earned on loans, investment securities and other interest-earning assets, and interest expense paid on deposits and borrowings. Differences in the timing and repricing characteristics of the Company’s assets and liabilities create interest rate sensitivity gaps. As a result, either the Company’s interest-bearing liabilities may reprice more quickly than its interest-earning assets, or vice versa. If market interest rates move in a manner that is unfavorable to the Company’s interest rate position, its net interest income and earnings could be negatively affected. Changes in market interest rates may also affect the net yield on interest-earning assets, loan origination volumes, the composition and performance of the Company’s loan and securities portfolios, and its overall funding costs, each of which may adversely impact the Company’s results of operations and financial condition. Interest rate movements also influence the demand for and origination of loans, the timing of loan prepayments, the fair value of our assets and liabilities, investment activity, deposit retention and growth, the yields earned on loans and investment securities, and the rates paid on deposits or other funding sources. Although the Company employs asset-liability management strategies designed to manage interest rate risk, these strategies may not fully mitigate the effects of significant, rapid, or unanticipated changes in interest rates. The Company is unable to predict actual fluctuations of market interest rates because many factors influencing interest rates, including inflationary pressures, economic growth or recession, labor market conditions, monetary and fiscal policy actions, geopolitical events, and instability in domestic or global financial markets, are beyond our control. In response to elevated inflation, the FRB increased the federal funds target rate significantly between March 2022 and July 2023. More recently, monetary policy has shifted toward a less restrictive stance, including rate reductions beginning in late 2024 and late 2025, following a prolonged period of elevated interest rates. However, the economic and inflationary outlook in the U.S. remains uncertain, and the Company cannot predict the timing or magnitude of future FRB monetary policy actions. Periods of declining interest rates may compress our interest rate spreads, reduce yields on interest-earning assets, increase loan prepayments, and intensify competition for deposits. Conversely, periods of rising interest rates may increase the Company’s funding costs, increase competitive pressures to raise the rates paid on deposits, reduce loan demand or increase the rate of default on existing loans, alter deposit mix, increase

20 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS (continued) unrealized losses in the investment securities portfolio, and negatively affect borrower repayment capacity, potentially leading to higher credit losses. Higher interest rates also could negatively affect the value of collateral securing the Company’s loans. Declines in collateral values could reduce recovery amounts in the event of borrower defaults and increase credit losses. The Company cannot predict the timing, direction, or magnitude of future interest rate changes or the extent to which such changes may adversely affect its business, financial condition, or results of operations. The value of the Company’s investment securities could decline. Changes in market interest rates and other market conditions could cause the fair value of our investment securities to decline. The Company holds available-for-sale investment securities that are carried at fair value, the majority of which consist of high-quality, liquid, fixed income instruments. The fair value for certain investment securities is determined using valuation techniques that require significant management judgment. As a result, the price the Company ultimately realizes upon sale of these securities may be less than their carrying value. The value of our investment securities may also decline due to factors beyond our control, including general economic and market conditions, volatility in the securities market, changes in interest rates or interest rate spreads, and actual or expected changes in inflation. Increases in market interest rates, in particular, have in the past, and may in the future result in declines in the fair value of fixed-income securities. Declines in the fair value of our available-for-sale investment securities are reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) and, therefore, may negatively affect shareholder’s equity, regulatory capital ratios, and liquidity. Although the Company does not intend to sell investment securities while in an unrealized loss position, further changes in market conditions, liquidity needs, or regulatory requirements could require the Company to sell securities at unfavorable prices, which could adversely affect its financial condition and results of operations. Inflation could negatively impact the Company’s business, its profitability, and its stock price. Inflationary pressures, as well as volatility and uncertainty related to inflation, could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and stock price. Elevated or persistent inflation may increase operating costs for businesses and consumers and contribute to weaker economic conditions, which could reduce demand for our products and services. Higher inflation or inflation-related volatility may negatively affect the creditworthiness of our borrowers, particularly if increased costs are not offset by higher revenues or pricing power. Inflation may also adversely affect the value of our investment securities and other interest-earning assets and could contribute to increased market volatility and interest rate uncertainty. In addition, inflationary pressures may increase our operating expenses, including costs related to talent acquisition and retention, compensation, and employee benefits, as well as other noninterest expenses. If inflation remains elevated or becomes more volatile, the Company may experience pressure on net interest margins, higher credit losses, and challenges in achieving budgeted earnings or financial targets. Any failure to meet market expectations could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Risks Related to the Company’s Operations, Cybersecurity and Technology A failure, disruption, or breach of our operational, cybersecurity, or information technology systems, or those of third-party service providers, could disrupt the Company’s business and adversely affect our results of operations, liquidity, financial condition, and reputation. Our operations rely heavily on the secure and efficient functioning of our information technology systems, data management processes, internal controls, and operational infrastructure, as well as those of third parties that support critical business functions. The Company depends on associates and third-party vendors in its day-to-day operations, and human error, misconduct, or malfeasance, system failures, or security breaches whether intentional or accidental could expose the Company to operational, financial, legal, and reputational risks.

21 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS (continued) Form 10-K The Company processes a significant volume of customer and financial transactions daily and rely on systems supporting accounting, data processing, payment and settlement activities, electronic funds transfers, loan servicing, online and mobile banking. These systems may fail, become unavailable, or be compromised, due to various factors, including cyberattacks, ransomware or malware incidents, sudden increases in transaction volume, power or telecommunications outages, software or hardware failures, natural disasters, geopolitical or social events, or other circumstances that may be beyond our control. Any such disruption could impair our ability to process transactions, provide services to customers, or meet regulatory or contractual obligations. The Company has implemented business continuity plans, backup systems, cybersecurity controls, and other safeguards designed to support the resilience and security of our operations. However, these measures may not be effective in preventing or mitigating all operational disruptions or security incidents. Additionally, in the event that backup systems are used, they may not process data as quickly as our primary systems and some data might not have been saved to backup systems, potentially resulting in a temporary or permanent loss of such data. In addition, our ability to control or remediate risks associated with third-party service providers is more limited than for systems and processes under our direct control, and failures or breaches involving third parties could have adverse effects on our business. The Company also continuously updates, enhances, and integrates its systems to support operational needs, regulatory requirements, and growth initiatives. These efforts involve significant costs and may create risk related to system implementation, data migration, integration challenges, or operational disruptions during transition periods. Any failure to effectively manage these risks could adversely affect our business, results of operations, liquidity, financial condition, and reputation. Cyberattacks, information security breaches, or technology failures involving our systems or those of third- party service providers could impair our ability to conduct business, manage risk exposures, and safeguard confidential information, and could adversely affect our results of operations, liquidity, financial condition, and reputation. Our business is highly dependent on the secure and efficient operation of our information technology infrastructure, computer systems, data management systems, and networks, as well as those of third parties upon whom it relies. The Company depends on digital technologies to process, transmit, store, and retrieve confidential, proprietary, and sensitive information, including customer and associate data. Cybersecurity risks for financial institutions have increased significantly in recent years due to the expanded use of digital banking channels, mobile and cloud technologies, remote work environments, the use of AI, “bots” or other automation software, which can increase the velocity and efficacy of cyberattacks, and the growing sophistication and frequency of cyber threats posed by organized crime, hackers, ransomware groups, and foreign state actors. Our systems and those of our third-party service providers may be vulnerable to a variety of cyber incidents, including malware, ransomware, phishing attacks, denial-of-service attacks, data breaches, insider misuse, and other unauthorized access or system disruptions. Customers, associates, and third parties may also access our systems using personal or remote devises that are outside of our controlled network environment, which may increase cybersecurity risks. The Company will likely face an increasing number of attempted cyberattacks as the Company expands its mobile and other internet-based products and services, as well as its usage of mobile and cloud technologies and as it provides more of these services to a greater number of retail and commercial banking customers. Financial institutions have been, and are expected to remain, target of such attacks, which could result in the unauthorized access, disclosure, loss, misuse, or destruction of confidential information, disruption of business operations, or degradation of customer services. Although the Company has not experienced a material cybersecurity incident to date, there can be no assurance that it will not experience an incident in the future. Technology failures, cyberattacks, or other information security breaches may not be prevented or detected despite our efforts and could result in material financial losses, operation disruptions, regulatory scrutiny, litigation, or reputational harm. In addition, remote work arrangements may increase exposure to cybersecurity risks if residential networks or personal devices are less secure than our office environments. The existence of cyberattacks or security breaches at third-party service providers with access to the Company’s data also may not be disclosed to the Company in a timely manner.

22 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS (continued) The Company also faces risks from insider threats, as associates and contractors with authorized access to our systems may misuse information, intentionally or unintentionally. While the Company maintains policies, procedures and controls designed to mitigate insider and external threats, these measures may not be fully effective in preventing all incidents. As cyber threats continue to evolve, the Company may be required to invest significant additional resources to enhance security controls, monitor emerging risks, investigate potential incidents, and remediate vulnerabilities. Any cybersecurity or information security incident could result in loss of customers, disruption of operations, increased operating and insurance costs, regulatory investigations or enforcement actions, litigation, customer notification and credit monitoring expenses, fines or penalties, reputational damage, and other adverse consequences, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, liquidity, and financial condition. The Company relies on third-party service providers and other suppliers to support a number of critical business functions, including technology infrastructure, data processing, payment systems, and its core operating platform. An interruption, failure, or cessation of services provided by any significant third-party provider could disrupt its operations and have a material adverse effect on its business, results of operations, liquidity, or financial condition. The Company is dependent on third-party providers for a substantial portion of its technology environment, including its core banking and other key systems. If any of these providers were to experience operation failures, cybersecurity incidents, financial distress, elect to discontinue or materially modify their services, or fail to handle current or higher volumes of use, the Company could experience significant disruptions to its business. In addition, these providers are themselves, subject to risks of cyberattacks, data breaches, system failures, and other security incidents, and there can be no assurance that their systems have not been in the past and will not be in the future compromised. Our ability to monitor, control, or remediate risks associated with third-party systems is more limited than for systems under our direct control. A failure by a third-party provider to maintain adequate performance, reliability, resilience, or security could impair our ability to process transactions, service customers, comply with regulatory requirements, or manage operation and financial risks. Such failures could also result in the unauthorized access to or disclosure of sensitive customer or proprietary information, leading to reputational harm, loss of customer relationships, regulatory scrutiny, litigation, or financial liability. If the Company were required to replace a significant third-party service provider, it may not be able to do so in a timely manner or on comparable or commercially reasonable terms. Transitioning to alternative providers could involve substantial costs, implementation risks, data migration challenges, service disruptions, and reduced functionality during transition periods, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. Failure to keep pace with technological change could adversely affect the Company’s business and ability to remain competitive, and it may experience operational challenges when implementing new technologies. The financial services industry is continually undergoing technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services, and the Company anticipates that new technologies will continue to emerge. The Company’s continued success depends, in part, on the ability to address the needs of its customers by using technology to provide products and services that satisfy customer demands and create efficiencies in our operations. Developing or acquiring access to new technologies and incorporating those technologies into our products and services, or using them to expand our products and services, may require significant investments, may take considerable time to complete, and ultimately may not be successful. If the Company fails to maintain or enhance its competitive position with respect to technology, whether because of a failure to anticipate customer expectations, substantially fewer resources to invest in technological improvements than its larger competitors, or because its technological developments fail to perform as desired or are not rolled out in a timely manner, the Company may lose market share or incur additional expense. In addition, any future implementation of technological changes and upgrades to maintain current systems may cause operational and customer challenges upon implementation and for some time afterwards. Key challenges include service interruptions, transaction processing errors and system conversion delays, which may cause the Company to lose customers or fail to comply with applicable laws, and may cause the Company to incur additional expenses, which may be substantial and could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects.

23 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS (continued) Form 10-K The Company’s business is dependent on its executive management team and other key personnel, and the loss of their services could adversely affect its operations. The Company’s success depends significantly on the leadership, experience, and expertise of its executive officers and other key personnel. These individuals possess substantial knowledge of the markets the Company serves, maintain important customer and community relationship, and provide critical strategic direction. The unexpected loss of the services of one or more executive officers or key personnel could disrupt the Company’s operations, impair customer relationships, and hinder the execution of strategic initiatives. The loss of personnel with extensive customer relationship may also lead to the loss of business if the customers were to follow that employee to a competitor. In addition, competition of qualified financial services professionals is intense, and the Company may not be able to attract or retain suitable replacements on a timely basis or at acceptable costs. The loss of key personnel, or the inability to recruit and retain experienced leaders, could materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations. The Company uses models in its business, and could be adversely affected if its design, implementation, or use of models is flawed. The use of statistical and quantitative models and other quantitatively based analyses is central to bank decision- making and regulatory compliance processes, and the employment of such analyses is becoming increasingly widespread in our operations. The Company uses quantitative models to price products and services, measure risk, calculate the quantitative portion of its allowance for credit losses, estimate asset and liability values, assess capital and liquidity, manage its balance sheet, create financial forecasts, and otherwise conduct our business and operations. The Company anticipates that model-derived insights will penetrate further into bank decision-making, and particularly risk management efforts. While these quantitative techniques and approaches improve its decision-making, they also create the possibility that faulty data or flawed quantitative approaches could yield adverse outcomes or regulatory scrutiny. Additionally, because of the complexity inherent in these approaches, misunderstanding or misuse of their outputs could similarly result in suboptimal decision-making. The Company also relies on model inputs that are provided by third parties. To the extent that any flawed models or inaccurate model outputs are used in reports to banking agencies or the public, the Company could be subjected to supervisory actions, private litigation, and other proceedings that may adversely affect its business, financial condition, and results of operations. The Company is subject to physical and financial risks associated with climate change and other weather and natural disaster impacts. The Company is subject to the growing risk of climate change. Among the risks associated with climate change are more frequent severe weather events. Severe weather events such as hurricanes, tropical storms, tornados, winter storms, freezes, flooding and other large-scale weather catastrophes in the Company’s markets subject it to significant risks and more frequent severe weather events magnify those risks. Large-scale weather catastrophes or other significant climate change effects that either damage or destroy residential or multifamily real estate underlying mortgage loans or real estate collateral, could decrease the value of our real estate collateral or increase our delinquency rates in the affected areas and thus diminish the value of our loan portfolio. In addition, the effects of climate change may have a significant effect on our geographic markets and could disrupt our operations or the operations of our customers, third-party service providers, or supply chains more generally. Those disruptions could result in declines in economic conditions in our geographic markets or industries in which our borrowers operate and impact their ability to repay loans or maintain deposits. Climate change could also impact its assets or employees directly or lead to changes in customer preferences that could negatively affect its growth or business strategies. In addition, the Company’s reputation and customer relationships could be damaged due to our practices related to climate change, including our or our customers’ involvement in certain industries or projects. In recent years, the federal banking regulators have focused on the physical and financial risks to financial institutions associated with climate change; although, expectations with respect to these matters has been changing, and it is difficult to predict changes in priorities and requirements with respect to these matters, including any changes in compliance costs relating to such changes.

24 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS (continued) Risks Related to Liquidity Liquidity risks and adverse developments affecting the financial services industry could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Adverse developments in the financial services industry, including actual events or concerns involving liquidity constraints, defaults, nonperformance by financial institutions or transactional counterparties, or other similar risks have in the past and may in the future lead to market-wide liquidity disruptions. Such risks may be amplified by extensive media coverage and social media activity, which can accelerate customer reactions and negatively impact confidence in the banking system. Liquidity is essential to our business, and our funding strategy relies primarily on customer deposits, supplemented by secondary sources such as wholesale funding facilities and other contingent liquidity arrangements. Deposit levels may be affected by a variety of factors, including changes in market interest rates, competitive pricing pressures from other financial institutions, inflationary conditions, general economic trends influencing savings behavior, and customer perceptions regarding the safety and soundness of the banking industry or specific institutions. The closures of Silicon Valley Bank, Signature Bank and First Republic Bank in the first quarter of 2023, and the resulting industry volatility, underscored the importance of maintaining diversified funding sources and robust liquidity management practices. The response to bank closures by the U.S. government, including the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the FDIC and the FRB, cannot be predicted, and the policies and regulations implemented in response to past bank closures cannot be expected to be extended or repeated in response to a future bank closure. Additionally, during periods of industry stress, governmental and regulatory actions intended to stabilize the banking system may not be sufficient to prevent funding disruptions or deposit outflows, particularly sudden or large-scale withdrawals. If these conditions were to occur, they could impair our access to funding, place pressure on our liquidity position, and materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. The Company’s liquidity could be adversely affected if it were unable to access short-term funding or monetize liquid assets. The Company’s ability to maintain adequate liquidity depends on reliable access to funding sources and the capacity to convert liquid assets into cash in a timely manner. Significant volatility or disruptions in the wholesale funding markets or investment securities markets could materially impair its access to short-term funding. Factors outside our control may further limit our ability to obtain funding or monetize liquid assets, including the need to sell investment securities at unfavorable prices or the inability to sell such assets at all, operational or financial difficulties affecting third parties that participate in funding or securities markets, and unexpected or substantial deposit outflows. If the Company is unable to access short-term funding or monetize liquid assets as needed, our ability to originate new loans, fund existing commitments, and otherwise support our operations could be negatively affected. Such conditions could place pressure on our liquidity position, adversely affect regulatory capital, and materially harm our financial condition and results of operations. The Company’s reliance on customer deposits for funding and liquidity could adversely affect its financial performance if access to such funding becomes impaired. Customer deposits represent the Company’s primary and generally lowest cost source of funding and are critical to supporting its liquidity and growth strategies. Deposit levels are influenced by numerous factors, including interest rates offered by competitors, prevailing market interest rates, returns available on alternative investments, customer preferences, and broader economic conditions. A decline in deposit balances could require the Company to replace this funding with higher cost alternatives, which would likely increase its interest expense and negatively affect its net interest margin and profitability. If deposits in our markets are insufficient to support our operating needs and growth, the Company may seek supplemental funding

25 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS (continued) Form 10-K through sources such as federal funds lines with other financial institutions, borrowings from the FHLB, institutional CD market, brokered deposits, or the issuance of debt or equity securities, including subordinated notes. Access to these alternative funding sources may be limited or more expensive due to factors largely outside of our control, including our financial condition, disruptions in the capital markets, changes in investor sentiment toward financial institutions, competitive pressures from other banking organizations, our financial condition, and broader economic uncertainty. Some competitors may have greater financial resources, stronger credit ratings, or broader market access than the Company does, which could further constrain its funding options. If the Company is unable to obtain sufficient funding on acceptable terms to support its operations and strategic initiatives, its ability to grow, maintain adequate liquidity, and execute its business strategy could be materially adversely affected, which in turn could harm its financial condition and results of operations. The Company’s ability to meet contingency funding needs during periods of financial stress depends on access to wholesale funding sources, including the FHLB of Atlanta, and any disruption to these sources could materially adversely affect its liquidity. In the event of a crisis that disrupts our core deposit base, our ability to meet contingency funding needs relies significantly on access to wholesale funding markets. Significant and unanticipated deposit outflows have occurred at other financial institutions and could occur in the future. Advances in technology have increased the speed at which deposits can be transferred within or outside the banking system, while the rapid dissemination or information, including through traditional and social media may amplify customer concerns and accelerate withdrawal activity. These factors may heighten funding pressures and increase the Company’s reliance on contingency liquidity sources. The Company’s primary contingency funding source is borrowings from the FHLB of Atlanta. As a member of the FHLB system, the Company may borrow against a line of credit secured by a blanket lien on certain commercial and multifamily loans, residential mortgages, and available-for-sale investment securities. At December 31, 2025, total borrowing capacity with the FHLB was approximately $1.5 billion, or about 30% of total assets, although actual availability is dependent on the amount and composition of eligible collateral pledged at any given time. Any operational, financial, or regulatory disruption affecting the FHLB or the broader FHLB system could materially impair our ability to meet short and long-term liquidity needs. In addition, access to FHLB advances is subject to our continued compliance with applicable borrowing requirements, collateral eligibility standards, and regulatory expectations. If our financial condition were to deteriorate or if regulatory authorities were to restrict our access, the FHLB may be unwilling or unable to provide funding when needed. Additional wholesale liquidity sources include the FRB discount window, the brokered CD market, federal funds lines with correspondent banks totaling approximately $75.0 million, and the ability to generate liquidity from our investment securities portfolio through pledging or sales. However, the Company may face increased competition for these funding sources during periods of market stress, which could increase its cost of funds or limit the availability of these funding sources. If the Company is unable to access adequate funding on acceptable terms, its financial flexibility could be severely constrained, impairing its ability to meet customer needs, support lending activities, maintain adequate liquidity, and execute our business strategy. Such conditions could materially adversely affect its financial condition and results of operations. The Company depends on dividends from its bank subsidiary for substantially all of its revenue, and regulatory restrictions on the Bank’s ability to pay dividends could adversely affect its financial condition. The Company is a separate legal entity from the Bank and relies primarily on dividends from the Bank to provide the funds necessary to meet our obligations, including the payment of operating expenses, servicing of any outstanding debt, and the payment of future dividends on our common stock. Federal and Virginia laws and regulations, as well as supervisory expectations, limit the amount of dividends the Bank may pay to us. The Bank’s ability to declare and pay dividends is also subject to its earnings, financial condition, capital levels, liquidity position, and, as applicable, regulatory approval or non-objection. Regulatory authorities may

26 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS (continued) restrict or prohibit dividend payments if they determine that such payments would be unsafe or unsound or otherwise inconsistent with applicable regulations. For more information on these regulatory restrictions on the right of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company and on the right of the Company to pay dividends to its shareholders, see Part I, Item 1 “Supervision and Regulation—Dividend Limitations” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. If the Bank is unable to pay dividends to the Company, the Company may lack sufficient liquidity to satisfy its obligations, including servicing its outstanding debt and paying future dividends on its common stock, and may be required to seek alternative sources of funding, which may not be available on favorable terms or at all. Any inability to receive dividends from the Bank could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and shareholder returns. Any declaration and payment of dividends on our common stock will depend upon our earnings and financial condition, liquidity and capital requirements, the general economic and regulatory climate, our ability to service any equity or debt obligations senior to the common stock, and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors. Furthermore, consistent with our business plans, growth initiatives, capital availability, projected liquidity needs, and other factors, the Company has made, and will continue to make, capital management decisions and policies that could adversely impact the amount of dividends, if any, paid to its shareholders. Risks Related to the Company’s Business Strategy The Company’s profitability is significantly influenced by economic conditions in the markets that it serves. The Company’s success is closely tied to the economic health of the geographic markets in which it operates, primarily Virginia and North Carolina. Local economic conditions directly affect the performance of our loan portfolio, particularly commercial, real estate and construction loans, by influencing borrowers’ ability to repay, the value of collateral securing these loans, and customer demand for loans, deposits, and other financial products and services. Adverse changes in economic conditions, whether regional, national, or global, could reduce economic activity and negatively affect our financial performance. Such conditions may include inflationary pressures, elevated interest rates, recessionary environments, unemployment, supply chain disruptions, public health crisis, acts of terrorism, geographic instability or military conflicts (including the military conflict with Iran), and other domestic or international events beyond our control. While the long-term impacts of these developments are inherently uncertain, any significant or prolonged economic downturn in our markets could lead to increased credit losses, reduced loan growth, weakened deposit trends, and declines in collateral values. If economic conditions deteriorate in the markets the Company serves, its business, financial condition, results of operations, and growth prospects could be materially adversely affected. The Company faces significant competition from financial institutions and other providers of banking and financial services, which could adversely affect its growth and profitability. The Company conducts its banking operations primarily in Virginia and North Carolina, and faces strong competition in each of the markets that it serves. Increased competition for loans, deposits, and other financial services may limit the Company’s ability to grow and could place pressure on pricing, profitability, and market share. The Company’s competitors include national and regional banks, community banks, savings institutions, credit unions, finance companies, mortgage banks, brokerage firms, financial technology companies, insurance companies, and other financial intermediaries. In addition, certain nonbank financial services providers operate with fewer regulatory constraints, may have larger lending limits, and may be better positioned to serve the credit needs of larger customers. Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, operational, and technological resources than the Company does. These institutions may benefit from broader brand recognition, more extensive branch and ATM networks, greater financial resources, including larger marketing budgets, higher lending limits and the ability to offer a wider array of products and services. Such advantages may enable competitors to attract customers by offering more favorable loan and deposit rates, reduced fees, and enhanced digital banking capabilities.

27 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS (continued) Form 10-K Technological innovation has intensified competition within the financial services industry by enabling both traditional institutions and emerging financial technology companies to deliver products and services historically provided by banks. Many of these non-bank competitors are not subject to the same extensive federal regulations that govern bank holding companies, like the Company, and federally insured banks, like the Bank, which may allow them to offer greater lending limits and certain products and services that the Bank does not provide. Additionally, out-of-market institutions may enter our footprint through loan production offices, digital platforms, or deposit-gathering strategies, further increasing competitive pressures. If the Company is unable to successfully compete for customers, it may experience slower loan and deposit growth or be forced to accept lower yields on loans or pay higher rates on deposits to retain and attract customers. Any of these outcomes could materially adversely affect its business, financial condition, and results of operations. Customers may increasingly bypass traditional banking relationships, which could adversely affect the Company’s revenue and funding sources. Technological advancements and evolving consumer preferences are enabling financial transactions to occur through alternative channels that historically required the involvement of banks. Customers may choose to maintain funds in brokerage accounts, mutual funds, prepaid products, or other nonbank platforms, such as crypto currencies or other digital assets, rather than traditional deposit accounts. In addition, many payment and money transfer services allow customers to pay bills, transfer funds, and conduct other financial activities without direct interaction with a bank. The Company faces growing competition from financial technology (“fintech”) companies and other nonbank providers, as the adoption of digital financial services has accelerated in recent years. These competitors often offer specialized products, streamlined digital experiences, and rapid innovation cycles that may appeal to customers seeking convenience, speed, and lower costs. Many of these nonbank providers are not subject to the same extensive federal regulation that govern bank holding companies and federally insured banks, and as a result, can offer products and services that the Company is unable to offer or to offer such products and services at more competitive rates. The ongoing process of disintermediation (i.e., the removal of banks as intermediaries in financial transactions) could reduce our fee income, diminish deposit balances, and increase our cost of funds if lower cost deposits are replaced with more expensive funding sources. A sustained shift away from traditional banking relationships could also weaken customer engagement and limit opportunities to cross-sell products and services. If these trends continue, the resulting loss of deposits, revenue streams, and customer relationships could materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, and long-term growth prospects. Our ability to execute our business strategy depends on attracting and retaining qualified personnel. The successful execution of the Company’s business strategy depends on its ability to identify, recruit, develop, motivate and retain experienced personnel who possess strong customer relationships and market knowledge within the Company’s primary service areas. These individuals are critical to developing new business opportunities, expanding customer relationships, and supporting the delivery of financial products and services. Competition for qualified financial services professionals is intense and has contributed to rising compensation and employee benefit costs, a trend that may continue. Sustained increases in personnel expenses could place pressure on the Company’s profitability and operating results. In addition, the process of identifying candidates with the combination of skills, experience, and culture fit can be time consuming, and the Company may not successfully recruit or effectively integrate new hires into its operations. Failure to attract, retain, and successfully onboard talented personnel in a timely manner could limit the Company’s growth, disrupt operations, and impair its ability to implement its business strategy effectively, which could materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

28 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS (continued) Risks Related to Regulatory Compliance and Legal Matters The Company is subject to extensive regulation and supervision, and changes in laws or regulatory expectations could materially adversely affect its business. The banking industry is highly regulated, and the Company is subject to comprehensive federal and state supervision. These laws and regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors, the DIF, and the stability of the financial system rather than security holders. Regulatory requirements influence many aspects of our operations, including lending practices, capital levels, investment activities, dividend policy, liquidity management, product offerings, and growth initiatives, and compliance with these regulatory requirements is costly. Congress, federal regulatory agencies, and state authorities frequently review banking laws, regulations, and supervisory guidance. Changes in statutes, regulations, regulatory interpretations, or examination practices may occur with little advance notice and could affect the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways. Such changes may increase compliance costs, restrict the products and services the Company is permitted to offer, limit our growth, or enhance the ability of nonbank financial providers to compete with traditional banking institutions. For example, the Company derives a portion of our noninterest income from consumer overdraft fees, an area that has received heightened scrutiny from regulators and policymakers. Future regulatory actions or legislative changes could impose additional limitations on overdraft programs, which may reduce fee income, increase compliance obligations, or heighten its exposure to regulatory investigations and private litigation. Failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations, or supervisory expectations could result in enforcement actions by federal or state authorities, including the imposition of civil money penalties, formal or informal consent orders, restrictions on our operations, limitations on capital distributions, the loss of deposit insurance, or, in extreme cases, the revocation of our banking charter. Additionally, perceived compliance deficiencies could harm our reputation and negatively affect customer and investor confidence. Further, the financial services industry faces more aggressive enforcement of laws at the federal, state and local levels, particularly in connection with practices that may harm consumers or the financial system more generally, which heightens the risk associated with both actual and perceived violations. For additional information regarding the regulatory framework applicable to us, see “Supervision and Regulation” included in Item 1, Business, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The CFPB may increase our regulatory compliance burden and could affect the consumer financial products and services that the Company offers. The CFPB influences consumer financial laws, regulation and policy through rulemaking related to enforcement of the Dodd-Frank Act’s prohibits against unfair, deceptive and abusive consumer finance products or practices, which directly affect the business operations of financial institutions offering consumer financial products or services, including the Corporation. This agency’s broad rulemaking authority includes identifying practices or acts that are unfair, deceptive or abusive in connection with any consumer financial transaction, financial product or service. In particular, the CFPB’s interpretation of the Dodd-Frank Act’s prohibitions against unfair, deceptive and abusive consumer finance products or practices and the application of those prohibitions to so-called “junk fees” may ultimately affect products or services currently offered by the Corporation and its subsidiaries and may affect the amount of revenue that may be derived from these products and services in the future, especially revenue from overdraft products offered by the Bank. Although the CFPB has jurisdiction over banks with $10 billion or greater in assets, rules, regulations and policies issued by the CFPB may also apply to the Corporation or its subsidiaries by virtue of the adoption of such policies and practices by the Federal Reserve and the FDIC. Further, the CFPB may include its own examiners in regulatory examinations by the Corporation’s primary regulators. The limitations and restrictions imposed by the CFPB may produce significant, material effects on our business, financial condition and results of operations. There is ongoing uncertainty as to the CFPB’s regulations and approach to enforcement and supervision; although, the current leadership of the CFPB has indicated intentions to rescind or revise many regulations, as well as to narrow its enforcement and supervision. The Company cannot currently predict the impact of such changes on our business, financial condition and results of operation.

29 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS (continued) Form 10-K Legislation, regulatory, and governmental policy changes could materially affect the economy, the financial services industry and our business. The financial services industry is highly sensitive to changes in legislation, regulation, and government policy at the federal and state levels. Following the 2024 U.S. presidential election, which resulted in the return of President Donald Trump to office in January 2025, shifts in policy priorities, agency leadership, and supervisory approaches have occurred and may continue to evolve. Changes in administration and congressional leadership often lead to revisions in regulatory frameworks, examination practices, supervision and enforcement priorities, and rulemaking initiatives affecting financial institutions, as well as to changes in the leadership and senior staffs of the federal banking agencies, which also drive such changes. In addition, changes in key personnel at the agencies that regulate financial institutions may result in differing interpretations of existing rules and guidelines and potentially different supervision and enforcement priorities. The ultimate impact of these developments remains uncertain. Government actions, including changes in banking regulation, capital requirements, trade policy, tariffs, immigration policy, fiscal spending, or other economic initiatives could influence economic growth, inflation, market stability, and the operating environment for financial institutions. Broader policy changes have already drawn mixed reactions from experts and global leaders regarding their potential economic effects. Because the scope, timing, and consequences of policy and regulatory changes are inherently difficult to predict, such developments could increase compliance costs, impose operational constraints, alter competitive dynamics, or otherwise materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Regulatory capital and liquidity requirements could require the Company to maintain higher levels of capital and liquid assets, which may adversely affect its profitability and business operations. The Company and the Bank each must meet regulatory capital requirements and maintain sufficient liquidity. Banking regulators periodically revise these requirements and may impose additional or heightened standards based on our financial condition, risk profile, growth strategies, or broader economic and industry conditions. Compliance with heightened capital standards may require the Company to retain earnings, raise additional capital, or limit balance sheet growth. These actions could dilute existing shareholders, reduce returns on equity, and constrain our ability to pursue strategic initiatives. The Company could also be subject to regulatory actions if it were unable to comply with the capital standards. In addition, regulatory expectations regarding liquidity management may require the Company to maintain higher levels of liquid assets, lengthen the duration of its funding, or modify aspects of its business model. Such measures could reduce net interest income and overall profitability. Changes to regulatory capital rules including revisions to asset risk weightings, the composition of qualifying capital, required regulatory deductions, or the capital conservation buffer could restrict our ability to make capital distributions, including paying out dividends or repurchasing shares, and may require adjustments to our business strategy. If the Company fails to meet applicable capital or liquidity requirements, it could become subject to supervisory actions or enforcement measures, including restrictions on our operations or growth, and such failure could affect customer confidence, our cost of funds and FDIC insurance costs, our ability to pay dividends, our ability to accept brokered deposits and our ability to make acquisitions, among other things. Any such limitations could materially adversely affect its business, financial condition, results of operations, and shareholder returns. Failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls could materially adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. Effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures are essential to our ability to produce reliable financial statements, safeguard assets, prevent and detect fraud, and operate successfully as a public company. The Company is required to establish and maintain an adequate system of internal control over financial reporting and to evaluate its effectiveness on an ongoing basis.

30 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS (continued) Despite our efforts, our controls may not prevent or detect all errors or fraud. As part of our ongoing monitoring and evaluation processes, the Company may identify material weaknesses or significant deficiencies that require timely remediation. A “material weakness” is defined as a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of its annual or interim financial statements would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. If the Company fails to maintain effective internal controls and disclosure controls, or to timely effect any necessary improvement of our internal and disclosure controls, or if material weaknesses are identified and not remediated promptly, it could experience material misstatements in our financial statements or other disclosures. Such events could result in significant investments of management time, regulatory scrutiny, enforcement actions, or litigation, harm our reputation, cause investors to lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of its financial reporting, and negatively impact its access to capital. Additionally, the remediation of control deficiencies or material weaknesses may require substantial management attention and significant financial resources and could disrupt our operations. Any of these outcomes could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and market value of our common stock. Claims, litigation, and other legal proceedings could expose the Company to significant costs and liabilities and adversely affect its reputation, financial condition and results of operations. The Company operates in a highly regulated and litigious environment and the Company, its subsidiaries and its respective directors and management are periodically subject to claims, litigation, investigations, and other legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. These matters may relate to, among other things, lending activities, customer relationships, commercial contracts, employment matters, compliance with applicable laws and regulations, and other operational issues. The outcome of legal proceedings is inherently uncertain, and such matters may involve substantial defense costs, significant damages, or other remedies. While the Company establishes reserves when appropriate and maintain insurance coverage for certain risks, its insurance may not be sufficient to cover all claims, may not apply to all types of proceedings, or may be subject to deductibles and coverage limitations. Even claims that lack merit can result in significant legal expenses, consume management’s attention, and divert resources from the Company’s business operations. Additionally, allegations of wrongdoing, regardless of their validity could harm the Company’s reputation, impair customer relationships, and increase regulatory scrutiny. If judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, or related expenses exceed available insurance coverage or established reserves, or if reputational damage results in lost business opportunities, our financial condition, results of operations, and business could be materially adversely affected. The Company’s risk management framework may not be effective in identifying or mitigating risks, which could adversely affect its financial condition and results of operations. The Company maintains an enterprise risk management program designed to identify, measure, monitor, report and control the various risks it faces. These risks include, among others, credit, interest rate, liquidity, operational, compliance, legal, reputational, strategic, and economic risks. Our risk management processes incorporate assumptions, judgments, models, and analytical tools that may not always accurately predict risk exposures or future outcomes. Although the Company regularly evaluates and enhances its risk management framework and related controls, no risk management system can eliminate risk entirely or anticipate every emerging threat. Its framework may prove inadequate due to design limitations, execution failures, ineffective controls, human error, model inaccuracies, insufficient data, or rapidly evolving market conditions. In addition, as the Company’s business grows and becomes more complex, its risk management processes may not adapt quickly enough to address new or heightened risks. If the Company’s risk management framework is ineffective or if significant gaps or control failures occur, it could experience increased credit losses, operational disruptions, regulatory criticism, financial losses, or reputational harm. Any such developments could materially adversely affect its business, financial condition, results of operations, and long-term prospects.

31 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS (continued) Form 10-K The Company’s earnings and financial condition are significantly influenced by monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government and its agencies. The results of the Company’s operations are affected by the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government and its agencies, particularly the FRB. The FRB regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States and establishes policies that influence interest rates, inflation, financial market conditions, and overall economic activity. FRB actions directly and indirectly affect the yields the Company earns on loans and securities, the rates it pays on deposits and borrowings, and the value of financial instruments it holds. These policies therefore play a significant role in determining our cost of funds, net interest margin, and overall profitability. Changes in monetary policy, including adjustments to benchmark interest rates, balance sheet management, or other liquidity measures are beyond its control and are inherently difficult to predict. Monetary policy decisions can also affect the financial condition of our borrowers. For example, a tightening of the money supply or a prolonged period of elevated interest rates could slow economic activity, reduce demand for our borrowers’ products and services, and impair their ability to repay outstanding loans. Conversely, rapid changes in interest rate environments may create volatility in funding costs and asset yields. Because the timing, magnitude, and impact of monetary and fiscal policy changes are uncertain, such developments could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and growth prospects. Heightened scrutiny and evolving expectations regarding environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) matters may increase costs and expose the Company to additional risks. As a regulated financial institution and a publicly traded company, the Company faces growing scrutiny from customers, regulators, investors, advocacy groups, and other stakeholders regarding our ESG practices, policies, and disclosures. Stakeholder expectations continue to evolve, and often these stakeholders have differing, and sometimes conflicting, priorities and expectations regarding ESG matters. In addition, certain federal and state law and regulations to ESG matters may include provisions that conflict with other laws and regulations, it may increase costs or limit the Company’s ability to conduct business in certain jurisdictions. Specifically, changing views and scrutiny against certain ESG and corporate diversity, equity and inclusion matters has gained momentum across the United States at national, state and local levels. Failing to comply with legal or regulatory requirements or expectations and standards from customers, regulators, investors and other stakeholders regarding ESG-related matters, or taking action in conflict with one or another of those stakeholder’s expectations, could also lead to loss of business, adverse publicity, an adverse impact on our reputation, customer complaints, or public protests, as well as governmental enforcement or private litigation. Any adverse publicity or adverse impact to our reputation in connection with ESG, any shifting in investing priorities amount investors, or any loss of business resulting from any of the foregoing, may result in adverse effects on the trading price of our common stock and/or our business, operations and earnings. The development and use of Artificial Intelligence (“AI”) technologies present risks that could adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations. The Company, as well as or its third-party vendors, clients or counterparties may continue to develop or incorporate AI technologies into certain business processes, products, and services. While AI has the potential to enhance operational efficiency and customer experience, its use also introduces a range of risks and challenges. The legal and regulatory framework governing AI is rapidly evolving in the U.S. and internationally, and includes regulatory schemes targeted specifically at AI as well as provisions in privacy, consumer protection, intellectual property, employment, model governance, and other laws applicable to the use of AI. These evolving laws and regulations may require changes to our technology practices, increase compliance costs, and elevate the risk of regulatory scrutiny or enforcement. AI models, particularly generative AI tools, may produce inaccurate, incomplete, or misleading outputs; reflect biases presented in training data; improperly disclose confidential, proprietary, or personal information; or infringe upon the intellectual property rights of others. Additionally, the complexity and limited transparency of certain AI models can make it difficult to understand how outputs are generated, which complicates model validation, risk management, regulatory compliance and decision-making processes.

32 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS (continued) To the extent the Company relies on AI technologies developed or operated by third parties, it faces additional risk related to vendor oversight, data security, operational resilience, and the effectiveness of those third parties’ risk management and mitigation, over which it may have limited control or visibility. Any failure to appropriately govern the use of AI or to mitigate its associated risks could expose the Company to legal liability, regulatory action, operational disruptions, financial loss, or reputational harm. Such outcomes could materially adversely affect its business, financial condition, results of operations, and competitive position. The Company is subject to losses due to errors, omissions or fraud by its associates, clients, counterparties or other third parties. The Company is exposed to many types of operational risk, including the risk of fraud by third parties, customers and employees, clerical recordkeeping errors, and transactional errors. Such fraudulent activity may take many forms, including check fraud, electronic fraud, wire fraud, social engineering, phishing and other dishonest acts. While the Company’s procedures are designed to follow customary, industry-specific security precautions and while the Company provides associates with ongoing training and regular communications and guidance to combat fraud, its efforts might not be successful in mitigating or reducing fraudulent attempts resulting in financial losses, increased litigation risk and reputational harm. The Company’s business also depends on its associates, as well as third-party service providers, to process a large number of increasingly complex transactions. The Company could be materially and adversely affected if associates, clients, counterparties, or other third parties caused an operational breakdown or failure, either from human error, fraudulent manipulation, or purposeful damage to any of its operations or systems. Risks Related to Owning the Company’s Stock The market price of the Company’s common stock may fluctuate significantly and could decline, which could result in losses to its investors. The market price of the Company’s common stock has been volatile in the past and may fluctuate significantly in the future in response to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond the Company’s control. The Company’s stock price can fluctuate significantly in response to a variety of factors including, among other things: • variations in the Company’s operating results, including if its financial results fall below the expectation of investor or securities analysts; • changes in analysts’ recommendations or projections with regard to the Company’s common stock or the markets and businesses in which it operates; • volatility of stock market prices and volumes in general; • changes in market valuations of similar companies; • reports of trends and concerns and other issues related to the financial services industry; • changes in the conditions of credit markets; • changes in accounting policies or procedures as required by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or other regulatory agencies; • legislative and regulatory actions, including the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act and related regulations, that may subject the Company to additional regulatory oversight which may result in increased compliance costs and/or require changes to its business model; • government intervention in the U.S. financial system and the effects of and changes in trade and monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including the interest rate policies of the FRB; • additions or departures of key members of management; and • the realization of any of the other risks presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

33 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS (continued) Form 10-K Fluctuations in the Company’s common stock price may be unrelated to its performance. General market declines or market volatility in the future, especially in the financial institutions sector, could adversely affect the price of the Company’s common stock, and the current market price may not be indicative of future market prices. Future issuances of the Company’s common stock or securities convertible into common stock could dilute existing shareholders and adversely affect the market price of its common stock. The Company is generally not restricted from issuing additional shares of common stock or securities that are convertible into, exchangeable for, or represent the right to receive shares of its common stock. The Company may issue equity securities for a variety of purposes, including capital raising activities, acquisitions, strategic investments, equity-based compensation, or other corporate initiatives. The issuance of a substantial number of shares of the Company’s common stock or the perception that such issuances may occur could materially reduce the market price of its common stock and dilute the ownership interests of existing shareholders. Dilution may occur not only as a result of shares issued in public or private offerings, but also from the exercise of stock options, the vesting of equity awards, or the conversion of other securities into common stock. The timing, amount, and terms of any future equity issuances will depend on market conditions, regulatory considerations, capital needs, acquisition opportunities, and other factors beyond the Company’s control, and the Company cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of possible future issuance of its common stock. As a result, shareholders bear the risk that future issuances may reduce the value of their investment and their proportional ownership in the Company. The Company’s common stock is subordinate to its existing and future indebtedness and is structurally subordinated to the claims of the Bank’s creditors. Shares of our common stock represent an equity interest in the Company and do not constitute indebtedness. As a result, our common stock ranks junior to all of our existing and future debt obligations and other non-equity claims with respect to our assets, including in the event of liquidation, bankruptcy, or other insolvency proceedings. Holders of our debt securities and other creditors would be entitled to receive distributions from available assets before any payments could be made to shareholders. In addition, because the Company is a holding company that conducts substantially all of its operations through the Bank, our claims on the Bank’s assets are structurally subordinated to the claims of the Bank’s creditors. These creditors include depositors, trade creditors, and any holders of any debt obligations issued by the Bank. Upon the Bank’s liquidation or reorganization, its assets must first be used to satisfy these obligations before any distributions may be made to the Company. As a result of this hierarchy, shareholders bear a greater risk of loss, as there may be few or no remaining assets available for distribution to holders of our common stock after satisfying the claims of creditors. The trading volumes in our common stock may not provide adequate liquidity for investors. Shares of our common stock are listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market; however, the average trading volume is less than that of other larger financial institutions. A public trading market having the desired characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the presence in the marketplace of a sufficient number of willing buyers and sellers of our common stock at any given time. This presence depends on the individual decisions of investors and general economic and market conditions over which the Company has no control. Given these factors, a shareholder may have difficulty selling shares of our common stock at an attractive price (or at all). Additionally, shareholders may not be able to sell a substantial number of our common stock shares for the same price at which shareholders could sell a smaller number of shares. Given the current daily average trading volume of our common stock, significant sales of our common stock in a brief period of time, or the expectation of these sales, could cause a significant decline in the price of our common stock. ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS Not applicable.

34 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY Cybersecurity Risk Management and Strategy The Company has developed and implemented a Cybersecurity program intended to ensure the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of the Company’s critical systems and information. The Company has designed this Cybersecurity program based in part on the National Institute of Standards and Technology Cybersecurity Framework (“NIST”). Use of the framework does not imply that the Company meets any particular technical standards, specifications, or requirements, but rather the framework is used as a guide to help identify, assess, and manage cybersecurity risks relevant to the Company’s business. The Company’s Cybersecurity and Information Technology programs are led by our Chief Operations Officer, (“COO”) and Information Security Director. The COO is responsible for the oversight and implementation of both programs. Additionally, the COO and the Information Security Director meet with the Information Technology Steering Committee (“IT Steering Committee”) on a monthly basis or more frequently as necessary to discuss, among other things, cybersecurity matters. The Cybersecurity and Information Technology programs are aligned to the Company’s business strategy. They share common methodologies, reporting channels and governance processes that apply to other areas of enterprise risk management, including legal, compliance, strategic, operational, and financial risk. In the event of a material or potentially material cybersecurity event, senior members of management, which includes the Chief Financial Officer, are promptly informed of the event and status update, response, and disclosure efforts following the terms of a documented incident response plan. Key elements of the Cybersecurity and Information Technology programs include: • risk assessments designed to help identify material cybersecurity risks to our critical systems, information, products, services, and our broader information technology (“IT”) environment; • information security and incident response teams principally responsible for managing cybersecurity processes, security controls, and responses to cybersecurity incidents; • the use of external service providers, where appropriate, to assess, test or otherwise assist with aspects of our security controls; • training and awareness programs for team members that include periodic and ongoing assessments to drive adoption and awareness of cybersecurity processes and controls; • a cybersecurity and IT incident response plan that includes procedures for responding to cybersecurity incidents; • utilization of independent third-party tools and services to perform annual penetration testing and vulnerability scanning of the Company’s environment; • utilization of a third party to monitor elements of our Cybersecurity and IT environment continuously; and • utilization of a risk-based Third-Party Risk Management (“TPRM”) program that evaluates vendor cybersecurity controls and performs ongoing monitoring commensurate with risk as a result of third-party access to bank systems and data. During the years ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company had no cybersecurity incidents that had, or are reasonably likely to have, a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition or results of operations. For a discussion of whether and how any risks from cybersecurity threats, including as a result of any previous cybersecurity incidents, have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the Company, including our business strategy, results of operations or financial condition, refer to Item 1A. Risk Factors – “Risks Related to Our Operations and Technology,” which is incorporated by reference into this Item 1C.

35 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY (continued) Form 10-K Cybersecurity Governance Management’s Role The Cybersecurity function is responsible for the design, implementation, and ongoing management of the organization’s cybersecurity program. This includes policy development, security awareness and training, vulnerability and penetration testing oversight, risk assessment, control monitoring, incident response coordination, third-party risk oversight, and reporting cybersecurity risk to senior management and the Board. The function is led by the Company’s Information Security Director, who reports to the Chief Operating Officer (COO). The COO provides executive oversight of the program and is responsible for elevating significant cybersecurity matters to senior management and the Board of Directors, as appropriate. Our COO holds multiple cybersecurity industry-recognized certifications and has gained extensive cybersecurity knowledge and skills through over 7 years of work experience on the IT security team at the Company. Our Information Security Director, who also holds multiple cybersecurity industry-recognized certifications and is a member of the IT Steering Committee, has over 20 years of experience working in IT and cybersecurity in various roles and industries throughout his career. Cybersecurity topics are formally presented at monthly Information Technology Steering Committee (“ITSC”) meetings, where risk posture, vulnerability management, third-party risk management activities, cyber events or incidents, and other topics are reviewed. When cybersecurity policy changes occur, the ITSC reviews and approves such policies as part of its governance responsibilities. Additionally, leaders in the Company’s IT function receive periodic training and education on cybersecurity related topics. The Company’s management has created an Incident Response Team (“IRT”), that consists of the COO, a network manager, an application delivery manager, The Information Security Director, the ITSC, the regulatory risk management director and an internal auditor. The Company’s IRT serves as the central point for all cybersecurity incidents and technical response activities. Regulatory notifications, customer communications, and reputational or legal risk determinations are managed by executive management, Legal, Compliance, and Communications, informed by information and details provided by the IRT. The IRT is also responsible for assessing the nature and scope of the incident, and engaging third-party service providers where appropriate to support the Company through the resolution of the incident. When required the COO escalates incidents to the Company’s ITSC, who is responsible for cybersecurity risk oversight, and also reports to the Board on a monthly basis. The Company’s information security team and members of IT monitor the effectiveness of preventative measures, detection, mitigation, and remediation of cybersecurity risks and incidents through various means, which may include briefings with law enforcement, regulators, external consultants, and reports produced by security tools deployed in its IT environment. Board of Director’s Role The Company’s Board of Directors recognizes the importance of cybersecurity in safeguarding the Company’s sensitive data, including with respect to its associates and customers. The Board is responsible for the consideration and oversight of risk facing the Company and is also responsible for ensuring that material risks are identified and managed appropriately, including cybersecurity risks. The COO gives a monthly report to the Company’s IT Steering Committee and Board on various information security issues. The Company has created and designated a separate committee of its Board as the Audit Committee consisting of four independent directors. The Audit Committee meets quarterly and reviews the Company’s major financial risk exposures, including cybersecurity risks, and reviews the steps management is taking to monitor and control such exposures, including results of internal and external audits.

36 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 2. PROPERTIES The Company’s principal executive office is located at 1300 Kings Mountain Road in Martinsville, Virginia. There are also two other corporate administrative locations that house its operations center and various other corporate functions. As of December 31, 2025, the Company offers its community banking services through 64 combined depository locations in Virginia and North Carolina, and have 51 offices located in Virginia and 13 offices located in North Carolina. Eight of these depository banking locations are held under lease contracts. In addition, the Bank leases three loan production offices, one commercial banking office and one office housing various Bank functions. Management believes the terms of the various leases are consistent with market standards and were arrived at through arm’s length bargaining. The leases are described in Note 10, Premises and Equipment, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to various legal and administrative proceedings and claims. Legal and administrative proceedings are subject to inherent uncertainties and unfavorable rulings could occur, and the timing and outcome of any legal or administrative proceeding cannot be predicted with certainty. As of December 31, 2025, the Company is not involved in any material pending or threatened legal proceedings other than proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business. ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES Not applicable.

37 Form 10-K PART II Market for Common Stock and Dividends The Company’s common stock trades on NASDAQ, under the ticker symbol “CARE.” As of the close of business on March 2, 2026, there were 1,717 shareholders of record. Dividends The Company has not historically paid dividends on its common stock. The Company Board believes this decision is currently necessary and appropriate, as the Company commits, additional resources to assist with regulatory compliance, and making significant investments in new technology and human resources. The amount and timing of future dividends, if any, remains subject to the discretion of the Board and will depend upon a number of factors, including future earnings, financial condition, liquidity and capital requirements of the Company, applicable governmental regulations and other factors deemed relevant by the Board. Additionally, because we are a financial holding company and do not engage directly in business activities of a material nature, the Company’s ability to pay future dividends, if any, depends in large part, on the Company’s receipt of dividends from the Bank, which is also subject to limitations on the payment of dividends under federal banking laws, regulations and policies. See “Supervision and Regulation—Dividend Limitations.” Repurchases of Shares of Common Stock On May 20, 2025, the Company announced that its Board authorized a repurchase program to purchase up to $20.0 million of the Company’s common stock in the aggregate through May 14, 2026. The program authorized the purchase of the Company’s common stock in open market transactions or privately negotiated transactions, including pursuant to a trading plan in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 and/or Rule 10b-18 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company repurchased 1,124,690 shares of its common stock at a total cost of $20.0 million at a weighted average cost per share of $17.78. The 2025 Program was fully utilized on October 30, 2025. On February 2, 2026, the Company announced that the Board authorized a repurchase program to purchase up to $10.0 million of the Company’s common stock in the aggregate over a period of twelve months beginning February 11, 2026. The program authorizes the purchase of the Company’s common stock in open market transactions or privately negotiated transactions, including pursuant to a trading plan in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 and/or Rule 10b-18 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The authorization permits management to repurchase shares of the Company’s common stock from time to time at management’s discretion. The actual means and timing of any shares purchased under the program, and the number of shares actually purchased under the program, will depend on a variety of factors, including the market price of the Company’s common stock, general market and economic conditions, management’s evaluation of the Company’s financial condition and liquidity position and applicable legal and regulatory requirements. The repurchase program may be modified or terminated by the Board at any time. The repurchase program does not obligate the Company to purchase any particular number of shares. The following table provides information regarding the Company’s purchases of our common stock during the quarter ended December 31, 2025. Period Total number of shares purchased1 Average Price Paid Per Share Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plan Approximate Dollar Value of Shares That May Yet be Purchased Under the Plan2 10/01/2025 - 10/31/2025 315,089 $ 18.91 315,089 — 11/01/2025 - 11/30/2025 — — — — 12/01/2025 - 12/31/2025 999 19.83 — — Total 316,088 $ 18.91 315,089 1 Reflects 999 shares that were withheld upon vesting of restricted shares granted to employees of the Company in order to satisfy tax withholding obligations and 315,089 shares repurchased during the period under the 2025 Program. 2 The 2025 Program was fully utilized on October 30, 2025, and consequently, as of the end of each period, no more shares of the Company’s common stock could be purchased under the 2025 Plan. CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

38 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES (continued) Five-Year Cumulative Total Return The following chart compares the cumulative total shareholder return on our common stock with the cumulative total return of the NASDAQ Composite Index and S&P U.S. BMI Banks Index, which includes the stocks of banks, thrifts and bank and financial holding companies listed on all major exchanges (NYSE, AMEX, NASDAQ) in the S&P Global Market Intelligence’s coverage universe. Period Ending Index 12/31/20 12/31/21 12/31/22 12/31/23 12/31/24 12/31/25 Carter Bankshares, Inc. 100.00 143.56 154.76 139.65 164.09 183.40 NASDAQ Composite Index 100.00 122.18 82.43 119.22 154.48 187.14 S&P U.S. BMI Banks Index 100.00 135.97 112.77 123.02 164.70 211.47

39 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES Form 10-K ITEM 6. [RESERVED] ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OVERVIEW The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) is intended to assist readers in understanding Carter Bankshares, Inc.’s, operations, financial condition, and current business environment. The MD&A should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The MD&A includes the following sections: • Explanation of Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures; • Critical Accounting Estimates; • The Company’s Business and Strategy; • Results of Operations and Financial Condition; • Capital Resources; • Contractual Obligations; • Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements; • Liquidity; • Inflation; and • Stock Repurchase Program This section reviews the Company’s financial condition for each of the two most recent years and results of operations for each of the three most recent years. Certain prior-period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. In addition, certain tables may include additional periods to illustrate trends within the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The results of operations presented in the consolidated financial statements are not necessarily indicative of future results. Explanation of Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures In addition to results presented in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), management uses, and this Annual Report contains or references, certain non-GAAP financial measures, including interest and dividend income, yield on interest earning assets, net interest income, and net interest margin on a fully taxable equivalent (“FTE”) basis. Management believes these non-GAAP measures are useful because they enhance the ability of investors and management to evaluate and compare the Company’s operating results across periods in a meaningful manner. These measures also assist in assessing the Company’s underlying operating performance and performance trends and facilitate comparisons with other financial services companies. The Company believes that presenting interest and dividend income, yield on interest earning assets, net interest income, and net interest margin on an FTE basis improves comparability between income derived from taxable and tax- exempt sources and is consistent with industry practice. Accordingly, GAAP measures presented in the Consolidated Statements of Income are reconciled to their corresponding FTE amounts, including: • interest and dividend income, • yield on interest earning assets,

40 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued) • net interest income, and • net interest margin. These reconciliations are provided in the “Results of Operations and Financial Condition - Net Interest Income” section of this MD&A for the years ended 2025, 2024 and 2023. While management believes these non-GAAP measures provide meaningful supplemental information, they should not be considered as an alternative to GAAP results, as more relevant than financial results prepared in accordance with GAAP, or as necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. Non-GAAP financial measures have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for an analysis of the Company’s financial condition or results of operations as reported under GAAP. Investors are encouraged to review the Company’s GAAP financial results and all other relevant information when evaluating its performance and financial condition. Critical Accounting Estimates The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates, assumptions, and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results may differ from these estimates, and such differences could be material to the Company’s financial condition or results of operations in the period in which they become known. Management considers the determination of the allowance for credit losses to be a critical accounting estimate. This estimate is made in accordance with GAAP and requires significant judgment, including the use of subjective and complex assumptions regarding economic conditions, borrower behavior, and credit risk. Changes in these assumptions or estimates have had a material impact on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations in the past and are reasonably likely to do so in future periods. Allowance for Credit Losses (“ACL”) The ACL represents management’s estimate of expected credit losses over the contractual life of outstanding loans as of the balance sheet date. The ACL is determined based on an evaluation of the loan portfolio’s current risk characteristics, historical loss experience, current conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions, and prepayment experience. The ACL is measured and recorded upon the initial recognition of a financial asset in accordance with GAAP. The ACL is reduced by charge-offs, net of recoveries, and increased by a provision or decreased by a recovery through the (recovery) provision for credit losses, which is recorded as a component of operating expense. Determining an appropriate ACL is inherently complex and requires the use of significant judgment and highly subjective assumptions. Management reviews the adequacy of the ACL on a quarterly basis and believes the allowance recorded as of December 31, 2025 reflects the best estimate of expected credit losses based on information available at that time. Management believes it uses all relevant and available information to estimate expected future credit losses; however, actual losses may differ from those estimates. Future ACL levels may be materially impacted by changes in a number of factors, including but not limited to, the composition of the loan portfolio, changes in current and forecasted economic conditions, borrower performance, and changes in the interest rate environment. Management also periodically evaluates the need for qualitative adjustments to the ACL based on emerging risks, economic uncertainty, and other factors not fully captured in the quantitative model, including potential variances in key economic indices. The ACL “base-case” estimate is derived using economic forecasts from widely recognized third-party sources. Management evaluates the potential variability of economic conditions by analyzing historical economic cycles, including peak and trough periods, which are used to stress the base-case estimate and develop a range of possible outcomes. Management then determines the appropriate allowance by evaluating these outcomes relative to current economic conditions and known portfolio risks.

41 Form 10-K CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued) The ACL is subject to review by various regulatory agencies as part of their examination process, and the Company periodically engages an independent third-party to validate its credit loss model. Because future events and economic conditions cannot be predicted with precision, actual results may differ materially from management’s estimates. Refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, for further detailed descriptions of our estimation process and methodology related to the ACL and Note 7, Allowance for Credit Losses, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Company’s Business and Strategy Carter Bankshares, Inc. (the “Company”) is a financial holding company, as of October 27, 2025, headquartered in Martinsville, Virginia with assets of $4.9 billion at December 31, 2025. The Company is the parent company of its wholly owned subsidiary, Carter Bank & Trust (the “Bank”). The Bank is a Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insured, Virginia state-chartered bank, which operates 64 branches in Virginia and North Carolina. The Company provides a full range of financial services with retail and, commercial banking products and insurance. The Company’s common stock trades on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the ticker symbol “CARE”. During 2025, the Company acquired two leased branch facilities, along with the associated deposits, located in Mooresville, North Carolina and Winston Salem, North Carolina, from First Reliance Bank (the “Branch Purchase”). In connection with the Branch Purchase, the Bank acquired $55.9 million in deposits, along with cash, personal property, and other fixed assets associated with the branch locations, and welcomed ten associates to its team. No loans were acquired as part of the Branch Purchase. The Branch Purchase closed during the second quarter of 2025. The Company earns revenue primarily from interest on loans and investment securities and from fees charged for financial services provided to customers. Expenses consist principally of funding costs, the provision for credit losses, compensation and benefits, occupancy and equipment, technology and data processing, regulatory assessments, and other operating expenses. Part of the Company’s current three-year strategic plan is to refine and enhance its brand image and position in the markets it serves. With this brand strategy, the Company has embarked on a multi-year implementation plan to create a brand tailored to the needs of its critical growth audiences, focusing on innovating brand experiences to exceed expectations and build a brand that stands apart. This means a commitment to aligning processes, operations, and systems around the Company’s brand while introducing new products and services, so that, over time, the Company can increase its brand awareness in the communities it serves. To strengthen and further shape the brand and culture of the Company, a new set of guiding principles was introduced to associates in June 2023. The guiding principles include a new purpose statement: To create opportunities for more people and businesses to prosper, supported by our new set of core values: Build Relationships, Earn Trust, and Take Ownership. We believe these new guiding principles will help create alignment to support future growth by empowering our associates and igniting a passion for the Company. On October 30, 2024, the Company unveiled its new brand identity and, in 2025, renovated 47 retail branch locations and seven corporate offices, and launched new websites for the Company and the Bank. The brand identity is centered entirely around the people who matter most: customers and associates of the Bank and the communities it serves to help deliver on its promise of helping people experience a life lived full. The Company’s goal is to shift from balance-sheet restructuring to pursuing a prudent growth strategy when appropriate. We believe this strategy will primarily focus on organic growth, but will also consider opportunistic acquisitions that align with this strategic vision. We believe that the Bank’s strong capital and liquidity positions support this strategy. In addition to loan and deposit growth, the Company will seek to increase fee income while closely monitoring operating expenses. The Company is focused on executing this strategy to successfully support the new brand and grow its business in its current markets as well as any new markets it may enter. As part of executing this strategy, the Company continues to dedicate significant resources to the resolution of the Company’s nonaccrual loans, the significant majority of which are related to a single large credit relationship that the Company placed on nonaccrual status in the second quarter of 2023, in a manner that best protects the Company, the Bank, and shareholders.

42 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued) As previously disclosed, during the second quarter of 2024, a federal court lawsuit filed against the Company and the Bank by then West Virginia Governor James C. Justice II, his wife Cathy L. Justice, his son James C. Justice, III, and related entities that he and/or they own (the “Justice Entities”) was dismissed with prejudice. In connection with the dismissal of this litigation, the Justice Entities agreed upon a pathway of curtailment and payoff of the outstanding loans with the Bank. The Justice Entities have reduced the aggregate nonperforming loan balance from $301.9 million as of June 30, 2023 to $214.0 million as of December 31, 2025. During the third quarter of 2024, the Company obtained a voluntary stipulation of dismissal with prejudice of a lawsuit filed on February 10, 2024 against the Bank in the United States District Court for the Western District of Virginia (Danville Division) (the “GLAS Trust Lawsuit”) by GLAS Trust Company, LLC, in its capacity as Note Trustee (“GLAS Trust”). In connection with the dismissal of the GLAS Trust Lawsuit, GLAS Trust and certain affiliates and parties on whose behalf it was acting executed a release that waives any and all causes of action of any kind that they might claim to have against the Bank. The dismissal of the GLAS Trust Lawsuit ended all pending litigation brought against the Bank by GLAS Trust in connection with the Bank’s credit relationship with the Justice Entities. Also, in connection with the dismissal of the GLAS Trust Lawsuit, certain Justice Entities executed documents reaffirming the legality, validity and binding nature of all loan documents they have executed in favor of the Bank. The Company tendered a payment (the “Settlement Payment”) in consideration of the voluntary dismissal of the GLAS Trust Lawsuit. Because certain of the Justice Entities had previously agreed to indemnify the Bank against the claims asserted in the GLAS Trust Lawsuit, certain of the Justice Entities executed a promissory note in favor of the Bank further evidencing this indemnification obligation as related to the Settlement Payment. This promissory note was recognized as a principal charge-off during the three months ended September 30, 2024 due to the nonperforming status of the Bank’s loans with the Justice Entities, and because the settled claims related to allegedly preferential payments made on those nonperforming loans. The Company’s financial results continue to be significantly impacted by the single large credit relationship that the Company placed on nonaccrual status during the second quarter of 2023, which has an aggregate principal balance of $214.0 million as of December 31, 2025. Since placement of these loans, now reduced to judgments, on nonaccrual status during the second quarter of 2023, interest income has been negatively impacted by $26.1 million, $35.1 million and $30.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, or by $91.2 million in the aggregate. Results of Operations and Financial Condition Earnings Summary 2025 Highlights • Net interest income increased $16.4 million, or 14.3%, to $130.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the same period in 2024; • The (recovery) for credit losses was $(3.6) million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to a (recovery) for credit losses of $(5.0) million for the same period in 2024; • Total noninterest income increased $1.0 million to $22.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the same period in 2024; • Total noninterest expense increased $7.1 million to $117.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the same period in 2024; and • Income tax provision increased $2.3 million to $8.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the same period in 2024.

43 Form 10-K CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued) Balance Sheet Highlights (period-end balances, December 31, 2025 compared to December 31, 2024) • The available-for-sale securities portfolio decreased $26.8 million and is currently 14.3% of total assets compared to 15.4% of total assets; • Total portfolio loans increased $254.7 million, or 7.0%, due to loan growth during the year ended December 31, 2025; • The portfolio loans to deposit ratio was 92.1%, compared to 87.3%; • At December 31, 2025, NPLs declined by $15.4 million to $244.0 million compared to December 31, 2024. NPLs as a percentage of total portfolio loans were 6.29% compared to 7.15%; • The Allowance for Credit Losses, (“ACL”) to total portfolio loans ratio was 1.84% compared to 2.09%. The ACL on portfolio loans totaled $71.5 million at December 31, 2025, compared to $75.6 million at December 31, 2024; • Total deposits increased $57.5 million, or 1.4%, to $4.2 billion at December 31, 2025, compared to December 31, 2024; and • FHLB borrowings increased $108.5 million to $178.5 million at December 31, 2025 compared to $70.0 million at December 31, 2024. The Company reported net income of $31.4 million, or $1.38 diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to net income of $24.5 million, or $1.06 diluted earnings per share, for the year ended December 31, 2024. Years Ended December 31, PERFORMANCE RATIOS 2025 2024 2023 Return on Average Assets 0.66% 0.54% 0.53% Return on Average Shareholders’ Equity 7.74% 6.67% 6.79% Portfolio Loans to Deposit Ratio 92.13% 87.27% 94.20% Allowance for Credit Losses to Total Portfolio Loans 1.84% 2.09% 2.77% Nonperforming Loans to Total Portfolio Loans 6.29% 7.15% 8.83% Allowance for Credit Losses to Nonperforming Loans 29.30% 29.15% 31.35% Net Interest Income Net interest income is the Company’s primary source of revenue and represents the difference between interest and fee income earned on interest-earning assets and interest expense incurred on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income is influenced by changes in the average balances of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as well as changes in interest rates, asset yields, funding costs, and interest rate spreads. The composition and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities are actively managed by the Company’s Asset and Liability Committee (“ALCO”) to mitigate interest rate risk and liquidity risk within the balance sheet. ALCO utilizes a variety of strategies within established risk parameters to manage exposure to changing interest rate environments and to achieve what management believes to be an appropriate and sustainable level of net interest income. Net interest income and net interest margin are presented on an FTE basis, which are non-GAAP financial measures. The FTE presentation adjusts net interest income and net interest margin to reflect the tax-equivalent impact of income earned on certain tax-exempt loans and securities, using the applicable federal statutory income tax rate for each period presented, which was 21%, as well as the impact of the dividends-received deduction on equity securities. Management believes that the FTE basis presentation provides a more meaningful comparison between taxable and tax-exempt sources of interest income and is consistent with industry practice. Additional discussion regarding the Company’s uses of non-GAAP financial measures is included in the “Explanation of Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section above.

44 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued) The following table reconciles interest and dividend income, yield on interest-earning assets, net interest income, and net interest margin as reported under GAAP to the corresponding amounts presented on an FTE basis for the periods presented: (Dollars in Thousands) Years Ended December 31, 2025 2024 2023 Interest and Dividend Income (GAAP) $ 232,222 $ 221,729 $ 196,420 Tax Equivalent Adjustment 671 775 1,004 Interest and Dividend Income (FTE) (Non-GAAP) 232,893 222,504 197,424 Average Earning Assets 4,644,599 4,458,601 4,293,838 Yield on Interest-earning Assets (GAAP) 5.00% 4.97% 4.57% Yield on Interest-earning Assets (FTE) (Non-GAAP) 5.01% 4.99% 4.60% Net Interest Income (GAAP) 130,820 114,457 122,310 Tax Equivalent Adjustment 671 775 1,004 Net Interest Income (FTE) (Non-GAAP) $ 131,491 $ 115,232 $ 123,314 Average Earning Assets 4,644,599 4,458,601 4,293,838 Net Interest Margin (GAAP) 2.82% 2.57% 2.85% Net Interest Margin (FTE) (Non-GAAP) 2.83% 2.58% 2.87%

45 Form 10-K CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued) Average Balance Sheet and Net Interest Income Analysis (FTE) The following table presents average balances, interest income and expense, and average yields and rates on interest- earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the years ended December 31: (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Average Balance Income/ Expense Yield/Rate Average Balance Income/ Expense Yield/Rate Average Balance(3) Income/ Expense Yield/Rate ASSETS Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks $ 64,451 $ 2,808 4.36% $ 44,250 $ 2,289 5.17% $ 20,414 $ 1,066 5.22% Tax-Free Investment Securities2 11,602 336 2.90% 11,759 340 2.89% 27,271 803 2.94% Taxable Investment Securities 799,043 26,288 3.29% 828,437 29,510 3.56% 900,972 30,804 3.42% Total Securities 810,645 26,624 3.28% 840,196 29,850 3.55% 928,243 31,607 3.41% Commercial Real Estate 2,006,830 123,119 6.13% 1,786,092 111,505 6.24% 1,592,040 92,398 5.80% Commercial & Industrial2 216,288 12,951 5.99% 221,032 14,660 6.63% 259,268 15,927 6.14% Residential Mortgages 819,697 34,988 4.27% 809,085 34,196 4.23% 714,733 27,365 3.83% Other Consumer 28,141 1,522 5.41% 30,820 2,128 6.90% 38,602 3,071 7.96% Construction 449,842 30,265 6.73% 421,167 26,864 6.38% 378,711 24,534 6.48% Other 239,273 — —% 292,264 — —% 341,485 — —% Total Loans1 3,760,071 202,845 5.39% 3,560,460 189,353 5.32% 3,324,839 163,295 4.91% Other Restricted Stock, at Cost 9,432 616 6.53% 13,696 1,012 7.39% 20,342 1,456 7.16% Total Interest-Earning Assets 4,644,599 $ 232,893 5.01% 4,458,602 $ 222,504 4.99% 4,293,838 $ 197,424 4.60% Noninterest Earning Assets 124,350 102,239 89,833 Total Assets $4,768,949 $4,560,841 $4,383,671 LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY Interest-Bearing Demand $ 794,603 $ 13,602 1.71% $ 583,735 $ 8,980 1.54% $ 483,048 $ 2,729 0.56% Money Market 541,250 13,641 2.52% 511,342 15,478 3.03% 448,324 8,868 1.98% Savings 343,367 490 0.14% 399,748 548 0.14% 544,938 586 0.11% Certificates of Deposit 1,902,757 68,451 3.60% 1,782,573 70,425 3.95% 1,428,646 40,445 2.83% Total Interest-Bearing Deposits 3,581,977 96,184 2.69% 3,277,398 95,431 2.91% 2,904,956 52,628 1.81% Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings 110,944 4,648 4.19% 222,719 11,379 5.11% 402,675 20,822 5.17% Federal Funds Purchased — — —% — — —% 7,023 368 5.24% Other Borrowings 10,830 570 5.26% 9,126 462 5.06% 6,337 292 4.60% Total Borrowings 121,774 5,218 4.28% 231,845 11,841 5.11% 416,035 21,482 5.16% Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities 3,703,751 101,402 2.74% 3,509,243 107,272 3.06% 3,320,991 74,110 2.23% Noninterest-Bearing Liabilities 660,244 684,033 718,113 Shareholders’ Equity 404,954 367,565 344,567 Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity $4,768,949 $4,560,841 $4,383,671 Net Interest Income2 $ 131,491 $ 115,232 $ 123,314 Net Interest Margin2 2.83% 2.58% 2.87% Net Interest Spread 2.27% 1.93% 2.37% 1 Nonaccruing loans are included in the daily average loan amounts outstanding. 2 Tax-exempt income is on an FTE basis using the statutory federal corporate income tax rate of 21 percent. Net interest income increased to $130.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $114.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. On an FTE basis (non-GAAP), net interest income increased to $131.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $115.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily driven by growth in average interest-earning assets, higher yields on loans, and a reduction in the

46 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued) overall cost of interest-bearing liabilities. As a result, net interest margin increased 25 basis points to 2.82% for 2025 compared to 2.57% for 2024. On an FTE basis (non-GAAP), net interest margin increased 25 basis points to 2.83% for 2025 compared to 2.58% for 2024. Average interest-earning assets increased to $4.6 billion in 2025 from $4.5 billion in 2024, reflecting growth in the loan portfolio, particularly in commercial real estate (“CRE”), residential mortgages, and construction loans. Average investment securities declined compared to the prior year, reflecting active balance sheet management to deploy the proceeds from securities maturities and principal curtailments into higher yielding loans, rather than reinvesting those proceeds back into the securities portfolio. Noninterest-earning assets increased slightly year over year, consistent with overall balance sheet growth. The yield on total interest-earning assets (GAAP) increased slightly to 5.00% in 2025 compared to 4.97% in 2024. The yield on total interest-earning assets (FTE)(non-GAAP) increased slightly to 5.01% in 2025 compared to 4.99% in 2024, reflecting improved loan yields driven by higher market interest rates and loan repricing activity. The yields on total loans (FTE)(non-GAAP) increased to 5.39% in 2025 from 5.32% in 2024. These increases were partially offset by lower yields on total investment securities, reflecting lower interest rates on the floating rate portion of the portfolio and changes in portfolio mix. Overall, loan growth and improved loan yields more than offset the decline in securities yields. As of December 31, 2025, the securities portfolio was comprised of 36.3% variable rate securities with approximately 94.9% that will reprice at least once over the next 12 months. We believe having a balanced mix of variable and fixed rate securities is an important strategy, especially during times of rising interest rates because fixed-rate bond prices generally fall when interest rates increase, which can result in unrealized losses. However, variable rate securities do not carry as much interest rate risk as fixed rate securities, so there is much less price volatility. This variable rate strategy has limited the impact of past upward shifts in the yield curve on the Company’s unrealized losses on debt securities. If the Federal Reserve continues reducing short-term interest rates, the Bank may consider changes to this interest rate mix strategy going forward. Average interest-bearing liabilities increased to $3.7 billion in 2025 from $3.5 billion in 2024, primarily due to growth in interest-bearing deposits. Average interest-bearing deposits increased to $3.6 billion in 2025 compared to $3.3 billion in 2024, led by growth in CDs, money market accounts and interest-bearing demand deposits. The cost of total interest-bearing deposits declined to 2.69% in 2025 from 2.91% in 2024, as we have lowered our deposit rate offerings on higher-yielding interest bearing demand, money market and short-term promotional CD products throughout 2025 in response to the Federal Open Market Committee’s (“FOMC”) short-term rate reduction efforts that began September 18, 2024 and continued through December 10, 2025. Average borrowings declined significantly year-over-year, resulting in a reduction in borrowing costs and contributing to a lower overall cost of interest-bearing liabilities, which decreased to 2.74% in 2025 from 3.06% in 2024. Our balance sheet is currently exhibiting characteristics of a slightly liability sensitive position due to the short-term nature of our deposit portfolio and FHLB borrowings. Specifically, 71.7% of our CD portfolio and 77.6% of our outstanding FHLB borrowings will mature and reprice over the next 12 months. This strategy gives the Company flexibility to manage the structure and pricing of its deposit and borrowing portfolios to reduce future funding costs should the FOMC continue cutting short-term rates in the future. Discussion of net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 has been omitted as such discussion was provided in Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” under the heading “Net Interest Income” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, which was filed with the SEC on March 7, 2025, and is incorporated herein by reference.

47 Form 10-K CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued) The following table sets forth for the periods presented a summary of the changes in interest earned and interest paid resulting from changes in volume and changes in rates: 2025 Compared to 2024 2024 Compared to 2023 (Dollars in Thousands) Volume3 Rate3 Increase/ (Decrease) Volume3 Rate3 Increase/ (Decrease) Interest Earned on: Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks $ 922 $ (403) $ 519 $ 1,233 $ (10) $ 1,223 Tax-free Investment Securities2 (5) 1 (4) (448) (15) (463) Taxable Investment Securities (1,022) (2,200) (3,222) (2,548) 1,254 (1,294) Total Securities (1,027) (2,199) (3,226) (2,996) 1,239 (1,757) Commercial Real Estate 13,572 (1,958) 11,614 11,788 7,319 19,107 Commercial & Industrial2 (309) (1,400) (1,709) (2,471) 1,204 (1,267) Residential Mortgages 452 340 792 3,822 3,009 6,831 Other Consumer (174) (432) (606) (570) (373) (943) Construction 1,885 1,516 3,401 2,713 (383) 2,330 Other — — — — — — Total Loans1 15,426 (1,934) 13,492 15,282 10,776 26,058 Other Restricted Stock, at Cost (288) (108) (396) (490) 46 (444) Total Interest-Earning Assets $ 15,033 $ (4,644) $ 10,389 $ 13,029 $ 12,051 $ 25,080 Interest Paid on: Interest-Bearing Demand $ 3,523 $ 1,099 $ 4,622 $ 675 $ 5,576 $ 6,251 Money Market 866 (2,703) (1,837) 1,385 5,225 6,610 Savings (79) 21 (58) (177) 139 (38) Certificates of Deposit 4,565 (6,539) (1,974) 11,546 18,434 29,980 Total Interest-Bearing Deposits 8,875 (8,122) 753 13,429 29,374 42,803 Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings (4,954) (1,777) (6,731) (9,197) (246) (9,443) Federal Funds Purchased — — — (184) (184) (368) Other Borrowings 89 19 108 138 32 170 Total Borrowings (4,865) (1,758) (6,623) (9,243) (398) (9,641) Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities $ 4,010 $ (9,880) $ (5,870) $ 4,186 $ 28,976 $ 33,162 Change in Net Interest Margin $ 11,023 $ 5,236 $ 16,259 $ 8,843 $ (16,925) $ (8,082) 1 Nonaccruing loans are included in the daily average loan amounts outstanding. 2 Tax-exempt income is on an FTE basis (non-GAAP) using the statutory federal corporate income tax rate of 21 percent. 3 Changes to rate/volume are allocated to both rate and volume on a proportionate dollar basis. (Recovery) Provision for Credit Losses The Company records a provision or recovery for credit losses to adjust the allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) to the level deemed appropriate to absorb expected credit losses in the loan portfolio. Similarly, the Company records a provision or recovery for unfunded commitments to adjust the related reserve to the level considered appropriate to cover expected credit losses associated with those commitments. The provision or recovery for credit losses reflects management’s estimate of the ACL required to absorb expected life-of-loan losses in the loan portfolio, after consideration of net charge-offs and recoveries during the period. The following table presents information regarding the recovery for credit losses and net charge-offs: (Dollars in Thousands) Twelve months ended December 31, 2025 2024 $ Change Recovery for Credit Losses $ (3,637) $ (5,039) $ 1,402 Recovery for Unfunded Commitments (194) (7) (187) Total Recovery for Credit Losses on Loans (3,831) (5,046) 1,215 Provision for Securities — — — Total Recovery for Credit Losses $ (3,831) $ (5,046) $ 1,215 Net Loan Charge-offs $ 472 $ 16,413 $ (15,941) Net Loan Charge-offs / Average Portfolio Loans 0.01% 0.46%

48 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued) The (recovery) for credit losses was $(3.6) million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to a (recovery) of $(5.0) million for the same period in 2024. The increases compared to the same period in 2024 was primarily driven by higher loan growth in 2025, the establishment of a new reserve of $1.0 million on a CRE loan during the fourth quarter of 2025 due to an updated appraisal, a reserve of $0.6 million on an existing CRE relationship with four loans that are under contract to sell and $12.0 million lower curtailment payments during the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the same period in 2024. The Other segment reserve rate declined to 8.43% at December 31, 2025 from 12.01% at December 31, 2024. The (recovery) for unfunded commitments was $(194) thousand compared to a (recovery) of $(7) thousand for the same period in 2024. The change from the prior year was primarily due to decreased unfunded commitments in construction loans. Net charge-offs were $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to $16.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. As a percentage of average portfolio loans, net loan charge-offs were 0.01% and 0.46% for the years ended 2025 and 2024, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2024, net loan charge-offs were significantly impacted by the $15.0 million principal charge-off related to the Other segment of the loan portfolio. For information regarding the $15.0 million principal charge-off related to the Other segment of the loan portfolio, see the “The Company’s Business and Strategy” section of this MD&A. See the “Allowance for Credit Losses” section of this MD&A for additional details regarding our charge-offs. Discussion of (recovery) provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 has been omitted as such discussion was provided in Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” under the heading “(Recovery) Provision for Credit Losses” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, which was filed with the SEC on March 7, 2025, and is incorporated herein by reference. Noninterest Income Years Ended December 31, (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 $ Change % Change Gains (Losses) on Sales of Securities, net $ 46 $ 68 $ (22) (32.4)% Service Charges, Commissions and Fees 7,312 7,393 (81) (1.1)% Debit Card Interchange Fees 7,935 7,843 92 1.2% Insurance Commissions 2,728 3,685 (957) (26.0)% Bank Owned Life Insurance Income 1,511 1,473 38 2.6% Other 2,872 906 1,966 217.0% Total Noninterest Income $ 22,404 $ 21,368 $ 1,036 4.8% Total noninterest income increased $1.0 million, or 4.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the same period in 2024. The increase was primarily driven by other noninterest income of $2.0 million, which included a $1.9 million gain on a BOLI death benefit recognized in the first quarter of 2025. This increase was partially offset by a $1.0 million decrease in insurance commission income, reflecting lower activity levels compared to the prior year. Discussion of noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 has been omitted as such discussion was provided in Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” under the heading “Noninterest Income” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, which was filed with the SEC on March 7, 2025, and is incorporated herein by reference.

49 Form 10-K CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued) Noninterest Expense (Dollars in Thousands) Years Ended December 31, 2025 2024 $ Change % Change Salaries and Employee Benefits $ 57,743 $ 57,908 $ (165) (0.3)% Occupancy Expense, net 17,620 15,608 2,012 12.9% FDIC Insurance Expense 5,843 6,200 (357) (5.8)% Other Taxes 3,612 3,559 53 1.5% Advertising Expense 3,171 2,540 631 24.8% Telephone Expense 1,216 1,393 (177) (12.7)% Professional and Legal Fees 6,877 5,675 1,202 21.2% Data Processing 5,698 4,919 779 15.8% Debit Card Expense 4,192 3,423 769 22.5% Other 11,082 8,777 2,305 26.3% Total Noninterest Expense $ 117,054 $ 110,002 $ 7,052 6.4% Noninterest expense totaled $117.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, representing an increase of $7.1 million, or 6.4% compared to 2024. The increase was driven by higher expenses across several categories reflecting operational growth, strategic initiatives and inflationary pressures. Total salaries and employee benefits expense was basically flat as compared to December 31, 2024 due to higher salary cost deferrals of $5.7 million as a result of updated loan origination cost studies performed in 2024 and implemented in the latter half of 2024 coupled with higher loan growth, which reduced the amount of salary expense recognized during 2025. Excluding the $5.7 million of higher salary cost deferrals, salaries and employee benefits increased $5.5 million. The increase is primarily attributable to normal merit increases, strategic new hires, higher incentives and increased medical costs during 2025. Other noninterest expense increased $2.3 million, primarily due to $1.1 million of other real estate owned (“OREO”) related activity, $0.7 million of fees associated with 1035 exchanges, resulting from the early surrender of certain company owned life insurance policies (“BOLI”) during 2025, $0.4 million in acquisition costs and $0.2 million in amortization expense related to core deposit intangibles. Occupancy expenses, net increased $2.0 million, driven by higher software maintenance costs, rebranding expenses, building and equipment maintenance and increased depreciation related to the Branch Purchase. Professional and legal fees rose $1.2 million, primarily attributable to acquisition-related activity, consulting costs associated with troubled and NPLs and increased expenses related to the management of special assets. Data processing expenses increased $0.8 million, primarily reflecting inflationary cost increases related to both existing and new service agreements. Debit card expense increased $0.8 million, driven by higher miscellaneous fees and elevated costs associated with automated teller machine and debit card fraud activity. Advertising expense increased $0.6 million, primarily due to higher spending related to rebranding initiatives and expanded new account promotions and advertising campaigns. These increases were partially offset by a $0.4 million decrease in FDIC insurance expense, primarily related to a lower assessment base resulting from decreased loan balances associated with the Company’s large nonperforming lending relationship. Discussion of noninterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 has been omitted as such discussion was provided in Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” under the heading “Noninterest Expense” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, which was filed with the SEC on March 7, 2025, and is incorporated herein by reference.

50 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued) Provision for Income Taxes The provision for income taxes increased $2.3 million to $8.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to $6.3 million for December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily attributable to a $9.1 million increase in pre-tax income from the prior year, which was largely driven by a $16.4 million increase in net interest income, partially offset by a $7.1 million increase in noninterest expense. The effective tax rate was 21.6% for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to 20.6% for the year ended December 31, 2024. For the period ended December 31, 2025, the annual effective tax rate was greater than the statutory rate of 21%, primarily due to the surrender of certain BOLI policies, which resulted in taxable gains of $2.4 million and $0.2 million in related Modified Endowment Contract (“MEC”) penalties, partially offset by the receipt of a $1.9 million tax-exempt BOLI death benefit. Additional information related to the surrender of BOLI policies and the related MEC penalty is included in Note 18, Federal and State Income Taxes, in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Discussion of provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 has been omitted as such discussion was provided in Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” under the heading “Provision for Income Taxes” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, which was filed with the SEC on March 7, 2025, and is incorporated herein by reference. Financial Condition December 31, 2025 Total assets increased $192.7 million, to $4.9 billion at December 31, 2025 compared to $4.7 billion at December 31, 2024, reflecting balance sheet growth primarily driven by loan growth. Total portfolio loans increased $254.7 million, or 7.0% to $3.9 billion at December 31, 2025 compared to December 31, 2024. Loan growth was led by increases in the CRE, residential mortgage, construction and commercial and industrial loan (“C&I”) portfolios, partially offset by curtailment payments within the Other loan segment and a decline in the other consumer portfolio. The available-for-sale securities portfolio decreased $26.8 million during 2025 and represented 14.3% of total assets at December 31, 2025, compared to 15.4% of total assets at December 31, 2024. The decrease was primarily attributable to security sales, normal paydowns, amortization, and calls partially offset by new securities purchases and an improvement in unrealized losses during the year. Refer to the “Securities” section below for further discussion of unrealized losses in the available-for-sale securities portfolio. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company initiated $27.4 million in 1035 exchanges of BOLI to transfer proceeds to new insurance carriers and take advantage of enhanced credit ratings and improved yields resulting from favorable BOLI market conditions. The exchange allowed the Company to retire lower-yielding BOLI assets and reinvest the proceeds into higher yielding BOLI related assets on the balance sheet. Total deposits increased $57.5 million to $4.2 billion at December 31, 2025 compared to December 31, 2024, which included $55.9 million related to the Branch Purchase completed during the second quarter of 2025. Deposit growth was driven by increases in interest-bearing demand accounts and money market accounts, partially offset by decreases in noninterest-bearing demand accounts, savings accounts and CDs. FHLB borrowings increased $108.5 million to $178.5 million at December 31, 2025 compared to $70.0 million at December 31, 2024, primarily to support loan growth. The Company had no outstanding federal funds purchased at December 31, 2025 or 2024.

51 Form 10-K CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued) Securities The following table presents the composition of available-for-sale securities for the periods presented: (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 $ Change U.S. Government Agency Securities $ 19,375 $ 26,950 $ (7,575) Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities 76,773 96,153 (19,380) Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities 25,122 21,587 3,535 Other Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities 24,254 21,970 2,284 Asset Backed Securities 94,797 118,521 (23,724) Collateralized Mortgage Obligations 161,820 148,588 13,232 States and Political Subdivisions 234,224 221,181 13,043 Corporate Notes 55,247 63,450 (8,203) Total $ 691,612 $ 718,400 $ (26,788) The balances and average rates of our available-for-sale securities portfolio are presented below as of December 31: (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 Balance Weighted- Average Yield1, 2 Balance Weighted- Average Yield1, 2 U.S. Government Agency Securities $ 19,375 4.11% $ 26,950 4.82% Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities 76,773 3.04% 96,153 3.37% Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities 25,122 4.60% 21,587 5.20% Other Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities 24,254 3.62% 21,970 2.63% Asset Backed Securities 94,797 2.85% 118,521 3.95% Collateralized Mortgage Obligations 161,820 4.18% 148,588 4.13% States and Political Subdivisions 234,224 2.36% 221,181 2.36% Corporate Notes 55,247 3.92% 63,450 3.87% Total $ 691,612 3.20% $ 718,400 3.40% 1 Weighted-average yields on tax-exempt obligations are calculated on a taxable-equivalent basis using the federal statutory tax rate of 21 percent. 2 Weighted-average yields are calculated by dividing interest income (based on book yield) by the amortized cost basis of securities in each presented security category. The Company invests in various securities to maintain liquidity satisfy various pledging requirements, enhance net interest income, and support balance sheet diversification and interest rate risk management through oversight by ALCO. Securities are subject to market risk, which could adversely affect the level of liquidity available. All security purchases are governed by the Company’s investment policy, which is approved annually by the Board of Directors and administered by ALCO and the treasury function. The securities portfolio totaled $691.6 million at December 31, 2025, a net decrease of $26.8 million from December 31, 2024. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company purchased $63.7 million of securities and recognized a $28.6 million improvement in unrealized losses driven primarily by favorable movements in intermediate term U.S. Treasury yields. These increases were more than offset by $19.0 million of securities sales and $100.1 million of principal reductions resulting from normal paydowns, maturities, calls and amortization, resulting in the net decline in the securities portfolio during the year. Securities represented 14.3% of total assets at December 31, 2025 compared to 15.4% at December 31, 2024. As of December 31, 2025, approximately 36.3% of the securities portfolio consisted of variable rate securities, with approximately 94.9% of the portfolio repricing at least once within the next 12 months. Total gross unrealized gains in the available-for-sale portfolio were $0.4 million at December 31, 2025, offset by $54.2 million of gross unrealized losses, compared to gross unrealized gains of $0.1 million and gross unrealized losses of $82.4 million at December 31, 2024.

52 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued) Management believes that unrealized losses on debt securities at December 31, 2025 are temporary and primarily attributable to changes in market interest rates since the time of purchase rather than deterioration in credit quality. Approximately 45.1% of the securities portfolio is comprised of obligations issued by U.S. government sponsored entities that carry implicit government guarantees. States and political subdivision securities comprise 33.9% and are largely general obligations and essential purpose revenue bonds, which have historically performed well across economic cycles and are predominantly rated AA and AAA. The Company has the ability and intent to hold these securities to maturity and expects to recover the full amortized cost of these investments. The Company may occasionally sell securities to take advantage of market opportunities or as part of a strategic initiative. Unrealized losses were concentrated primarily in securities with intermediate and long-term maturities, whose market values are most sensitive to movements in the U.S. Treasury yield curve, particularly the five year and ten year maturities. During the year ended December 31, 2025, intermediate term Treasury yields declined, contributing to a reduction in unrealized losses. At December 31, 2025, the five and ten-year U.S. Treasury yields were 3.73% and 4.18%, respectively, compared to 4.38% and 4.58%, respectively, at December 31, 2024. The decline of approximately 65 basis points in the five year yield and 40 basis points in the ten year yield largely explains the improvement in unrealized losses during 2025, with longer duration securities, such as municipal bonds, experiencing the most pronounced valuation changes. Changes in intermediate and long-term interest rates, which are market driven, will continue to affect the market value of fixed rate securities. Accordingly, the Company expects ongoing fluctuations in the market values of its intermediate and long-term maturity securities as Treasury yields change. Floating rate securities generally maintained stable market values, as their coupon rates adjust in line with changes in short-term interest rates set by the Federal Reserve. If any impairment of securities were determined to be credit related, the Company would recognize an ACL through provision for credit losses in the period an impairment is identified, while any non-credit related impairment would be recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of applicable taxes. At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company had no credit related impairments in its securities portfolio. Under Basel III capital rules, most banking organizations are permitted to make a one-time election to retain the existing regulatory capital treatment for accumulated other comprehensive loss. The Company elected to retain this treatment, under which accumulated comprehensive loss is excluded from regulatory capital. As a result, changes in unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities do not affect regulatory capital levels, therefore reducing capital volatility associated with interest rate movements. During 2024, the Company purchased $10.0 million of equity securities consisting of an investment in a market-rate, NASDAQ listed mutual fund that invests primarily in high quality fixed income securities, principally government agency obligations. The fund is designed to support community development initiatives throughout the United States, with a primary focus on expanding access to affordable housing for low and moderate income borrowers and renters, including those located in majority-minority census tracts. Although the fund invests on a national basis, individual bond investments are designated to the Company and aligned with its geographic footprint. The Company’s investment in this mutual fund qualifies for consideration under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) and supports the Company’s ongoing commitment to community development activities.

53 Form 10-K CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued) The following table sets forth the maturities of available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2025 and the weighted average yields of such securities. Available-for-Sale Securities (Dollars in Thousands) Maturing Within One Year After One But Within Five Years After Five But Within Ten Years After Ten Years Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield U.S. Government Agency Securities $ — —% $ 7,979 3.50% $ 11,396 4.56% $ — —% Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities2 — —% 2,179 4.55% 3 6.25% 74,591 3.00% Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities2 — —% 7,746 4.75% 8,123 3.87% 9,253 5.12% Other Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities2 — —% — —% 1,989 1.51% 22,265 3.84% Asset Backed Securities2 — —% 40,114 1.95% 39,448 3.38% 15,235 3.81% Collateralized Mortgage Obligations2 — —% 14,426 5.38% 5,705 5.59% 141,689 4.01% States and Political Subdivisions 742 2.09% 46,672 2.19% 176,275 2.38% 10,535 2.84% Corporate Notes — —% 4,741 8.83% 50,506 3.49% — —% Total $ 742 $ 123,857 $ 293,445 $ 273,568 Weighted Average Yield 1, 3 2.09% 2.99% 2.86% 3.69% 1 Weighted-average yields on tax-exempt obligations are calculated on a taxable-equivalent basis using the federal statutory tax rate of 21 percent. 2 Securities not due at a single maturity date 3 Weighted-average yields are calculated by dividing interest income (based on book yield) by the amortized cost basis of securities in each presented maturity bucket and security category. At December 31, 2025, the Company held no securities classified as held-to-maturity. If the Company were to designate securities as held-to-maturity in future periods, disclosures would include the weighted average yield by contractual maturity range, as applicable. At December 31, 2025, approximately 63.7% of the securities portfolio consisted of fixed rate securities and 36.3% consisted of floating rate securities. Although certain floating rate securities have stated maturities exceeding ten years, their interest rates generally reprice on a monthly basis. As a result, the effective duration of these securities is relatively short, generally less than one year, which reduces their sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Refer to Note 5, Investment Securities, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding the Company’s securities portfolio. Loan Composition The following table summarizes our loan portfolio as of the periods presented: (Dollars in Thousands) December 31, 2025 2024 2023 2022 2021 Commercial Commercial Real Estate $ 2,114,314 $ 1,869,831 $ 1,670,631 $ 1,470,562 $ 1,323,252 Commercial and Industrial 231,921 230,483 271,511 309,792 345,376 Total Commercial Loans 2,346,235 2,100,314 1,942,142 1,780,354 1,668,628 Consumer Residential Mortgages 822,141 777,471 787,929 657,948 457,988 Other Consumer 28,416 28,908 34,277 44,562 44,666 Total Consumer Loans 850,557 806,379 822,206 702,510 502,654 Construction 465,613 462,930 436,349 353,553 282,947 Other 217,155 255,203 305,213 312,496 357,900 Total Portfolio Loans 3,879,560 3,624,826 3,505,910 3,148,913 2,812,129 Loans Held-for-Sale 339 — — — 228 Total Loans $ 3,879,899 $ 3,624,826 $ 3,505,910 $ 3,148,913 $ 2,812,357

54 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued) The loan portfolio is the Company’s primary source of interest income and is subject to inherent credit risk, including the risk that borrowers may be unable to meet their contractual obligations. Adverse developments in a borrower’s industry or in overall economic conditions may negatively affect repayment capacity. For a discussion of risk factors relevant to the Company’s business and operations, refer to Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors,” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025. Total portfolio loans increased $254.7 million, or 7.0%, to $3.9 billion at December 31, 2025, compared to December 31, 2024. Growth was driven by increased production in the CRE, C&I, residential mortgage, and construction portfolios, partially offset by declines in the Other segment, reflecting $38.0 million of curtailment payments during 2025 and a decrease in the other consumer portfolio. The Company actively monitors the loan portfolio in light of changing market conditions, borrower performance, and the interest rate environment. At December 31, 2025, the loan portfolio consisted of 24.1% floating rates loans that reprice monthly, 37.5% variable rate loans that reprice at least once during the life of the loan, and 38.4% fixed rate loans. CRE loans represented 54.5% of total portfolio loans at December 31, 2025, compared to 51.6% at December 31, 2024. The CRE portfolio is monitored for potential concentrations of credit risk by market, property type and tenant exposure. Collateral securing CRE loans is geographically concentrated primarily in North Carolina, Virginia and South Carolina and includes properties within the retail/restaurant, warehouse, hospitality, multifamily, office, and long-term care sectors. The following table presents the Company’s CRE loan portfolio by collateral type, including outstanding balances, loans classified as special mention or substandard, and the related percentages by collateral category as of the dates presented: (Dollars in Thousands) December 31, 2025 Commercial Real Estate Commercial & Industrial Residential Mortgage Construction Other Total CRE Collateral Type in Special Mention and Substandard Risk Rating % of Each Segment to Total CRE Collateral Type Retail/Restaurant $ 501,030 $ 114 $ — $ 49,172 $ 3,135 $ 553,451 $ 6 20.0% Warehouse 460,244 — — 40,472 — 500,716 9,568 18.1% Hospitality 280,803 — — 41,192 51,552 373,547 51,552 13.5% Multifamily 348,794 — — 86,679 — 435,473 5,402 15.7% Office 217,092 — — — 508 217,600 25,658 7.9% Land 809 — — 101,073 36,619 138,501 36,660 5.0% Single Family 33,420 — 62,072 15,144 13,367 124,003 13,460 4.5% Country Club 3,346 — — — 45,002 48,348 45,002 1.7% Long-term Care 59,409 — — 37,232 — 96,641 — 3.5% Other 208,907 73 — 70,835 — 279,815 — 10.1% Total $ 2,113,854 $ 187 $ 62,072 $ 441,799 $ 150,183 $ 2,768,095 $ 187,308 100.0%

55 Form 10-K CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued) (Dollars in Thousands) December 31, 2024 Commercial Real Estate Commercial & Industrial Residential Mortgage Construction Other Total CRE Collateral Type in Special Mention and Substandard Risk Rating % of Each Segment to Total CRE Collateral Type Retail/Restaurant $ 415,624 $ 122 $ — $ 55,093 $ — $ 470,839 $ 451 18.5% Warehouse 405,333 493 — 53,990 — 459,816 3,865 18.1% Hospitality 288,505 — — 14,647 51,552 354,704 51,552 13.9% Multifamily 286,203 — — 105,677 — 391,880 4,516 15.4% Office 221,445 — — 7,468 508 229,421 1,080 9.0% Land 771 — — 114,344 57,925 173,040 57,975 6.8% Single Family 25,630 — 50,334 37,622 13,367 126,953 13,445 5.0% Country Club 3,393 — — — 45,002 48,395 45,002 1.9% Long-term Care 30,474 — — 17,492 — 47,966 — 1.9% Other 197,655 389 — 36,964 7,628 242,636 12,159 9.5% Total $ 1,875,033 $ 1,004 $ 50,334 $ 443,297 $ 175,982 $ 2,545,650 $ 190,045 100.0% CRE loans represent a concentration of credit risk within the loan portfolio. The majority of the Company’s CRE loans are originated within its core geographic markets, extended to experienced developers and sponsors, and generally supported by guaranty structures that provide recourse to individuals with demonstrated financial capacity. Management believes its local and regional market expertise enables effective management of CRE concentration risk. This operating knowledge is derived from direct customer relationships, an understanding of borrower business models, and access to market research tools that provide data on occupancy levels, lease growth rates, and new construction activity. These market indicators are reviewed regularly by credit officers and communicated to lending teams. The Company’s underwriting process incorporates multiple stress scenarios, primarily focused on borrower cash flow and leverage, to determine supportable loan structures and appropriate commitment levels. Aggregate commitments to the Company’s top 10 credit relationships totaled $659.7 million, representing 17.0% of gross loans at December 31, 2025, compared to $669.2 million, or 18.5% of gross loans, at December 31, 2024. The Other segment accounted for 32.4% of the top 10 credit relationships at December 31, 2025. During the second quarter of 2023, the Company placed its largest credit relationship, with a current balance of $214.0 million at December 31, 2025, on nonaccrual status, as discussed further below in the “Credit Quality” section of this MD&A. The following table summarizes the Company’s top 10 credit relationships and the industries represented as of the dates presented: For the Periods Ending (Dollars in Thousands) 12/31/2025 12/31/2024 Change 2025 % of Gross Loans 2025 % of RBC 1. Hospitality, Agriculture & Energy $ 214,020 $ 251,982 $ (37,962) 5.52% 41.66% 2. Multifamily 58,610 58,871 (261) 1.51% 11.41% 3. Retail & Office 54,838 52,913 1,925 1.41% 10.67% 4. Office & Retail 51,560 40,462 11,098 1.33% 10.04% 5. Warehouse 47,969 49,661 (1,692) 1.24% 9.34% 6. Retail 47,619 44,511 3,108 1.23% 9.27% 7. Land & Self-Storage 47,392 43,004 4,388 1.22% 9.22% 8. Warehouse 46,687 44,577 2,110 1.20% 9.09% 9. Long-Term Care 46,199 46,199 — 1.19% 8.99% 10. Multifamily 44,842 36,972 7,870 1.15% 8.73% Top Ten (10) Relationships 659,736 669,152 (9,416) 17.00% 128.42% Total Gross Loans 3,879,899 3,624,826 255,073 % of Total Gross Loans 17.00% 18.46% (1.46)% Concentration (25% of Risk Based Capital (“RBC”)) $ 128,431 $ 125,190

56 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued) Unfunded commitments on lines of credit totaled $643.9 million at December 31, 2025, compared to $620.8 million at December 31, 2024. The majority of unused commitments relate to construction lines of credit, which are expected to be funded as projects progress toward completion. Total line of credit utilization was 53.2% at December 31, 2025, compared to 53.8% at December 31, 2024. Utilization of commercial operating lines of credit was 52.8% at December 31, 2025, compared to 53.8% at December 31, 2024. The following tables present the maturity schedule of portfolio loan types at December 31, 2025: (Dollars in Thousands) Maturity Within One Year After One But Within Five Years After Five But Within 15 Years After 15 Years Total Fixed interest rates Commercial Real Estate $ 151,274 $ 771,853 $ 108,806 $ 1,764 $ 1,033,697 Commercial and Industrial 9,871 54,056 75,951 2,633 142,511 Residential Mortgages 3,148 26,122 55,886 17,208 102,364 Other Consumer 1,505 26,173 738 — 28,416 Construction 61,167 83,130 18,769 19,155 182,221 Other — — — — — Portfolio Loans with Fixed Interest Rates $ 226,965 $ 961,334 $ 260,150 $ 40,760 $ 1,489,209 Variable interest rates Commercial Real Estate $ 61,194 $ 223,493 $ 707,595 $ 88,335 $ 1,080,617 Commercial and Industrial 15,490 43,869 27,743 2,308 89,410 Residential Mortgages 6,313 3,990 36,827 672,647 719,777 Other Consumer — — — — — Construction 39,663 139,029 97,973 6,727 283,392 Other 214,020 — — 3,135 217,155 Portfolio Loans with Variable Interest Rates $ 336,680 $ 410,381 $ 870,138 $ 773,152 $ 2,390,351 Total Portfolio Loans $ 563,645 $ 1,371,715 $ 1,130,288 $ 813,912 $ 3,879,560 Refer to Note 6, Loans and Loans Held-for-Sale, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information related to our loans. Credit Quality On a monthly basis, a Criticized Asset Committee meets to review certain watch, special mention and substandard risk rated loans that fall within prescribed policy thresholds. These loans generally represent those with the highest potential risk of loss to the Company. For loans identified through this process, management establishes action plans and conducts ongoing monitoring, which includes regular communication with the borrower and loan officer, review of current financial information and other supporting documentation, evaluation of existing or proposed loan structures or modifications, and periodic reassessment of collateral values. On a quarterly basis, the Credit Risk Committee of the Board meets to review loan portfolio metrics, approve segment concentration limits, evaluate the adequacy of the ACL, and review the results of loan review activities identified during the prior quarter. Annually, this committee also approves credit related policy changes and enhancements as they are implemented. Additional credit risk management practices include continuous monitoring of trends within the Company’s lending footprint and ongoing evaluation of lending policies and procedures designed to support sound underwriting standards. These practices include oversight of portfolio concentrations, delinquencies trends, and the results of annual portfolio level stress testing.

57 Form 10-K CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued) The loan review department provides independent oversight of credit quality and evaluates the effectiveness of credit risk management practices. This function has primary responsibility for assessing commercial credit administration, consumer and mortgage underwriting and credit decision processes, and the appropriateness of assigned risk ratings for loans reviewed, as well as providing input into the overall loan risk rating process. The Company’s policy is to place loans on nonaccrual status when collection of principal or interest is doubtful or, generally, when contractual principal or interest payments are 90 days or more past due. Consumer unsecured loans and secured loans are evaluated for charge-off once they become 90 days past due, and loans that reach 90 days delinquent are automatically transferred to nonaccrual status. Management, however, retains discretion at the individual loan level. A loan may be placed on nonaccrual prior to becoming 90 days past due if full collection of principal and interest is deemed unlikely. Conversely, a loan that is 90 days or more past due may be maintained in accrual status if it is well-secured and in process of collection. Unsecured loans are generally charged-off in full, while secured loans are charged-off to the estimated fair value of the collateral, net of estimated cost to sell. The repayment capacity of commercial borrowers is dependent on the performance of their underlying businesses and general economic conditions. Given the higher potential for loss within the commercial loan portfolio, these loans are monitored through an internal risk rating system. Risk ratings are assigned based on the borrower’s creditworthiness and are reviewed on an ongoing basis in accordance with internal policies. Loans rated special mention or substandard exhibit potential or well-defined weaknesses that are not typically present in higher quality performing loans, and therefore require heightened management attention to mitigate the risk of loss. Nonperforming assets consist of NPLs and OREO. The following table summarizes nonperforming assets at the dates presented: (Dollars in Thousands) December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 Change Nonaccrual Loans Commercial Real Estate $ 23,861 $ 1,176 $ 22,685 Commercial and Industrial 1,013 1,078 (65) Residential Mortgages 4,623 4,865 (242) Other Consumer 25 20 5 Construction 440 228 212 Other 214,020 251,982 (37,962) Total Nonperforming Loans 243,982 259,349 (15,367) Other Real Estate Owned 142 659 (517) Total Nonperforming Assets $ 244,124 $ 260,008 $ (15,884) Nonperforming Loans to Total Portfolio Loans 6.29% 7.15% Nonperforming Assets to Total Portfolio Loans plus Other Real Estate Owned 6.29% 7.17% At December 31, 2025, total nonperforming assets decreased $15.9 million to $244.1 million compared to December 31, 2024. The decrease was primarily driven by a $15.4 million reduction in nonaccrual loans primarily within the Company’s Other segment, residential mortgages and C&I portfolios. The reduction in the Other segment was largely attributable to $38.0 million of curtailment payments received during 2025 related to the Company’s largest nonperforming credit relationship. This decrease was partially offset by the transfer of certain loans to nonaccrual status during the year, including a $9.5 million CRE relationship consisting of four loans placed on nonaccrual status during the first quarter of 2025, a $14.3 million CRE loan placed on nonaccrual status during the third quarter of 2025, and a $0.8 million residential mortgage loan placed on nonaccrual status during the third quarter of 2025. The $14.3 million CRE loan is secured by an office building that experienced government agency tenants vacated during the fourth quarter of 2025. Although the loan was originated at a relatively low loan-to-value ratio, an updated appraisal received in the fourth quarter of 2025 resulted in the establishment of a $1.0 million specific reserve. Management believes the loan remains well-secured based on its net carrying value and continues to closely monitor this loan and other similar CRE credits for changes in valuation and other market impacts.

58 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued) The $9.5 million CRE relationship placed on nonaccrual status during the first quarter of 2025 is secured by warehouse facilities located in North Carolina. The properties are currently in receivership and are being marketed for sale, with these properties under contract as of December 31, 2025. Based on updated appraisals during the fourth quarter of 2025, a specific reserve on one loan in this relationship was reduced to $0.6 million. During the second quarter of 2023, the Company placed $301.9 million of commercial loans within the Other segment related to its largest lending relationship on nonaccrual status due to loan maturities and failure to pay in full. These loans remained on nonaccrual status at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 and represented 87.7% of total NPLs and total nonperforming assets at December 31, 2025. Since June 30, 2023, cumulative curtailment payments of $87.9 million made by the Justice Entities to the Bank, have reduced the outstanding principal balance of this relationship from $301.9 million to $214.0 million at December 31, 2025. The Company believes this credit is well secured based on its net carrying value and has appropriately reserved for expected credit losses with respect to all such loans based on information currently available. However, the Company cannot give any assurance as to the timing or amount of future payments or collections on such loans, the timing of any credit administration or collection efforts, or that the Company will ultimately collect all amounts contractually due. The Company is closely monitoring all developments that may impact collateral values or potential recoveries on its NPLs, including claims that may be asserted by other purported creditors. Based on analyses of the credit relationship and various discounted cash flow (“DCF”) valuation techniques utilized in the alternative modeling, which resulted in specific reserves with respect to these loans of $18.0 million at December 31, 2025, or 8.4% of these loans aggregate principal amount as compared to $30.3 million or 12.0% of these loans aggregate principal amount at December 31, 2024. This decline was driven by the aforementioned curtailments, updated analysis of the credit relationship during the second quarter of 2025 using the DCF model with updated assumptions and inputs regarding the credit relationship, legal risk and related risks. As the borrowers on these loans operate in the hospitality, agriculture, and energy sectors, this credit relationship is secured by, among other collateral, commercial real estate properties in these sectors including but not limited to top- tier hospitality properties. When evaluating the net carrying value of this credit relationship at December 31, 2025, the Company utilized DCF valuation techniques to estimate the timing and magnitude of potential recoveries resulting from various collection processes. Closed retail bank offices, recorded in OREO on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, had a book value of $0.1 million at December 31, 2025 compared to $0.7 million at December 31, 2024. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Bank transferred three closed retail branch properties to OREO. This activity was partially offset by the sale of one branch during the second quarter of 2025 and the sale of the remaining two branches during the third quarter of 2025. The following is an analysis of NPLs by loan portfolio segment for the dates presented, and each segment’s relative contribution to total NPLs: (Dollars in Thousands) December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 Amount % of NPLs Amount % of NPLs Commercial Real Estate $ 23,861 9.8% $ 1,176 0.4% Commercial and Industrial 1,013 0.4% 1,078 0.4% Residential Mortgages 4,623 1.9% 4,865 1.9% Other Consumer 25 —% 20 —% Construction 440 0.2% 228 0.1% Other 214,020 87.7% 251,982 97.2% Balance End of Period $ 243,982 100.0% $ 259,349 100.0% The Company’s legacy underwriting practices placed significant emphasis on loan to value metrics and, in certain cases, did not fully consider borrower income characteristics or the repayment capacity of collateral, particularly for speculative and land based financings. Reliance on collateral value as a primary source of repayment can be adversely affected during real estate cycles. In response, management has actively addressed these legacy credits and implemented enhanced underwriting guardrails that emphasize global borrower cash flows, repayment capability, limits on speculative exposure and transaction size, and the use of sensitivity analysis to determine supportable loan amounts. While these guardrails do not eliminate exposure to credit cycles, management believes they reduce the risk of default.

59 Form 10-K CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued) Closed-end installment loans, amortizing loans secured by real estate, and other loans with monthly payment schedules are considered past due when payments are two or more months in arrears. Multi-payment obligations with payment schedules other than monthly are reported as past due when a scheduled payment remains unpaid for 30 days or more. Management monitors delinquency trends on a monthly basis, including early stage delinquencies and loans exhibiting heightened risk characteristics, to identify emerging credit deterioration. The following table summarizes past due loans for the dates presented: (Dollars in Thousands) December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 Change Loans 30 to 89 Days Past Due Commercial Commercial Real Estate $ 3 $ 2,642 $ (2,639) Commercial and Industrial 159 180 (21) Total Commercial Loans 162 2,822 (2,660) Consumer Residential Mortgages 1,899 917 982 Other Consumer 267 306 (39) Total Consumer Loans 2,166 1,223 943 Construction 908 783 125 Other — — — Total Loans 30 to 89 Days Past Due $ 3,236 $ 4,828 $ (1,592) There were no portfolio loans past due more than 90 days and still accruing at December 31, 2025 or December 31, 2024. Loans past due 30 to 89 days and still accruing decreased by $1.6 million to $3.2 million at December 31, 2025, compared to $4.8 million at December 31, 2024. The decrease was primarily driven by a $2.4 million CRE loan that moved to nonperforming status during the first quarter of 2025, partially offset by a $1.0 million residential mortgage loan that became past due in the third quarter of 2025 and was still 30 days past due at December 31, 2025. The following tables represent credit exposures by internally assigned risk ratings as of December 31, 2025 and 2024: (Dollars in Thousands) December 31, 2025 Commercial Real Estate Commercial & Industrial Residential Mortgages Other Consumer Construction Other Total Pass $ 2,079,579 $ 230,899 $ 816,315 $ 28,391 $ 459,071 $ 3,135 $ 3,617,390 Special Mention 10,874 9 89 — 700 — 11,672 Substandard 23,861 1,013 5,737 25 5,842 214,020 250,498 Total Portfolio Loans $ 2,114,314 $ 231,921 $ 822,141 $ 28,416 $ 465,613 $ 217,155 $ 3,879,560 Performing Loans $ 2,090,453 $ 230,908 $ 817,518 $ 28,391 $ 465,173 $ 3,135 $ 3,635,578 Nonaccrual Loans 23,861 1,013 4,623 25 440 214,020 243,982 Total Portfolio Loans $ 2,114,314 $ 231,921 $ 822,141 $ 28,416 $ 465,613 $ 217,155 $ 3,879,560 (Dollars in Thousands) December 31, 2024 Commercial Real Estate Commercial & Industrial Residential Mortgages Other Consumer Construction Other Total Pass $ 1,860,313 $ 227,412 $ 772,514 $ 28,888 $ 458,223 $ 3,221 $ 3,350,571 Special Mention 2,460 — 92 — 4,479 — 7,031 Substandard 7,058 3,071 4,865 20 228 251,982 267,224 Total Portfolio Loans $ 1,869,831 $ 230,483 $ 777,471 $ 28,908 $ 462,930 $ 255,203 $ 3,624,826 Performing Loans $ 1,868,655 $ 229,405 $ 772,606 $ 28,888 $ 462,702 $ 3,221 $ 3,365,477 Nonaccrual Loans 1,176 1,078 4,865 20 228 251,982 259,349 Total Portfolio Loans $ 1,869,831 $ 230,483 $ 777,471 $ 28,908 $ 462,930 $ 255,203 $ 3,624,826

60 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued) At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company had no loans classified as doubtful. The levels of special mention and substandard loans at December 31, 2025, compared to December 31, 2024, reflected an increase of $4.6 million in special mention and a decrease of $16.7 million in substandard loans. Special mention loans increased primarily due to the addition of a $10.8 million CRE office building loan that was downgraded from pass to special mention during the fourth quarter of 2025. This increase was partially offset by the payoff of a $4.4 million construction loan during the second quarter of 2025 and the downgrade of a previously mentioned $2.4 million CRE loan from special mention to substandard in the first quarter of 2025. Substandard loans decreased primarily due to $38.0 million of curtailment payments, related to the Bank’s largest nonperforming credit relationship, received during the year ended December 31, 2025, and due to the upgrade of a $2.0 million C&I loan to special mention in the first quarter of 2025 and subsequent payoff in the third quarter of 2025. These reductions were partially offset by the downgrade of a $14.3 million CRE loan from pass to substandard in the third quarter of 2025. Also impacting the decline was the downgrade of a single borrower relationship totaling $9.5 million consisting of three CRE loans totaling $7.1 million that were downgraded from pass to substandard, along with a $2.4 million CRE loan that was downgraded from special mention to substandard in the first quarter of 2025. Refer to Note 7, Allowance for Credit Losses, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information related to our NPLs and OREO. Allowance for Credit Losses The following is the allocation of the ACL balance by segment at December 31 for each of the years presented: (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Balance Beginning of Year $ 75,600 $ 97,052 $ 93,852 (Recovery) Provision for Credit Losses (3,637) (5,039) 5,500 Charge-offs: Commercial Real Estate — — — Commercial and Industrial 7 40 63 Residential Mortgages — 32 203 Other Consumer 879 1,759 2,665 Construction 1 157 42 Other — 15,000 — Total Charge-offs 887 16,988 2,973 Recoveries: Commercial Real Estate — — — Commercial and Industrial 6 49 88 Residential Mortgages 14 31 110 Other Consumer 394 495 475 Construction 1 — — Other — — — Total Recoveries 415 575 673 Total Net Charge-offs 472 16,413 2,300 Balance End of Year $ 71,491 $ 75,600 $ 97,052 Net Charge-offs to Average Portfolio Loans 0.01% 0.46% 0.07% Allowance for Credit Losses to Total Portfolio Loans 1.84% 2.09% 2.77%

61 Form 10-K CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued) The following table presents the net charge-offs by average portfolio loan segments for the years ended December 31: (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Commercial Real Estate —% —% —% Commercial and Industrial —% —% (0.01)% Residential Mortgages —% —% 0.01% Other Consumer 1.72% 4.10% 5.67% Construction —% 0.04% 0.01% Other —% 5.13% —% Total 0.01% 0.46% 0.07% Net charge-offs were $0.5 million and $16.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. As a percentage of average portfolio loans, net charge-offs were 0.01% for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to 0.46% for the year ended December 31, 2024. During the year ended December 31, 2024, net loan charge-offs were significantly impacted by the $15.0 million principal charge-off related to the Other segment of the loan portfolio, discussed in more detail above under “(Recovery) Provision for Credit Losses” and “The Company’s Business and Strategy.” The following is the allocation of the ACL balance by segment as of December 31 for the years presented below: (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 Amount % of Loans in each Category to Total Portfolio Loans Amount % of Loans in each Category to Total Portfolio Loans Commercial Real Estate $ 22,526 54.5% $ 20,146 51.6% Commercial & Industrial 2,790 6.0% 2,791 6.4% Residential Mortgages 12,449 21.2% 10,389 21.4% Other Consumer 638 0.7% 682 0.8% Construction 15,020 12.0% 11,297 12.8% Other 18,068 5.6% 30,295 7.0% Balance End of Year $ 71,491 100.0% $ 75,600 100.0% The ACL was $71.5 million, or 1.84%, of total portfolio loans at December 31, 2025 compared to $75.6 million, or 2.09%, of total portfolio loans at December 31, 2024. The following table summarizes the credit quality ratios and their components as of December 31 for the years presented below: (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 Allowance for Credit Losses to Total Portfolio Loans Allowance for Credit Losses $ 71,491 $ 75,600 Total Portfolio Loans 3,879,560 3,624,826 Allowance for Credit Losses to Total Portfolio Loans 1.84% 2.09% Nonperforming Loans to Total Portfolio Loans Nonperforming Loans $ 243,982 $ 259,349 Total Portfolio Loans 3,879,560 3,624,826 Nonperforming Loans to Total Portfolio Loans 6.29% 7.15% Allowance for Credit Losses to Nonperforming Loans Allowance for Credit Losses $ 71,491 $ 75,600 Nonperforming Loans 243,982 259,349 Allowance for Credit Losses to Nonperforming Loans 29.30% 29.15% Net Charge-offs to Average Portfolio Loans Net Charge-offs $ 472 $ 16,413 Average Total Portfolio Loans 3,759,496 3,560,297 Net Charge-offs to Average Portfolio Loans 0.01% 0.46%

62 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued) The (recovery) provision for credit losses, which includes a (recovery) provision for losses on loans and a (recovery) provision on unfunded commitments, is a (recovery) or charge to earnings to maintain the ACL at a level consistent with management’s assessment of expected losses in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. The (recovery) for credit losses was a (recovery) of $(3.6) million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to a (recovery) for credit losses of $(5.0) million for the same period in 2024. The increase compared to the same period in 2024 were primarily driven by higher loan growth in 2025, the establishment of a new reserve of $1.0 million on a CRE loan during the fourth quarter of 2025 due to an updated appraisal, a reserve of $0.6 million on an existing CRE relationship with four loans that are under contract to sell and $12.0 million lower curtailment payments during the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the same period in 2024. These increases were partially offset by a reduction in the Other segment reserve of $12.2 million, resulting from a lower reserve rate of 8.43% at December 31, 2025 compared to 12.01% at December 31, 2024 and from $38.0 million curtailment payments received during 2025. The (recovery) provision for unfunded commitments decreased $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the same period in 2024. The decline was due to decreased unfunded commitments in construction loans in 2025. The reserve for unfunded commitments is largely comprised of unfunded commitments related to real estate construction loans. There are three basic factors that influence the reserve rates associated with unfunded commitments for real estate construction loans. First, the reserve rate is extrapolated from the reserve rates calculated for certain commercial real estate funded loans within the ACL model. These reserve rates are influenced by the same factors cited in the ACL model such as economic forecasts, average portfolio life, etc. Refer to Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information related to the ACL Policy and the discussion of these factors. Second, since the category of construction is generic, management applies a weighting of the reserve rates associated with certain CRE loans. The proportion of these segments affect the weighting. Third, volume changes impact the total reserve calculation. At December 31, 2025, NPLs decreased $15.4 million since December 31, 2024. NPLs as a percentage of total portfolio loans were 6.29% and 7.15% as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. Refer to Note 7, Allowance for Credit Losses, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information related to our ACL. Deposits The daily average balance of deposits and rates paid on deposits are summarized in the following table for the years ended December 31: (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 Average Balance Rate Average Balance Rate Noninterest-Bearing Demand $ 626,754 — $ 644,231 — Interest-Bearing Demand 794,603 1.71% 583,735 1.54% Money Market 541,250 2.52% 511,342 3.03% Savings 343,367 0.14% 399,748 0.14% Certificate of Deposits 1,902,757 3.60% 1,782,573 3.95% Total Interest-Bearing Deposits 3,581,977 2.69% 3,277,398 2.91% Total Average Deposits $ 4,208,731 2.29% $ 3,921,629 2.43% Deposits are the Company’s primary source of funding, and management believes the deposit base remains stable with the ability to attract new customers while continuing to diversify deposit composition. Total deposits increased at December 31, 2025, primarily due to $55.9 million of deposits assumed in connection with the Branch Purchase completed during the second quarter of 2025. For the year ended December 31, 2025, total average deposits increased $287.1 million. This increase was driven by growth in average interest-bearing demand deposits of $210.9 million, or 36.1%, average CDs of $120.2 million, or 6.7%, average money market accounts of $29.9 million, or 5.8%. These increases were partially offset by decreases in average savings accounts of $56.4 million, or 14.1%, and average noninterest-bearing demand deposits of $17.5 million, or 2.7%.

63 Form 10-K CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued) The decline in savings accounts primarily reflected customer preferences shifting toward higher-yielding deposit products or the repositioning of funds into transactional deposit accounts. At December 31, 2025, noninterest-bearing deposits represented 14.7% of total deposits, compared to 15.3% at December 31, 2024. CDs comprised 45.2% of total deposits at December 31, 2025, compared to 46.3% at December 31, 2024. Based on the assumptions used in preparing regulatory call reports, approximately 81.3% of our total deposits of $4.2 billion were insured under standard FDIC insurance coverage limits at December 31, 2025, while approximately 18.7% were uninsured, compared to approximately 81.6% insured and 18.4% uninsured at December 31, 2024. The following table presents additional information about our year-end deposits: (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 Noninterest-Bearing Public Funds Deposits 33,220 55,385 Interest-Bearing Public Funds Deposits 137,600 125,342 Total Deposits not Covered by Deposit Insurance1 787,114 762,937 Certificates of Deposits not Covered by Deposit Insurance 310,723 297,938 Deposits for Certain Directors, Executive Officers and their Affiliates 3,207 2,305 1 These deposits are presented on an estimated basis. This estimate was determined based on the same methodologies and assumptions used for regulatory reporting requirements. Maturities of CDs over $250,000 or more, excluding brokered deposits, not covered by deposit insurance at December 31, 2025 are summarized as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) Amount Percent Three Months or Less $ 108,879 35.0% Over Three Months Through Six Months 72,884 23.5% Over Six Months Through Twelve Months 65,384 21.0% Over Twelve Months 63,576 20.5% Total $ 310,723 100.0% Refer to Note 14, Deposits, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information related to our deposits. FHLB Borrowings and Federal Funds Purchased Information pertaining to FHLB borrowings and federal funds purchased at December 31 are summarized in the table below: (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Balance at Period End Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings $ 178,500 $ 70,000 $ 393,400 Federal Funds Purchased — — — Average Balance during the Period Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings $ 110,944 $ 222,719 $ 402,675 Federal Funds Purchased — — 7,023 Average Interest Rate during the Period Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings 4.19% 5.11% 5.17% Federal Funds Purchased — —% 5.24% Maximum Month-end Balance during the Period Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings $ 178,500 $ 403,000 $ 525,135 Federal Funds Purchased — — 46,965 Average Interest Rate at Period End Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings 3.89% 4.02% 5.20% Federal Funds Purchased —% —% —%

64 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued) Borrowings represent an additional source of liquidity for the Company. FHLB borrowings increased $108.5 million to $178.5 million at December 31, 2025, compared to $70.0 million at December 31, 2024, which were primarily utilized to fund loan growth. The Company had no overnight federal funds purchased outstanding at December 31, 2025, or December 31, 2024. The level and composition of borrowed funds fluctuates over time based on a variety of factors, including market conditions, loan and deposit growth, investment securities activity, and capital considerations. Management actively monitors and manages borrowings to ensure they remain a reliable and cost effective source of liquidity. As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta, the Company is required to purchase and maintain a specified level of FHLB capital stock based on asset size, outstanding borrowings, and participation in other FHLB programs. At December 31, 2025, the Company held $11.7 million of FHLB stock, compared to $6.5 million at December 31, 2024. The increase in FHLB stock was attributable to the higher required level of stock holdings resulting from increased FHLB borrowings. Dividends recognized on FHLB stock totaled $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The investment in FHLB stock is carried at cost and evaluated for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of its par value. FHLB stock is non-marketable and may be redeemed only at the discretion of the FHLB. Members do not purchase stock for capital appreciation purposes, as FHLB can only be purchased, redeemed, or transferred at par value. Rather, ownership of FHLB stock provides members with access to the funding, liquidity, and other financial services offered by the FHLB. Refer to Note 15, Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings and Federal Funds Purchased, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information related to our borrowings. Capital Resources The following table summarizes ratios for the Company and the Bank at December 31: 2025 2024 Leverage Ratio Carter Bankshares, Inc. 9.43% 9.56% Carter Bank and Trust 9.01% 9.42% Common Equity Tier 1 Carter Bankshares, Inc. 10.70% 10.88% Carter Bank and Trust 10.23% 10.72% Tier 1 Ratio Carter Bankshares, Inc. 10.70% 10.88% Carter Bank and Trust 10.23% 10.72% Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio Carter Bankshares, Inc. 11.95% 12.13% Carter Bank and Trust 11.49% 11.98% Total capital increased to $419.7 million at December 31, 2025, up $35.4 million from December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily driven by net income of $31.4 million and a $22.4 million increase in other comprehensive income related to favorable changes in the fair value of investment securities, partially offset by $20.2 million of common stock repurchases, including the related 1% excise tax, and $1.8 million of restricted stock activity. The Company and the Bank remained well capitalized at December 31, 2025, exceeding all regulatory capital requirements. The key capital ratios included a leverage ratio of 9.43%, a Common Equity Tier 1 ratio of 10.70%, a Tier 1 ratio of 10.70%, and a Total risk-based capital ratio of 11.95%, all well above regulatory well-capitalized thresholds. Management believes the Company maintains a strong capital position and has the capacity to raise additional capital if needed.

65 Form 10-K CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued) Refer to Note 23, Capital Adequacy, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information related to the Company’s and the Bank’s capital. Contractual Obligations In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contractual obligations that represent future cash commitments under agreements with third parties. These obligations exclude contingent contractual liabilities for which the timing or amount of future payments cannot be reasonably estimated. The Company’s contractual obligations include arrangements that may require future cash payments, the expected timing of which is disclosed in the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K as of December 31, 2025. These obligations primarily include: (i) operating and finance leases (Note 9, Right-of-Use (“ROU”) Assets and Lease Liabilities); (ii) time deposits with stated maturity dates (Note 14 – Deposits); (iii) Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings and Federal Funds Purchased (Note 15); and (iv) commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, and purchase obligations (Note 20, Commitments and Contingencies). Purchase obligations primarily consist of commitments under agreements with the Company’s third-party data processing provider. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements In the normal course of business, the Company provides customers with lines of credit and letters of credit to meet financing needs. The undrawn and unfunded portions of these facilities do not represent outstanding balances and, accordingly are not reflected as loans receivable in the consolidated financial statements. Lines of credit are primarily used to support construction financing commitments and revolving working capital needs of operating companies. At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 construction-related lines of credit totaled $452.8 million, or 58.7% and $445.3 million, or 53.4%, respectively, of total commitments to extend credit. Construction lines of credit generally include a defined construction end date, at which time the loan is expected to convert to a mini-perm loan. A department independent of the lending function monitors construction commitments of $1.0 million or greater, based on management’s discretion. Lines of credit to operating companies typically include stated maturity dates and may be subject to financial covenants. The Company issues letters of credit primarily to assure municipalities that construction projects will be completed in accordance with approved plans and specifications. Letters of credit generally include expiration dates, while standby letters of credit automatically renew but typically include annual termination provisions with proper notice. The Company generally charges an annual fee for issuing letters of credit. These off-balance sheet arrangements expose the Company to credit risk if counterparties fail to meet their contractual obligations, with potential losses generally limited to the contractual amount less any collateral. The Company evaluates this risk using the same credit policies applied to loan underwriting and maintains a reserve for unfunded commitments. Because letters of credit are expected to expire without being drawn, they do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Due to the short-term nature of these arrangements and the credit quality of counterparties, the Company has not estimated the fair value of these off-balance sheet commitments. The following table sets forth the commitments and letters of credit as of December 31: (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 Commitments to Extend Credit $ 771,677 $ 833,594 Standby Letters of Credit 16,507 16,657 Total $ 788,184 $ 850,251 For more details, see Note 20, Commitments and Contingencies, in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

66 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued) Liquidity Liquidity refers to the Company’s ability to meet cash and collateral obligations in a timely manner and at a reasonable cost, including funding deposit withdrawals and borrower credit demands. The Company’s Board of Directors has delegated oversight of liquidity risk management to ALCO, which is responsible for maintaining sufficient liquidity at a reasonable cost under both normal operating conditions and potential stress scenarios. ALCO monitors and manages liquidity risk by reviewing cash flow projections, performing balance sheet stress testing, and maintaining a comprehensive contingency funding plan. This plan includes defined liquidity metrics and graduated risk tolerance levels, which are reviewed monthly. If liquidity levels reach thresholds defined as high risk, enhanced monitoring and the implementation of specific predefined action plans to reduce risk are required. The Company’s primary source of liquidity is its stable customer deposit base. Management believes it can retain existing deposits and attract new deposits, limiting reliance on more volatile funding sources. In addition to deposits, the Company maintains access to multiple supplemental funding sources as part of its normal liquidity management strategy. These include borrowing capacity with the FHLB of up to approximately 30% of the Company’s total assets, or $1.5 billion, subject to eligible collateral, of which $609.4 million remained available at December 31, 2025. The Company also maintains unsecured borrowing facilities with three correspondent banks totaling $30.0 million and a fully secured facility with one other correspondent bank totaling $45.0 million. There were no outstanding borrowings under these facilities at December 31, 2025. The Company also had access to the institutional CD and brokered deposit markets. Additional liquidity can be provided by $402.2 million of unpledged available-for-sale investment securities at fair value at December 31, 2025. Refer to the Liquidity Sources table below for further detail regarding FHLB borrowing capacity and correspondent bank lines of credit. As of December 31, 2025, approximately 81.3% of total deposits were insured under standard FDIC coverage limits, while 18.7% were uninsured. Management actively monitors industry and market conditions that could affect liquidity and evaluates alternative funding strategies as needed. In addition, the Company closely monitors the potential impacts of interest rate movements and market conditions on the fair value of its securities portfolio, particularly in light of evolving banking industry dynamics that may influence liquidity availability or market expectations. Maintaining a cushion of highly liquid assets or assets that can be converted to cash quickly, with little or no loss in value, is a key component of the Company’s liquidity risk management framework. ALCO policy establishes graduated risk tolerance levels for the ratio of highly liquid assets to total assets. At December 31, 2025, the Bank had $470.7 million of highly liquid assets, consisting of $68.2 million in excess reserves at the Federal Reserve and interest-bearing deposits at other financial institutions, $0.3 million of loans held-for-sale, and $402.2 million of unpledged securities. This resulted in highly liquid assets to total assets ratio of 9.7%. Total available liquidity relative to uninsured deposits was 155.7% at December 31, 2025. While management believes current liquidity sources are sufficient, an extended economic downturn or significant market disruption could increase reliance on more volatile or higher cost funding sources. The following table provides detail of liquidity sources as of December 31: (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 Cash and Due From Banks, including Interest-bearing Deposits $ 105,163 $ 131,171 Unpledged Investment Securities 402,220 418,350 Excess Pledged Securities 33,443 33,022 FHLB Borrowing Availability 609,392 735,294 Collateralized Lines of Credit 45,000 45,000 Unsecured Lines of Credit Availability 30,000 30,000 Total Liquidity Sources $ 1,225,218 $ 1,392,837

67 Form 10-K CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued) The following table provides total liquidity sources and ratios as of December 31: (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 Total Liquidity Sources $1,225,218 $1,392,837 Highly Liquid Assets1 to Total Assets 9.7% 10.9% Highly Liquid Assets1 to Uninsured Deposits 59.8% 66.8% Total Available Liquidity to Uninsured Deposits 155.7% 182.6% 1 Highly liquid assets consist of $68.2 million in Federal Reserve Board excess reserves and interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions, loans held for sale of $0.3 million and $402.2 million in unpledged securities. Inflation Management recognizes that inflation can have a significant impact on interest rates and overall financial performance. The Company’s financial strength is measured by its ability to adapt to changes in interest rates and to effectively manage noninterest income and expense. Through its ALCO, the Company actively monitors the mix of interest-rate sensitive assets and liabilities to mitigate the effects of inflation-driven rate changes on net interest income. The Company manages inflationary pressures by adjusting product and service pricing, introducing new products and services and controlling overhead costs. Unlike most industrial companies, financial institutions primarily hold monetary assets and liabilities; therefore, interest rate movement, rather that general inflation levels, are the more significant driver of financial performance. Stock Repurchase Plan On May 20, 2025, the Company announced that its Board authorized a repurchase program to purchase up to $20.0 million of the Company’s common stock in the aggregate through May 14, 2026. The program authorized the purchase of the Company’s common stock in open market transactions or privately negotiated transactions, including pursuant to a trading plan in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 and/or Rule 10b-18 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company repurchased 1,124,690 shares of its common stock at a total cost of $20.0 million at a weighted average cost per share of $17.78. The 2025 Program was fully utilized on October 30, 2025. On February 2, 2026, the Company announced that the Board authorized a repurchase program to purchase up to $10.0 million of the Company’s common stock in the aggregate over a period of twelve months beginning February 11, 2026, the date of receipt of non-objection from the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond. The program authorizes the purchase of the Company’s common stock in open market transactions or privately negotiated transactions, including pursuant to a trading plan in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 and/or Rule 10b-18 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The authorization permits management to repurchase shares of the Company’s common stock from time to time at management’s discretion. The actual means and timing of any shares purchased under the program, and the number of shares actually purchased under the program, will depend on a variety of factors, including the market price of the Company’s common stock, general market and economic conditions, management’s evaluation of the Company’s financial condition and liquidity position and applicable legal and regulatory requirements. The repurchase program may be modified or terminated by the Board at any time. The repurchase program does not obligate the Company to purchase any particular number of shares. ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK Market Risk Market risk is defined as the degree to which changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, commodity prices, or equity prices can adversely affect a financial institution’s earnings or capital. For financial institutions, market risk arises primarily from interest rate risk inherent in lending, investment, and deposit-taking activities. Interest rate risk can arise from timing differences in the repricing and maturities of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing

68 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK (continued) liabilities (repricing risk), changes in the expected maturities of assets and liabilities arising from embedded options, such as borrowers’ ability to prepay home mortgage loans at any time, depositors’ ability to redeem certificates of deposit before maturity (option risk), changes in the shape of the yield curve, where interest rates increase or decrease in a non-parallel fashion (yield curve risk), and changes in spread relationships between different yield curves, such as U.S. Treasuries and SOFR (basis risk). Interest rate fluctuations affect earnings by changing net interest income and other interest-sensitive income and expense levels. Interest rate changes affect capital by changing the net present value of a financial institution’s future cash flows, and the cash flows themselves, as rates change. Accepting this risk is a normal part of banking and can be an important source of profitability and enhancement of shareholder value. However, excessive interest rate risk can threaten a financial institution’s earnings, capital, liquidity, and solvency. The Company’s ALCO is responsible for reviewing the interest rate sensitivity position of the institution, establishing policies to monitor and limit exposure to this type of risk, and employing strategies to ensure our asset-liability structure produces the maximum yield-cost spread available based on current market conditions. The Company’s Investment / Interest Rate Risk Committee, a committee of the Board of Directors, reviews and approves the policies established by ALCO. Earnings Simulation Modeling The ALCO uses an asset liability model (“ALM”) to forecast earning simulations that measure the sensitivity of net interest income to changes in interest rates. The ALM calculates an earnings estimate based on current and projected balances and rates. This method is subject to the accuracy of the assumptions that support the ALM process. The ALCO derives the assumptions used in the ALM from historical trends and management’s outlook, including expected loan growth, loan prepayment rates, deposit growth rates, changes to deposit product betas and non-maturity deposit decay rates, and projected yields and rates. The ALM assumes that all maturities, calls, and prepayments in the securities portfolio are reinvested in like instruments. These assumptions may not be realized and unanticipated events and circumstances may also occur that cause the assumptions to be inaccurate. The ALM also does not take into account any future actions management may take to mitigate the impact of unforeseen interest rate changes. A sensitivity analysis for deposit betas, deposit decay rates and loan prepayment speeds is performed at least annually within the ALM to help ALCO better understand the impact of these critical assumptions on the ALM results. The ALCO reviews the assumptions of the ALM at least quarterly and periodically adjusts the ALM assumptions when deemed appropriate. The ALCO also uses different interest rate scenarios and shifts in yield curve shapes to measure the sensitivity of earnings to various interest rate environments. Interest rates on unique asset and liability accounts move differently when the short-term market rate changes. These differences are reflected in the different rate scenarios utilized by the ALM. For earning simulations, our policy guidelines limit the change in net interest income over a 12-month and 24-month horizon using rate shocks of +/- 100, 200, 300, 400 basis points and for non-parallel yield curve shift scenarios. We have temporarily suspended the + 300 and + 400 basis point rate shock analyses. Due to the FOMC’s recent actions to reduce the Fed Funds Target Rate by 25 bps during each of its September 2025, October 2025 and December 2025 meetings and the current rate forecast that implies the FOMC may continue to reduce the Fed Funds Target Rate during 2026, we believe the impact to net interest income when evaluating the + 300 and +400 basis point rate shock scenarios do not provide meaningful insight into our interest rate risk position or project a probable interest rate environment for the foreseeable future. The following tables reflect the earnings simulation results at the dates presented utilizing a forecasted static balance sheet over the next twelve months. All percentage changes presented are within prescribed ranges set by ALCO. Change in Interest Rate (basis points) December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 % Change in Pretax Net Interest Income % Change in Pretax Net Interest Income   200 (1.0)% 1.9%   100 (0.3)% 1.1% -100 3.1% 2.1% -200 6.2% 4.6% -300 6.1% 6.8% -400 4.8% 6.6%

69 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK (continued) Form 10-K The results from the earnings simulation imply that the Company’s balance sheet is liability sensitive at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. The above table indicates that as of December 31, 2025, in a rising interest rate environment, the Company is positioned to have a small decrease in net interest income due to the balance sheet composition, related maturity structures, and repricing correlations to market interest rates for assets and liabilities. In a declining interest rate environment, the Company is positioned to have an increase in net interest income driven by the same factors discussed above and below. The liability sensitive position at December 31, 2025 is due to a variety of factors which include 1) higher than market rate unfunded loan commitments that were originated during 2024 and early 2025 with fixed rates that are assumed to draw down, or convert to funded loan balances, during the next twelve months, 2) shortened maturities of the time deposit portfolio due to shorter term time deposit promotional campaigns in response to the inversion in the shorter end of the yield curve where financial institutions typically offer time deposit products (overnight out to five years) that began early in the first quarter of 2023 and continues today, and 3) more aggressive non maturing deposit betas utilized in a rates down environment versus a rates up environment based on bank specific non-maturing deposit rate beta assumptions observed during the most recent rate cycle. Economic Value of Equity Modeling Economic value of equity simulation is used to calculate the estimated fair value of assets and liabilities over different interest rate environments. The ALM calculates the economic value of equity based on DCF analysis. The net economic value of equity is the economic value of all assets minus the economic value of all liabilities. The change in net economic value of equity over different rate environments is an indication of the longer-term earnings capability of the balance sheet. The Company uses the same assumptions in the economic value of equity simulation model as in the earnings simulation model. The economic value of equity simulation model uses instantaneous rate shocks to the balance sheet. For economic value of equity simulation, our policy guidelines limit the change in economic value of equity given changes in rates of +/- 100, 200, 300, 400 basis points and for non-parallel yield curve shift scenarios. We have temporarily suspended the + 300 and + 400 basis point rate shock analyses. Due to the FOMC’s recent actions to reduce the Fed Funds Target Rate by 25 bps during each of its September 2025, October 2025 and December 2025 meetings and the current rate forecast that implies the FOMC may continue to reduce the Fed Funds Target Rate during 2026, we believe the impact to net interest income when evaluating the + 300 and +400 basis point rate shock scenarios do not provide meaningful insight into our interest rate risk position or project a probable interest rate environment for the foreseeable future. Results for the economic value of equity modeling are driven primarily by the shape of the underlying yield curves and option-adjusted spreads used to discount the projected cash flows of assets and liabilities, and the assumed life span of the assets and liabilities being discounted. The following tables reflect the economic value of equity analyses results at the dates presented. All percentage changes presented are within prescribed ranges set by management. Change in Interest Rate (basis points) December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 % Change in Economic Value of Equity % Change in Economic Value of Equity   200 (7.9)% (8.3)%   100 (3.1)% (3.3)% -100 2.0% 2.4% -200 2.6% 3.8% -300 (0.4)% 2.9% -400 (9.9)% (1.9)%

70 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA Consolidated Financial Statements Consolidated Balance Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Consolidated Statements of Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Report of Crowe LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID 173), on Consolidated Financial Statements and Effectiveness of Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting . . 127

71 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA (continued) Form 10-K CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Dollars in Thousands Except Share Data) December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 ASSETS Cash and Due From Banks, including Interest-Bearing Deposits of $68,227 at December 31, 2025 and $91,563 at December 31, 2024 $ 105,163 $ 131,171 Securities Available-for-Sale, at Fair Value (amortized cost of $745,366 and $800,741, respectively) 691,612 718,400 Equity Securities 10,291 10,041 Loans Held-for-Sale 339 — Portfolio Loans 3,879,560 3,624,826 Allowance for Credit Losses (71,491) (75,600) Portfolio Loans, net 3,808,069 3,549,226 Bank Premises and Equipment, net 72,497 74,329 Goodwill 1,193 — Core Deposit Intangible 940 — Other Real Estate Owned, net 142 659 Other Restricted Stock, at Cost 16,830 6,487 Bank Owned Life Insurance 44,811 59,588 Other Assets 100,035 109,288 Total Assets $ 4,851,922 $ 4,659,189 LIABILITIES Deposits: Noninterest-Bearing Demand $ 620,473 $ 634,436 Interest-Bearing Demand 808,171 726,947 Money Market 553,964 512,162 Savings 326,182 355,506 Certificates of Deposit 1,902,099 1,924,370 Total Deposits 4,210,889 4,153,421 Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings 178,500 70,000 Reserve for Unfunded Loan Commitments 2,992 3,186 Other Liabilities 39,844 48,269 Total Liabilities 4,432,225 4,274,876 Commitment and Contingencies - see NOTE 20. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY Common Stock, Par Value $1.00 Per Share, Authorized 100,000,000 Shares; Outstanding - 22,083,007 shares at December 31, 2025, and 23,069,175 shares at December 31, 2024 22,083 23,069 Additional Paid-in Capital 74,806 92,159 Retained Earnings 364,968 333,606 Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss (42,160) (64,521) Total Shareholders’ Equity 419,697 384,313 Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity $ 4,851,922 $ 4,659,189 See accompanying notes to audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

72 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA (continued) CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME Years Ended December 31, (Dollars in Thousands Except per Share Data) 2025 2024 2023 INTEREST INCOME Loans, including fees Taxable $ 199,986 $ 186,001 $ 159,317 Non-Taxable 2,259 2,648 3,143 Investment Securities Taxable 26,288 29,510 30,804 Non-Taxable 265 269 634 Federal Reserve Bank Excess Reserves 2,540 2,204 1,002 Interest on Bank Deposits 268 85 64 Dividend Income 616 1,012 1,456 Total Interest Income 232,222 221,729 196,420 Interest Expense Interest Expense on Deposits 96,184 95,431 52,628 Interest Expense on Federal Funds Purchased — — 368 Interest on Other Borrowings 5,218 11,841 21,114 Total Interest Expense 101,402 107,272 74,110 NET INTEREST INCOME 130,820 114,457 122,310 (Recovery) Provision for Credit Losses (3,637) (5,039) 5,500 (Recovery) Provision for Unfunded Commitments (194) ( 7) 901 Net Interest Income After (Recovery) Provision for Credit Losses 134,651 119,503 115,909 NONINTEREST INCOME Gains (Losses) on Sales of Securities, net 46 68 (1,521) Service Charges, Commissions and Fees 7,312 7,393 7,155 Debit Card Interchange Fees 7,935 7,843 7,828 Insurance Commissions 2,728 3,685 1,945 Bank Owned Life Insurance Income 1,511 1,473 1,381 Commercial Loan Swap Fee Income — — 139 Other 2,872 906 1,351 Total Noninterest Income 22,404 21,368 18,278 NONINTEREST EXPENSE Salaries and Employee Benefits 57,743 57,908 55,856 Occupancy Expense, net 17,620 15,608 14,028 FDIC Insurance Expense 5,843 6,200 4,904 Other Taxes 3,612 3,559 3,292 Advertising Expense 3,171 2,540 1,693 Telephone Expense 1,216 1,393 1,842 Professional and Legal Fees 6,877 5,675 6,210 Data Processing 5,698 4,919 3,920 Debit Card Expense 4,192 3,423 2,875 Other 11,082 8,777 10,846 Total Noninterest Expense 117,054 110,002 105,466 Income Before Income Taxes 40,001 30,869 28,721 Income Tax Provision 8,639 6,346 5,337 Net Income $ 31,362 $ 24,523 $ 23,384 Earnings per Common Share: Basic Earnings per Common Share $ 1.38 $ 1.06 $ 1.00 Diluted Earnings per Common Share $ 1.38 $ 1.06 $ 1.00 Average Shares Outstanding-Basic 22,456,705 22,817,149 23,240,543 Average Shares Outstanding-Diluted 22,456,705 22,817,149 23,240,543 See accompanying notes to audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

73 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA (continued) Form 10-K CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME Years Ended December 31, (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Net Income $ 31,362 $ 24,523 $ 23,384 Other Comprehensive Income: Net Unrealized Gains on Securities Available-for-Sale: Net Unrealized Gains Arising during the Period 28,633 9,270 16,370 Reclassification Adjustment for (Gains) Losses included in Net Income ( 46) ( 68) 1,521 Tax Effect (6,226) (2,284) (3,714) Net Unrealized Gains Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income 22,361 6,918 14,177 Other Comprehensive Income: 22,361 6,918 14,177 Comprehensive Income $ 53,723 $ 31,441 $ 37,561 See accompanying notes to audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

74 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA (continued) CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY Years Ended December 31, (Dollars in Thousands) Common Stock Additional Paid-in Capital Retained Earnings Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Total Shareholder’s Equity Balance December 31, 2022 $ 23,957 $ 104,693 $ 285,593 $ (85,616) $ 328,627 Cumulative Effect of the Adoption of ASU 2023-02 — — 106 — 106 Balance at January 1, 2023 $ 23,957 $ 104,693 $ 285,699 $ (85,616) $ 328,733 Net Income — — 23,384 — 23,384 Other Comprehensive Income, Net of Tax — — — 14,177 14,177 1% Excise Tax on Stock Buybacks — (153) — — (153) Repurchase of Common Stock (1,132,232 shares) (1,132) (15,284) — — (16,416) Forfeiture of Restricted Stock (5,333 shares) (5) (38) — — (43) Issuance of Restricted Stock (137,097 shares) 137 (137) — — — Recognition of Restricted Stock Compensation Expense — 1,561 — — 1,561 Balance December 31, 2023 $ 22,957 $ 90,642 $ 309,083 $ (71,439) $ 351,243 Net Income — — 24,523 — 24,523 Other Comprehensive Income, Net of Tax — — — 6,918 6,918 Forfeiture of Restricted Stock (15,244 shares) (16) (107) — — (123) Issuance of Restricted Stock (128,115 shares) 128 (128) — — — Recognition of Restricted Stock Compensation Expense — 1,752 — — 1,752 Balance December 31, 2024 $ 23,069 $ 92,159 $ 333,606 $ (64,521) $ 384,313 Net Income — — 31,362 — 31,362 Other Comprehensive Income, Net of Tax — — — 22,361 22,361 1% Excise Tax on Stock Buybacks — (181) — — (181) Repurchase of Common Stock (1,124,690 shares) (1,125) (18,875) — — (20,000) Forfeiture of Restricted Stock (23,670 shares) (23) (206) — — (229) Issuance of Restricted Stock (162,192 shares) 162 (162) — — — Recognition of Restricted Stock Compensation Expense — 2,071 — — 2,071 Balance December 31, 2025 $ 22,083 $ 74,806 $ 364,968 $ (42,160) $ 419,697 See accompanying notes to audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

75 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA (continued) Form 10-K CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS Years Ended December 31, (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 2023 OPERATING ACTIVITIES Net Income $ 31,362 $ 24,523 $ 23,384 Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities (Recovery) Provision for Credit Losses, including (Recovery) Provision for Unfunded Commitments (3,831) (5,046) 6,401 Origination of Loans Held-for-Sale (29,524) (8,953) (6,758) Proceeds From Loans Held-for-Sale 29,342 9,091 6,867 Depreciation/Amortization of Bank Premises and Equipment 7,859 7,055 6,248 Provision for Deferred Taxes 2,171 2,689 368 Net Amortization of Securities 3,172 3,592 6,354 Tax Credit Amortization 649 517 2,101 Gains on Sales of Loans Held-for-Sale (157) (138) (109) (Gains) Losses on Sales of Securities, net ( 46) ( 68) 1,521 Unrealized Gain on Equity Securities (250) ( 41) — Commercial Loan Swap Derivative Loss 107 12 219 Increase in the Value of Life Insurance Contracts (1,511) (1,473) (1,381) Gain on Bank Owned Life Insurance Death Benefit (1,882) — — 1035 Exchange Fee on Bank Owned Life Insurance 660 — — Balance Sheet Hedge Fair Value Adjustment 140 125 — Recognition of Restricted Stock Compensation Expense 2,071 1,752 1,561 Decrease (Increase) in Other Assets 1,859 1,614 (3,849) (Decrease) Increase in Other Liabilities (2,329) 1,687 3,803 Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities 39,862 36,938 46,730 INVESTING ACTIVITIES Securities Available-for-Sale: Proceeds from Sales 19,010 17,953 43,323 Proceeds from Maturities, Redemptions, and Paydowns 96,923 63,454 48,901 Purchases (63,684) (15,126) (24,938) Purchase of Equity Securities — (10,000) — Purchase of Bank Premises and Equipment, Net (8,055) (8,133) (9,798) Net Cash Acquired from Branch Purchase 53,573 — — (Purchase) Redemption of Other Restricted Stock, net (10,343) 15,139 (11,886) Loan Originations, net (255,303) (135,888) (359,407) Proceeds from Death Benefit on Bank Owned Life Insurance 3,077 — — Proceeds from Surrender of BOLI Policies 7,273 — — Proceeds from Sales and Payments of Other Real Estate Owned 1,618 4,199 6,794 Net Cash Used In Investing Activities (155,911) (68,402) (307,011) FINANCING ACTIVITIES Net Change in Demand, Money Markets and Savings Accounts 29,811 93,787 (235,748) (Decrease) Increase in Certificates of Deposits (28,270) 337,719 325,125 Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings 610,000 1,870,000 3,441,685 Repayments on Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings (501,500) (2,193,400) (3,228,835) Repayments from Federal Funds Purchased, net — — (17,870) Repurchase of Common Stock (20,000) — (16,416) Net Cash Provided By Financing Activities 90,041 108,106 267,941 Net (Decrease) Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents (26,008) 76,642 7,660 Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period 131,171 54,529 46,869 Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period $ 105,163 $ 131,171 $ 54,529 See accompanying notes to audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

76 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA (continued) CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - (continued) Years Ended December 31, (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 2023 SUPPLEMENTARY DATA Cash Interest Paid $ 102,649 $ 106,342 $ 69,116 Cash Paid for Income Taxes, net of Refunds 3,717 303 5,693 Transfer from Loans to Other Real Estate Owned — 1,181 110 Loans Financed to Purchase Other Real Estate Owned 525 — — Transfer from Fixed Assets to Other Real Estate Owned 1,829 348 1,854 Right-of-use Asset Recorded in Exchange for Lease Liabilities 1,041 2,995 1,464 Stock Repurchase Excise Tax Settled in Subsequent Period (181) — (153) See accompanying notes to audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

77 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Form 10-K NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES Nature of Operations and Principles of Consolidation: Carter Bankshares, Inc. (the “Company”) is a bank holding company headquartered in Martinsville, Virginia. In October 2025, the Company elected to become a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”). As a financial holding company of a Virginia state bank, the Company is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”) and the Bureau of Financial Institutions of the Virginia State Corporation Commission (the “Virginia BFI”). The Company is the parent company of its wholly owned subsidiary, Carter Bank & Trust (the “Bank”). The Bank is a Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insured, Virginia state-chartered bank. The Bank became a member of the Federal Reserve System on November 13, 2025. The Bank is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the FRB (through the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond) and the Virginia BFI. The Company provides a full range of commercial banking, consumer banking, mortgage and services through the Bank. The Bank has one wholly owned subsidiary, CB&T Investment Company (the “Investment Company”). Our market coverage is primarily in Virginia, North Carolina and South Carolina, including Blacksburg, Charlottesville, Danville, Fredericksburg, Lynchburg, Martinsville, and Roanoke in Virginia, and Charlotte, Greensboro, Mooresville, Raleigh, and Winston-Salem in North Carolina, as well as Greenville, South Carolina. The Company provides a full range of financial services with retail and commercial banking products and insurance. Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates: The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”). In preparing these financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions based on available information that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the dates of the balance sheets, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses for the periods presented. These estimates and assumptions are inherently subject to change and involve judgments regarding matters that are uncertain. Factors that could affect management’s judgments include, but are not limited to, changes in interest rates, economic conditions, and the financial condition and performance of borrowers and counterparties. Because of these uncertainties, actual results could differ materially from those estimates. The Company’s significant accounting policies are described below. Principles of Consolidation: The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Carter Bankshares, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary. The Investment Company is a subsidiary of the Bank. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Reclassification: Amounts in prior years’ financial statements and footnotes are reclassified whenever necessary to conform to the current year’s presentation. Reclassifications had no material effect on prior year net income or shareholders’ equity. Operating Segments: The chief operating decision-makers of our operating segments monitor the revenue streams of the various products and services, operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a Company-wide basis, and operating segments are aggregated into one as operating results for all segments are similar. Accordingly, all of the financial service operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment. Cash and Cash Equivalents: The Company considers all cash on hand, amounts due from banks and FRB excess reserves as cash equivalents for the purposes of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows with all items having original maturities fewer than 90 days. The FRB pays the target fed funds rate on the FRB excess reserves. Restrictions on Cash: Cash on hand or on deposit with the FRB is required to meet regulatory reserve and clearing requirements. Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments: Financial instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and financial standby and performance letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.

78 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Comprehensive Income: Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income includes unrealized gains on securities available-for-sale, net of tax. Securities: The Company classifies securities into either the held-to-maturity or available-for-sale categories at the time of purchase. All securities were classified as available-for-sale at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. Securities classified as available-for-sale include securities which can be sold for liquidity, investment management, or similar reasons even if there is not a present intention of such a sale. Available-for-sale securities are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains (losses), net of tax included in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of applicable taxes. Premium amortization is deducted from, and discount accretion is added to, interest income on securities using the level yield method without anticipating prepayments, except for mortgage-backed securities where prepayments are anticipated. Gains and losses are recognized upon the sale of specific identified securities on the completed trade date. Management evaluates debt securities for impairment on at least a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation. In determining impairment, management considers many factors, including: (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (3) whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and (4) whether the Company has the intent to sell the debt security or more likely than not will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. The assessment of whether an impairment decline exists involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and is based on the information available to management at a point in time. When an impairment occurs, the amount of impairment recognized in earnings depends on whether an entity intends to sell the security or it is more likely than not it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, less any current-period credit loss. If an entity intends to sell or it is more likely than not it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, less any current-period credit loss, the impairment shall be recognized in net income equal to the entire difference between the investment’s amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. If an entity does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period loss, the impairment shall be separated into the amount representing the credit loss and the amount related to all other factors. Credit-related impairment is recognized as an allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) on the Consolidated Balance Sheets with a corresponding adjustment to (recovery) provision for credit losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Both the allowance and the adjustment to net income can be reversed if conditions change. Equity Securities: Equity securities consist of our investment in a market-rate bond mutual fund that invests in high quality fixed income bonds, mainly government agency securities whose proceeds are designed to positively impact community development throughout the United States. The mutual fund focuses exclusively on providing affordable housing to low and moderate income borrowers and renters, including those in Majority Minority Census Tracts. The Company’s investment in the mutual fund is eligible for investment credit under the Community Reinvestment Act. Equity securities are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value reported within other noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Equity securities without readily determinable fair values are carried at cost, minus impairment, if any, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or similar investment. Loans Held-for-Sale: Loans held-for-sale arise primarily from two sources. First, the Company purchases residential mortgage loans on a short-term basis from a partner financial institution that have fully executed sales commitments with end investors. Second, the Company originates residential mortgage loans for which forward sales commitments have been obtained and the loans are expected to be sold shortly after closing. Mortgage loans from both are typically held for approximately two weeks until settlement with the investor. Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. Gains and losses on the sale of mortgage loans are determined using the specific identification method and are recognized in other noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. From time to time, certain loans are transferred from the loan portfolio to loans held-for-sale. Upon transfer, if the loan’s fair value is less than its carrying amount, the difference is recorded as a charge-off against the ACL. Any subsequent declines in fair value are recognized through net income. Unamortized deferred fees, costs, premiums, and

79 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Form 10-K discounts are included in the loan’s cost basis at the time of sale. Gains and losses on sales of loans held-for-sale are included in other noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Loans: Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at the principal balance outstanding, net of deferred loan fees and costs, discounts or premiums, and the ACL. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment to interest income over the contractual life of the loan using the level-yield method without anticipating prepayments. Loans are subject to individual evaluation when they are nonperforming, have been modified for borrowers experiencing financial difficulty, or otherwise meet established internal thresholds, including loans with commitments of $1.0 million or greater, as well as loans identified at management’s discretion based on credit risk characteristics. Loans, including individually evaluated loans (“IELs”), are generally placed on nonaccrual status when they become past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest based on contractual terms, unless the loan is both well-secured and in the process of collection. A loan is also generally placed on nonaccrual status if it is classified as doubtful or partially charged-off or when full repayment of principal or interest is not expected, regardless of delinquency status. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, any accrued but uncollected interest is reversed against interest income. Thereafter, interest income is recognized only to the extent cash payments are received and the collection of principal is not in doubt. When collection of the recorded investment in the loan is doubtful, cash receipts are applied as a reduction of principal. Payments received on nonaccrual loans are generally applied in the following order: (i) principal, (ii) recoveries of previously charged-off amounts, (iii) interest, and (iv) any outstanding fees owed to the Company. Loans may be returned to accrual status when all principal and interest contractually due are brought current, repayment of remaining contractual principal and interest is reasonably assured, and the borrower has demonstrated sustained repayment performance for a reasonable period, generally not less than six months. Allowance for Credit Losses: The ACL represents management’s estimate of expected credit losses over the life of the loan portfolio. The ACL includes an estimate of credit losses for pooled loans utilizing a Discounted Cash Flow (“DCF”) method. Reserves for pooled loans are estimated by calculating the amount by which the outstanding principal balance exceeds the current estimate of the present value of future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate. The ACL also includes an estimate of credit losses related to loans that are IELs. Generally, an IEL reserve is calculated as the excess of the loan’s current outstanding principal balance, or general ledger balance if the loan is in nonaccrual status, compared to the estimated fair value of the related collateral, less cost to sell, if any. Management reserves the right to utilize alternative methods for IELs. Our CECL model introduced a modified DCF methodology based on expected cash flow changes in the future for the Other segment. A population of the Other segment was not impaired under the probable incurred loss model and therefore not subject to a collateral dependent specific reserve analysis. For the population of the Other segment that was impaired under the incurred loss model, based on collateral values, the specific reserves totaled zero. The CECL model estimates default probabilities driven by economic metrics identified below that form the basis of the prepayment speeds and prepayment timing estimated in the DCF method. The CECL model also estimates losses based on default. The product of the probability of default and losses given default is the estimated expected loss. For more details, see Note 7 - Allowance for Credit Losses in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Allowance for Credit Losses Policy The Company’s methodology for estimating the ACL includes: Segmentation. The Company’s loan portfolio is segmented by homogeneous loan types that behave similarly to economic cycles.

80 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Specific Analysis. A specific reserve analysis is applied to certain IELs. These loans are evaluated quarterly generally based on collateral value, observable market value or the present value of expected future cash flows. A specific reserve is established if the fair value is less than the loan balance. A charge-off is recognized when the loss is quantifiable and confirmed. IELs not specifically analyzed receive a quantitative and qualitative analysis, as described below. Quantitative Analysis. The Company elected to use DCF. Economic forecasts include but are not limited to Unemployment, the Consumer Price Index, the Housing Price Index and Gross Domestic Product. These forecasts are assumed to revert to the long-term average and are utilized in the model to estimate the probability of default and loss given default through regression. Model assumptions include, but are not limited to the discount rate, prepayments and curtailments. The product of the probability of default and the loss given default is the estimated loss rate, which varies over time. The estimated loss rate is applied within the appropriate periods in the cash flow model to determine the net present value. Net present value is also impacted by assumptions related to the duration between default and recovery. The reserve is based on the difference between the summation of the principal balances taking amortized costs into consideration and the summation of the net present values. Qualitative Analysis. Based on management’s review and analysis of internal, external and model risks, management may adjust the model output. Management reviews the peaks and troughs of the model’s calibration, taking into account economic forecasts to develop guardrails that serve as the basis for determining the reasonableness of the model’s output and makes adjustments as necessary. This process challenges unexpected variability resulting from outputs beyond the model’s calibration that appear to be unreasonable. Additionally, management may adjust the economic forecast if it is incompatible with known market conditions based on management’s experience and perspective. “Other” Segmented Pool CECL provides for the flexibility to model loans differently compared to the prior model. With the adoption of CECL, management elected to evaluate certain loans based on shared but unique risk attributes. The loans included in the Other segment of the model were underwritten and approved based on standards that are inconsistent with our current underwriting standards. As these loans are not collateral dependent, management elected to use a modified DCF method. The modifications to DCF include assumptions with respect to the timing of cash flows and the utilization of a discount rate reflective of the inherent risk of the loans in the Other segment. A substantial change in these assumptions could cause a significant impact to the model causing volatility. Management reviews the model output for appropriateness and subjectively makes adjustments as needed. Charge-off Policy Our charge-off policy for loans requires that loans and other obligations that are not collectible be promptly charged- off when the loss becomes probable, regardless of the delinquency status of the loan. The Company may elect to recognize a partial charge-off when management has determined that the value of collateral is less than the remaining investment in the loan. A loan or obligation does not need to be charged-off, regardless of delinquency status, if (i) management has determined there exists sufficient collateral to protect the remaining loan balance and (ii) there exists a strategy to liquidate the collateral. Management may also consider a number of other factors to determine when a charge-off is appropriate. These factors may include, but are not limited to: • The status of a bankruptcy proceeding • The value of collateral and probability of successful liquidation; and/or • The status of adverse proceedings or litigation that may result in collection Consumer unsecured loans and secured loans are evaluated for charge-off after the loan becomes 90 days past due. Unsecured loans are fully charged-off and secured loans are charged-off to the estimated fair value of the collateral less the cost to sell. Closed-end installment loans, amortizing loans secured by real estate and any other loans with payments scheduled monthly are reported past due when the borrower is in arrears two or more monthly payments. Other multi-payment obligations with payments scheduled other than monthly are reported past due when one scheduled payment is due and unpaid for 30 days or more. We monitor delinquency on a monthly basis, including early stage delinquencies of 30 to 89 days past due for early identification of potential problem loans.

81 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Form 10-K Refer to the “Credit Quality” and the “Allowance for Credit Losses” sections in the MD&A and Note 7, Allowance for Credit Losses, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more details. Loan Restructurings: The Company evaluates all loan restructurings according to the accounting guidance for loan modifications to determine if the restructuring results in a new loan or a continuation of the existing loan. Loan modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty that result in a direct change in the timing or amount of contractual cash flows include situations where there is principal forgiveness, interest rate reductions, other-than- insignificant payment delays, term extensions, accelerated maturity date, and combinations of the listed modifications. Management strives to identify borrowers in financial difficulty early and work with them to modify their loan to more affordable terms before their loan reaches nonaccrual status, foreclosure or repossession of the collateral to minimize economic loss to the Company. Concentration of Credit Risk: The majority of the Company’s loans, commitments and lines of credit have been granted to customers in the Company’s market area. The concentrations of credit by loan classification are set forth in Note 6 - Loans and Loans Held-for-Sale, in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Advertising Costs: We expense all marketing-related costs, including advertising costs, as incurred. Advertising expense was $3.2 million, $2.5 million, and $1.7 million for the years ended 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively. Bank Owned Life Insurance: The Company has purchased life insurance policies on certain executive officers and associates. The Company receives the cash surrender value of each policy upon its termination or benefits are payable to the Company upon the death of the insured. Changes in net cash surrender value are recognized in noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Bank Premises and Equipment: Bank premises and equipment acquired are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is charged to occupancy, net over the estimated useful life of the assets by the straight-line method. Land is carried at cost. Costs of maintenance or repairs are charged to expense as incurred and improvements are capitalized. Upon retirement or disposal of an asset, the asset and related depreciation are eliminated. Any gain or loss on such transactions is included in noninterest expense. Depreciation expense is included in the Consolidated Statements of Income totaling $7.9 million in 2025, $7.1 million in 2024, and $6.2 million in 2023. The estimated useful life for bank premises ranges from 5 to 40 years and equipment depreciates over a 5 to 10-year period. Land and Land Improvements Non-depreciating assets Buildings 25 years - 40 years Furniture and Fixtures 5 years Computer Equipment and Software 5 years or term of license Other Equipment 5 years Vehicles 5 years Leasehold Improvements Lesser of estimated useful life of the asset (generally 15 years unless established otherwise) or the remaining term of the lease, including renewal options in the lease that are reasonably assured of exercise Leases: Operating and finance leases are recorded as a right of use (“ROU”) asset and operating lease liability, included in other assets and other liabilities, respectively. Operating and finance lease ROU assets represent the right to use an underlying asset during the lease term and operating and finance lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized at lease commencement based on the present value of the remaining lease payments using a discount rate that represents our incremental borrowing rate at the lease commencement date. Operating lease expense, which is comprised of amortization of the ROU asset and the implicit interest accreted on the operating lease liability, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term, and is recorded primarily in occupancy, net in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Finance lease expense is comprised of interest expense and amortization of the ROU asset, which are recorded in interest on other borrowings and other expense, respectively, in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) Stock: The Bank is a member of the FHLB. Members are required to own a certain amount of stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors such as asset base. FHLB stock is carried at cost, classified as a restricted stock and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value. Cash dividends are reported as dividend income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

82 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) Stock: The Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System. Members are required to own a certain amount of stock in the applicable regional Federal Reserve Bank based on combined capital and surplus. FRB stock is carried at cost, classified as a restricted stock and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value. Cash dividends are reported as dividend income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Earnings per Common Share: Basic earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding less average participating shares during the period. All outstanding unvested restricted stock awards are considered participating shares for the earnings per common share calculation. Diluted earnings per common share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in the earnings of the entity. Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”): Real estate properties acquired through or in lieu of loan foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value less estimated selling cost at the date of foreclosure, which establishes a new cost basis. Any write-downs based on the asset’s fair value at the date of acquisition are charged to the ACL. After foreclosure, these assets are carried at the lower of their new cost basis or fair value less cost to sell. In addition, any retail branch locations closed for branch operations and marketed for sale are also moved to OREO from bank premises and equipment, net. This real estate is initially valued based on recent comparative market values received from a real estate broker and any necessary write-downs are charged to net income. Costs of significant property improvements are capitalized, whereas costs relating to holding property are expensed. Valuations are periodically performed by management, and any write-downs are recorded as a charge to net income, if necessary, to reduce the carrying value of a property to the lower of its carrying value or fair value less cost to sell. OREO assets are revalued every 12 months, or more frequently when deemed necessary by management based upon changes in market or collateral conditions. For smaller OREO assets with existing carrying values less than $0.5 million, management may elect to re-value the assets, at minimum, once every 24 months based on the size of the exposure. Operating costs after acquisition are expensed. Income Taxes: Income tax expense represents the sum of current income taxes payable or refundable for the period and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities, including change in any valuation allowance. The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis, as well as operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in management’s judgment, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax laws and rates expected to apply in the periods in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse, and the effects of changes in tax laws or rates are recognized in income in the period of enactment. When tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some positions taken would be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, while others are subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount of the position that would be ultimately sustained. The Company recognizes the financial statement effects of uncertain tax positions when, based on all available evidence, management concludes that it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. Tax positions are evaluated individually and are not offset or aggregated with other positions. Tax positions that meet the more likely than not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority. The portion of the benefits that do not meet this measurement threshold is recorded as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are recognized as a component of income tax provision in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Tax Credit Investments: The Company is a limited partner in certain tax-advantaged limited partnerships formed to invest in approved new markets and historic rehabilitation projects. These investments are included in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and generate returns primarily through the realization of federal income tax credits, as well as other tax benefits, including tax deductions and losses, over the life of the investment.

83 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Form 10-K During 2023, the Company adopted the proportional amortization method of accounting for all qualifying tax credit investments. Under this method, the cost of the investment is amortized in proportion to the income tax credits and other income tax benefits received, with the amortization and the associated tax benefits presented as a component of income tax expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income. These investments continue to be evaluated for impairment at the end of each reporting period. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets: Goodwill is the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized. Intangible assets represent purchased assets that also lack physical substance, but can be separately distinguished from goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights or because the asset is capable of being sold or exchanged either on its own or in combination with a related contract, asset or liability. Intangible assets with determinable useful lives, such as core deposits, are amortized on an accelerated basis over their estimated useful lives. The Company performs an annual review for impairment in the recorded value of goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets. Goodwill is tested for impairment between the annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that more than likely reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. An indefinite-lived intangible asset is tested for impairment between the annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change indicating that the asset might be impaired. Transfer of Financial Assets: Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control is considered to be surrendered when all of the following conditions are met: (1) the transferred assets have been isolated from the Company, including through bankruptcy or other receivership; (2) the transferee has the right to pledge or exchange the transferred assets without conditions that constrain its ability to take advantage of that right; and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase the assets before their maturity or through the ability to unilaterally cause the transferee to return specific assets. Retirement Benefits: The Company maintains an employee benefit plan, as described in Note 16 - Employee Benefit Plans, to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company does not provide any other post-retirement benefits. Allowance for Unfunded Commitments: In the normal course of business, the Company enters into off-balance sheet credit arrangements to meet the financing needs of its customers. These arrangements include loan commitments and standby and performance letters of credit and expose the Company to credit and, to a lesser extent interest rate risk in excess of amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company’s exposure to credit risk in the event of nonperformance by the customer is generally limited to the contractual amount of the commitment, net of the value of any related collateral. The Company applies the same credit underwriting and risk management policies to unfunded commitments and letters of credit as those used for portfolio loans. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates, annual renewal provisions, and other termination clauses, which may require the payment of a fee. Because many commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the contractual commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future funding requirements. The ACL on off-balance sheet credit exposures is estimated by loan segment at each balance sheet date under the current expected credit loss model. The estimate incorporates the likelihood that funding will occur and utilizes methodologies consistent with those applied to portfolio loans. The allowance for unfunded commitments is included in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Stock-Based Compensation: The Company issues stock based compensation awards, including restricted stock to executive officers, associates, and non-employee directors, and performance units to executive officers. Compensation expense for restricted stock awards is based on the fair value of the awards at the grant date and are recorded in salaries and employee benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Income. For awards granted prior to September 1, 2023, fair value was determined based on the Company’s stock price on the grant date. Beginning September 1, 2023, the Company utilizes a 90-day trading look back period to estimate the average stock price used in determining grant date fair value in order to mitigate the effects of short-term stock price volatility.

84 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Compensation cost is recognized over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. For awards with graded vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. The Company recognizes forfeitures as they occur. For performance units, compensation expense, which are recorded in salaries and employee benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Income is based on the grant date fair value adjusted for the probability of achieving the specified performance conditions. Management evaluates the probability of achieving performance goals on a quarterly basis and adjusts compensation expense accordingly. Performance units vest on the third anniversary of the grant date, and any vested units are settled in shares of the Company’s common stock. Loss Contingencies: As disclosed in Note 20 - Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company and its subsidiaries are involved in various legal proceedings incidental to their business in the ordinary course, and the disclosure set forth in Note 20 relating to certain legal matters is incorporated by reference. Fair Value Measurements The Company uses fair value measurements when recording and disclosing certain financial assets and liabilities. Securities available-for-sale, equity securities, loans and derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, the Company may be required to record other assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, such as loans held-for-sale, IELs, OREO, and certain other assets. Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. An orderly transaction is a transaction that assumes exposure to the market for a period prior to the measurement date to allow for marketing activities that are usual and customary for transactions involving such assets or liabilities; it is not a forced transaction. In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches, including market, income and cost approaches. The fair value standard establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability, which are developed based on market data the Company has obtained from independent sources. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability, which are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair values: Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that an entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date, or observable inputs. Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, and other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data. Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect an entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company recognizes transfers between any of the fair value hierarchy levels at the end of the reporting period in which the transfer occurred. The following are descriptions of the valuation methodologies that the Company uses for financial instruments recorded at fair value on either a recurring or nonrecurring basis. Recurring Basis Securities Available-for-Sale: The fair values of securities available-for-sale are determined by obtaining quoted prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges, if available. This valuation method is classified as Level 1 in the

85 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Form 10-K fair value hierarchy. For securities where quoted prices are not available, fair values are calculated on market prices of similar securities, or matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique, used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities. Matrix pricing relies on the securities’ relationship to similarly traded securities, benchmark curves, and the benchmarking of like securities. Matrix pricing utilizes observable market inputs such as benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers, reference data, and industry and economic events. In instances where broker quotes are used, these quotes are obtained from market makers or broker-dealers recognized to be market participants. This valuation method is classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. For securities where quoted prices or market prices of similar securities are not available, fair values are calculated using DCF or other market indicators. This valuation method is classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Equity Securities: The fair values of equity securities are determined by obtaining quoted prices on nationally recognized or foreign securities exchanges, if available. This valuation method is classified as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, Level 1 fair values are available for each of the Company’s equity securities. Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities: The Company uses derivative instruments such as interest rate swaps for commercial loans with our customers. Upon entering into swaps with the borrower, the Company entered into offsetting positions with counterparties to minimize risk to the Company. The back-to-back swaps qualify as derivatives, but are not designated as hedging instruments. Interest rate swap contracts involve the risk of dealing with borrower and counterparties and their ability to meet contractual terms. The Company calculates the fair value for derivatives using accepted valuation techniques, including DCF analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative. Each valuation considers the contractual terms of the derivative, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, such as interest rate curves and implied volatilities. When the fair value of a derivative instrument contract is positive, this generally indicates that the counterparty or customer owes the Company, and results in credit risk to the Company. When the fair value of a derivative instrument contract is negative, the Company owes the customer or counterparty, and, therefore, has no risk. Accordingly, interest rate swaps for commercial loans are classified as Level 2. The Company also uses pay-fixed/receive-floating interest rate swaps (the “Pay-Fixed Swap Agreements”). The Pay- Fixed Swap Agreements were designated as fair value hedges in order to hedge the risk of changes in the fair value of the fixed rate loans included in the amortizing single family mortgages and commercial real estate (“CRE”) loans. These fair value hedges were utilized to convert the hedged loans from a fixed rate to a synthetic floating Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”). As long as a hedging instrument is designated and the results of the effectiveness testing support that the instrument qualifies for hedge accounting treatment, 100% of the periodic changes in fair value of the hedging instrument are accounted for in net interest income. The fair value of the remaining hedge is recorded in either other assets or in other liabilities depending on the position of the hedge, and the offset is recorded in loans. This is the case whether or not economic mismatches exist in the hedging relationship. As a result, there is no periodic measurement or recognition of ineffectiveness. Rather, the full impact of hedge gains and losses is recognized in the period in which the hedged transactions impact earnings. These hedges were determined to be effective during all periods presented. The Company also enters into commitments to originate mortgage loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding (rate lock commitments). Rate lock commitments on mortgage loans to be held-for-sale are considered to be derivatives. The period of time between issuance of a loan commitment and closing and sale of the loan generally ranges from 15 to 90 days. The Company protects itself from changes in interest rates through the use of best efforts forward delivery commitments, whereby the Company commits to sell a loan at the time the borrower commits to an interest rate with the intent that the buyer has assumed interest rate risk on rate lock commitments due to changes in interest rates. Nonrecurring Basis Individually Evaluated Loans: IELs with commitments of $1.0 million or greater and/or based on management’s discretion are evaluated for potential specific reserves and adjusted, if a shortfall exists, to fair value less costs to sell. Fair value is measured based on the value of the underlying collateral securing the loan if repayment is expected solely

86 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) from the sale or operation of the collateral or present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the loan’s contractual interest rate if the loan is not determined to be collateral dependent. All loans with a specific reserve are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Fair value for IELs is determined using several methods. Generally, the fair value of real estate is determined based on appraisals by qualified licensed appraisers. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. These routine adjustments are made to adjust the value of a specific property relative to comparable properties for variations in qualities such as location, size, and income production capacity relative to the subject property of the appraisal. Such adjustments are typically significant and result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value. Subsequent to the initial impairment date, existing IELs are reevaluated quarterly for additional impairment and adjustments to fair value less costs to sell are made, where appropriate. For IELs, the first stage of our impairment analysis involves inspection of the property in question to affirm the condition has not deteriorated since the previous impairment analysis date. Management also engages in conversations with local real estate professionals and market participants to determine the likely marketing time and value range for the property. The second stage involves an assessment of current trends in the regional market. After thorough consideration of these factors, management will order a new appraisal. For non-individually evaluated loans, the fair value is determined by updating the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate to reflect the payment schedule for the remaining life of the loan. OREO is evaluated at the time of acquisition and is recorded at fair value as determined by an appraisal or evaluation, less costs to sell. After acquisition, most OREO assets are revalued every twelve months, or more frequently when deemed necessary by management based upon changes in market or collateral conditions. For smaller OREO assets with existing carrying values less than $0.5 million, management may elect to re-value the assets, at minimum, once every twenty-four months based on the size of the exposure. Fair value, when recorded, is generally based upon appraisals by approved, independent state certified appraisers. Appraisals on OREO may be discounted based on our historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of appraisal or other information available to us. OREO and other repossessed assets marked to fair value are classified as Level 3. At December 31, 2025, OREO assets were in compliance with the OREO policy as set forth above, and substantially all of the assets were listed for sale with credible third-party real estate brokers. Financial Instruments In addition to financial instruments recorded at fair value in our financial statements, fair value accounting guidance requires disclosure of the fair value of all of an entity’s assets and liabilities that are considered financial instruments. The majority of our assets and liabilities are considered financial instruments. Many of these instruments lack an available trading market as characterized by a willing buyer and willing seller engaged in an exchange transaction. Also, it is our general practice and intent to hold our financial instruments to maturity and to not engage in trading or sales activities with respect to such financial instruments. For fair value disclosure purposes, the Company substantially utilizes the fair value measurement criteria as required and explained above. In cases where quoted fair values are not available, it uses present value methods to determine the fair value of its financial instruments. Recent Accounting Pronouncements and Developments Newly Adopted Pronouncements in 2025 In November 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which enhances the transparency and consistency of income tax disclosures. The Company adopted the provisions of ASU 2023-09 using the retrospective method, and prior-period disclosures have been updated to conform to the new requirements. The adoption of this guidance impacted disclosure requirements only and did not have a material effect on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements, Results of Operations, or Cash Flows. See Note 18, Federal and State Income Taxes.

87 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Form 10-K Accounting Statements Issued but Not Yet Adopted ASU 2024-04 – Debt — Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) Induced Conversions of Convertible Debt Instruments Accounting Standards Update 2024-04 “Debt - Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20)” (“ASU 2024-04”) clarifies wither the settlement of convertible debt, including debt containing cash conversion features at terms that are different from the terms included in the existing debt instrument, should be accounted for as an induced conversion or a debt extinguishment. Updates permit an entity to apply the new guidance on either a prospective or a retrospective basis. ASU 2024-04 is effective for public business entities January 1, 2026 and is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. ASU 2025-01 & 2024-03 – Income Statement — Reporting Comprehensive Income –Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40) In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, “Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income— Expense Disaggregation Disclosures” (“ASU 2024-03”). The amendments in ASU 2024-03 improve financial reporting by requiring that public business entities disclose additional information about specific expense categories in the notes to the financial statements at interim and annual reporting periods. This information is generally not presented in the financial statements today. In January 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-01, “Income Statement — Reporting Comprehensive Income – Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40).” ASU 2025-01 amends the effective date of ASU 2024-03 to clarify that all public business entities are required to adopt the guidance in annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this pronouncement is not expected to have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements, but is expected to result in additional disclosures and potential changes to the line items on the Consolidated Statement of Income. NOTE 2 – BUSINESS COMBINATIONS Acquisitions On May 23, 2025, Carter Bankshares, Inc. the holding company for Carter Bank (“the Bank”) completed the acquisition of two leased branch facilities and the deposits associated therewith, located in Mooresville, North Carolina and Winston-Salem, North Carolina from First Reliance Bankshares, Inc., the holding company for First Reliance Bank (the “Branch Purchase”). The Branch Purchase included approximately $57 thousand in premises and equipment, $517 thousand in cash and other assets, as well as approximately $55.9 million in deposits. The Branch Purchase did not include any loans. This expansion is part of our strategy to expand our footprint in growth markets throughout North Carolina. The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and consideration transferred in connection with the acquisition: (Dollars in Thousands) December 31, 2025 Total Cash Received From Seller $ 53,077 Fair Value of Total Cash Received From Seller $ 53,077 Recognized Amounts of Identifiable Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed: Cash and Cash Equivalents $ 496 Premises and Equipment 57 Core Deposit Intangible 1,101 Accrued Interest Receivable and Other Assets 21 Total Assets Acquired 1,675 Deposits 55,945 Total Liabilities Assumed 55,945 Net Identifiable Assets / (Liabilities) (54,270) Goodwill Recognized 1,193 $ (53,077)

88 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Acquired Deposits The fair values of core deposits, such as noninterest and interest-bearing transaction accounts, savings and money market accounts approximated their carrying value at the acquisition date. For certificates of deposit, the fair values were estimated based on DCFs, using interest rates that were being offered at the time of acquisition compared to the contractual interest rates. Core Deposit Intangible The Company believes that the customer relationships with the deposits acquired have an intangible value. In connection with the acquisition, the Company recorded a core deposit intangible asset of $1.1 million, with a carrying value of $0.9 million as of December 31, 2025. The core deposit intangible asset represents the value that the Bank’s core deposits had with their deposit customers. The fair value was estimated based on a DCF methodology based on assumptions that considered the type of deposit, deposit retention and the cost of the deposit base. The core deposit intangible is being amortized over ten years on an accelerated basis. Goodwill Goodwill represents the excess of consideration transferred over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed and reflects expected operation synergies and other factors. Goodwill of $1.2 million was recorded in connection with the acquisition. Because the transaction was structured as an asset acquisition for tax purposes, the goodwill recognized is deductible for federal income tax purposes and will be amortized over 15 years in accordance with applicable tax regulations. The Bank will monitor valuation inputs for up to one year after the acquisition date in accordance with GAAP. Adjustments to provisional amounts will be recorded if new information becomes available about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date. Merger Related Costs During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company incurred $419 thousand of merger-related costs in connection with the Branch Purchase, primarily for professional fees. These expenses are recorded in professional and legal fees on the Consolidated Statements of Income. NOTE 3 – EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE Basic earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net income allocated to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding, less average participating shares during the period. Diluted earnings per common share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in the earnings of the entity. The following table reconciles the numerators and denominators of basic and diluted earnings per common share calculations for the periods presented: Years ended December 31, (Dollars in Thousands, except share and per share data) 2025 2024 2023 Numerator for Earnings per Common Share – Basic and Diluted Net Income $ 31,362 $ 24,523 $ 23,384 Less: Income allocated to participating shares 361 248 197 Net Income Allocated to Common Shareholders - Basic & Diluted $ 31,001 $ 24,275 $ 23,187 Denominator: Weighted Average Shares Outstanding, including Shares Considered Participating Securities 22,718,202 23,050,444 23,438,413 Less: Average Participating Securities 261,497 233,295 197,870 Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding - Basic & Diluted 22,456,705 22,817,149 23,240,543 Earnings per Common Share – Basic $ 1.38 $ 1.06 $ 1.00 Earnings per Common Share – Diluted $ 1.38 $ 1.06 $ 1.00

89 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Form 10-K NOTE 4 - RESTRICTIONS ON CASH AND DUE FROM BANK ACCOUNTS The Board of Governors of the FRB imposes certain reserve requirements on all depository institutions. These reserves are maintained in the form of vault cash or as an interest-bearing balance with the FRB. The Company had no required reserves for 2025, 2024 and 2023. NOTE 5 - INVESTMENT SECURITIES The following tables present the amortized cost and fair value of available-for-sale securities as of the dates presented: December 31, 2025 (Dollars in Thousands) Amortized Cost Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized Losses Fair Value U.S. Government Agency Securities $ 19,796 $ 17 $ (438) $ 19,375 Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities 83,918 49 (7,194) 76,773 Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities 25,438 105 (421) 25,122 Other Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities 25,297 88 (1,131) 24,254 Asset Backed Securities 100,643 10 (5,856) 94,797 Collateralized Mortgage Obligations 168,749 176 (7,105) 161,820 States and Political Subdivisions 262,275 — (28,051) 234,224 Corporate Notes 59,250 — (4,003) 55,247 Total $ 745,366 $ 445 $ (54,199) $ 691,612 December 31, 2024 (Dollars in Thousands) Amortized Cost Gross Unrealized Gains Gross Unrealized Losses Fair Value U.S. Government Agency Securities $ 27,634 $ 36 $ (720) $ 26,950 Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities 106,593 3 (10,443) 96,153 Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities 22,233 30 (676) 21,587 Other Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities 24,064 — (2,094) 21,970 Asset Backed Securities 127,978 14 (9,471) 118,521 Collateralized Mortgage Obligations 158,610 8 (10,030) 148,588 States and Political Subdivisions 262,879 — (41,698) 221,181 Corporate Notes 70,750 — (7,300) 63,450 Total $ 800,741 $ 91 $ (82,432) $ 718,400 The Company did not have securities classified as held-to-maturity at December 31, 2025 or December 31, 2024. The following table shows the composition of gross and net realized gains and losses for the periods presented: Years ended December 31, (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Proceeds from Sales of Securities Available-for-Sale $ 19,010 $ 17,953 $ 43,323 Gross Realized Gains $ 64 $ 68 $ 129 Gross Realized Losses ( 18) — (1,650) Net Realized Gains (Losses) $ 46 $ 68 $ (1,521) Tax Impact $ 10 $ 14 $ (319) Gains or losses on the sale of securities are recognized in earnings on the trade date based on the amortized cost of the specific security sold. The related net gains or losses reflect reclassification adjustments included in the calculation of Other Comprehensive Income. Net realized gains (losses) are reported in noninterest income as gains (losses) on sales of securities, net, in the Consolidated Statements of Income, with the related tax impact included in income tax provision in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

90 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) The amortized cost and fair value of available-for-sale debt securities are shown below by contractual maturity at the date presented. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities if borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Securities not due at a single maturity date are shown separately. December 31, 2025 (Dollars in Thousands) Amortized Cost Fair Value Due in One Year or Less $ 750 $ 742 Due after One Year through Five Years 62,621 59,392 Due after Five Years through Ten Years 266,071 238,176 Due after Ten Years 11,879 10,536 Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities 83,918 76,773 Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities 25,438 25,122 Other Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities 25,297 24,254 Collateralized Mortgage Obligations 168,749 161,820 Asset Backed Securities 100,643 94,797 Total $ 745,366 $ 691,612 At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company held no securities of any single issuer, other than securities issued by or collateralized by the U.S. Government and its Agencies, in amounts exceeding 10% of shareholders’ equity. The carrying value of securities pledged to meet various regulatory and legal requirements was $289.4 million at December 31, 2025, compared to $300.1 million at December 31, 2024. Available-for-sale securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, aggregated by investment category and length of time the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, were as follows: December 31, 2025 Less Than 12 Months 12 Months or More Total (Dollars in Thousands) Number of Securities Fair Value Unrealized Losses Number of Securities Fair Value Unrealized Losses Number of Securities Fair Value Unrealized Losses U.S. Government Agency Securities 4 $ 2,593 $ ( 4) 27 $ 14,222 $ (434) 31 $ 16,815 $ (438) Residential Mortgage- Backed Securities 1 2,866 ( 1) 28 61,655 (7,193) 29 64,521 (7,194) Commercial Mortgage- Backed Securities 9 5,101 ( 22) 36 10,410 (399) 45 15,511 (421) Other Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities — — — 7 17,363 (1,131) 7 17,363 (1,131) Asset Backed Securities 1 1,048 ( 8) 27 77,739 (5,848) 28 78,787 (5,856) Collateralized Mortgage Obligations 11 13,021 ( 24) 65 119,595 (7,081) 76 132,616 (7,105) States and Political Subdivisions 6 6,643 (672) 150 227,581 (27,379) 156 234,224 (28,051) Corporate Notes — — — 17 55,247 (4,003) 17 55,247 (4,003) Total Debt Securities 32 $ 31,272 $ (731) 357 $ 583,812 $ (53,468) 389 $ 615,084 $ (54,199)

91 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Form 10-K December 31, 2024 Less Than 12 Months 12 Months or More Total (Dollars in Thousands) Number of Securities Fair Value Unrealized Losses Number of Securities Fair Value Unrealized Losses Number of Securities Fair Value Unrealized Losses U.S. Government Agency Securities 12 $ 6,574 $ (60) 18 $ 14,558 $ (660) 30 $ 21,132 $ (720) Residential Mortgage- Backed Securities 1 7 — 40 95,326 (10,443) 41 95,333 (10,443) Commercial Mortgage- Backed Securities 10 2,743 (8) 42 13,780 (668) 52 16,523 (676) Other Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities — — — 8 21,970 (2,094) 8 21,970 (2,094) Asset Backed Securities 1 1,176 ( 5) 27 76,333 (9,466) 28 77,509 (9,471) Collateralized Mortgage Obligations 2 2,339 ( 2) 74 132,902 (10,028) 76 135,241 (10,030) States and Political Subdivisions — — — 153 221,181 (41,698) 153 221,181 (41,698) Corporate Notes — — — 21 63,450 (7,300) 21 63,450 (7,300) Total Debt Securities 26 $ 12,839 $ ( 75) 383 $ 639,500 $ (82,357) 409 $ 652,339 $ (82,432) The Company did not record an ACL, on its investment securities during the years ended December 31, 2025 or December 31, 2024, as no credit related impairment was identified. The Company regularly evaluates debt securities for expected credit losses using qualitative and quantitative factors, as appropriate, based on the composition of the portfolio at each reporting date. As of December 31, 2025, management does not intend to sell any security in an unrealized loss position and it is not more than likely that the Company will be required to sell such securities before recovery of the amortized cost basis. Unrealized losses on debt securities were primarily attributable to changes in interest rates, credit spread fluctuations, general financial market uncertainty, and market volatility, rather than deterioration in credit quality. These conditions are not expected to affect the Company’s ability to collect contractual principal and interest, and the fair value of the securities is expected to recover as the securities approach maturity or repricing dates. While the Company may periodically sell securities to take advantage of market opportunities or as part of strategic initiatives, management concluded that the unrealized losses presented in the table above were not credit related and, accordingly, no ACL was recorded on investment securities. If any impairment were to become credit related, the Company would recognize an ACL through (recovery) provision for credit losses in the period identified, with any non-credit related impairment recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of applicable taxes. Equity Securities During 2024, the Company purchased $10.0 million of equity securities, which are reported separately as “equity securities” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. These securities consist of an investment in a market-rate, NASDAQ listed mutual fund that invests primarily in high quality fixed income securities, principally government agency obligations, with proceeds intended to support community development initiatives throughout the United States. The fund is designed to support community development initiatives throughout the United States, with a primary focus on expanding access to affordable housing for low and moderate income borrowers and renters, including those located in majority-minority census tracts. Although the fund invests on a national basis, individual bond investments are designated to the Company and aligned with its geographic footprint. The Company’s investment in this mutual fund qualifies for consideration under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) and supports the Company’s ongoing commitment to community development activities. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company recognized an unrealized fair value gain of $0.3 million on these equity securities, compared to an unrealized fair value gain of $41 thousand during the year ended December 31, 2024. Unrealized gains on equity securities are recorded in Other Noninterest Income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

92 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS NOTE 6 – LOANS AND LOANS HELD-FOR-SALE The composition of the loan portfolio by dollar amount is shown in the table below: December 31, (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 Commercial Commercial Real Estate $ 2,114,314 $ 1,869,831 Commercial and Industrial 231,921 230,483 Total Commercial Loans 2,346,235 2,100,314 Consumer Residential Mortgages 822,141 777,471 Other Consumer 28,416 28,908 Total Consumer Loans 850,557 806,379 Construction 465,613 462,930 Other 217,155 255,203 Total Portfolio Loans 3,879,560 3,624,826 Loans Held-for-Sale 339 — Total Loans $ 3,879,899 $ 3,624,826 We attempt to limit exposure to credit risk by diversifying the loan portfolio by segment, geography, collateral and industry, while actively monitoring and managing concentrations. When concentrations exist in certain loan segments, management seeks to mitigate this risk through ongoing review of relevant economic indicators, portfolio performance metrics, and internal risk rating trends specific to those segments. The Company has established transaction level, relationship level, and loan segment concentration limits within its loan policy. Commercial real estate loans are subject to a limit of 300% of total risk-based capital, with additional monitoring applied if growth exceeds 50% over the prior 36 month period. Construction loan balances are limited to 100% of total risk-based capital. In addition, individual investment real estate property types and purchase loan programs are subject to specific dollar limits based on management’s risk tolerance relative to capital levels. The loan policy also establishes targets for key underwriting criteria, including debt service coverage ratios, loan-to- value ratios, loan terms, amortization periods, and loan-to-cost limits for construction projects. While leverage is an important consideration, management places significant emphasis on cash flow generation and uses borrower stress testing to determine supportable loan amounts. Unsecured loans present a higher level of risk due to the absence of a defined secondary source of repayment. Accordingly, commercial unsecured lending is generally limited to high quality borrowers with well-established businesses, strong cash flow, and low financial and operating leverage. Repayment capacity for unsecured borrowers is expected to exceed policy guidelines applicable to secured loans. In addition, the Company strengthened underwriting standards for consumer unsecured lending by increasing minimum qualifying Fair Isaac Corporation (“FICO”) score requirements and reducing approved loan amounts for borrowers with lower credit scores, which contributed to a significant reduction in loss rate. Deferred loan costs, net of fees, included in loan portfolio balances totaled $14.5 million at December 31, 2025 and $8.8 million at December 31, 2024. Discounts on purchased 1-4 family loans included in portfolio balances totaled $73.2 thousand and $104.1 thousand at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. As of December 31, 2025 the Company had $339 thousand in loans held-for-sale and none as of December 31, 2024.

93 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Form 10-K Loan Restructurings A loan that is considered a restructured loan may be subject to the IEL analysis if the commitment is $1.0 million or greater and/or based on management’s discretion; otherwise, the restructured loan remains in the appropriate segment in the ACL model. For a discussion with respect to reserve calculations regarding IELs refer to the “Nonrecurring Basis” section in Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. For the three months ended December 31, 2025, the Company modified one construction loan to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty with a recorded investment of $0.7 million at the time of modification; the modification consisted of an accelerated maturity date, requiring full repayment by August 31, 2026 compared to the original maturity date of October 1, 2054. The loan was classified as accruing and had no reserve as of December 31, 2025. The financial effect of the modification was to shorten the repayment period by 28.11 years. For the three months ended December 31, 2024, the Company modified three loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty with a total recorded investment of $5.6 million at the time of the modifications. The modifications consisted of a payment delay on an accruing CRE loan totaling $4.5 million, a payment delay on an accruing C&I loan totaling $1.1 million, and a term extension/payment delay on a nonperforming C&I loan in the amount of $19 thousand. The following table shows the amortized cost basis as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 for the loans restructured during the twelve months ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty, disaggregated by portfolio segment: Restructured Loans Restructured Loans Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2025 Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2024 (Dollars in Thousands) Number of Contracts Amortized Cost Basis % of Total Class of Financing Receivable Number of Contracts Amortized Cost Basis % of Total Class of Financing Receivable Accruing Restructured Loans Commercial Real Estate — $ — —% 1 $ 4,516 0.24% Commercial and Industrial — — —% 1 1,053 0.46% Residential Mortgages — — —% — — —% Other Consumer — — —% — — —% Construction 2 6,062 1.30% — — —% Other — — —% — — —% Total Accruing Restructured Loans 2 $ 6,062 0.16% 2 $ 5,569 0.15% Nonaccrual Restructured Loans Commercial Real Estate — $ — —% 1 $ 419 0.02% Commercial and Industrial 2 915 0.39% 1 19 0.01% Residential Mortgages — — —% 1 2,053 0.26% Other Consumer — — —% — — —% Construction — — —% — — —% Other 8 214,020 98.56% 10 251,982 98.74% Total Nonaccrual Restructured Loans 10 $ 214,935 5.54% 13 $ 254,473 7.02% Total Restructured Loans 12 $ 220,997 5.70% 15 $ 260,042 7.17%

94 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) The Bank closely monitors the performance of the loans that are modified to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty to understand the effectiveness of its modification efforts. The following table depicts the performance of loans that have been modified during the years ended December 31: As of December 31, 2025 As of December 31, 2024 Payment Status (Amortized Cost Basis) Payment Status (Amortized Cost Basis) (Dollars in Thousands) Current 30-89 Days Past Due 90+ Days Past Due Total Current 30-89 Days Past Due 90+ Days Past Due Total Accruing Restructured Loans Commercial Real Estate $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 4,516 $ — $ — $ 4,516 Commercial and Industrial — — — — 1,053 — — 1,053 Residential Mortgages — — — — — — — — Other Consumer — — — — — — — — Construction 6,062 — — 6,062 — — — — Other — — — — — — — — Total Accruing Restructured Loans $ 6,062 $ — $ — $ 6,062 $ 5,569 $ — $ — $ 5,569 Nonaccrual Restructured Loans Commercial Real Estate $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 419 $ — $ — $ 419 Commercial and Industrial 915 — — 915 19 — — 19 Residential Mortgages — — — — 2,053 — — 2,053 Other Consumer — — — — — — — — Construction — — — — — — — — Other 214,020 — — 214,020 251,982 — — 251,982 Total Nonaccrual Restructured Loans $214,935 $ — $ — $214,935 $254,473 $ — $ — $254,473 Total Restructured Loans $220,997 $ — $ — $220,997 $260,042 $ — $ — $260,042 The following tables present the amortized cost of modified loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty by portfolio segment and type of modification during the periods presented: Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2025 (Dollars in Thousands) Payment Delay Accelerated Maturity Date Short-term Extension/ Modified Rate Total % of Total Class of Financing Receivable Commercial and Industrial $ — $ — $ 915 $ 915 0.39% Construction 5,402 660 — 6,062 1.30% Other — — 214,020 214,020 98.56% Total $ 5,402 $ 660 $ 214,935 $ 220,997 5.70% Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2024 (Dollars in Thousands) Payment Delay Accelerated Maturity Date/ Modified Rate Term Extension/ Payment Delay Term Extension/ Payment Delay/ Interest Rate Reduction Total % of Total Class of Financing Receivable Commercial Real Estate $ 4,516 $ — $ 419 $ — $ 4,935 0.26% Commercial and Industrial 1,053 — 19 — 1,072 0.47% Residential Mortgages — 2,053 — — 2,053 0.26% Other — — — 251,982 251,982 98.74% Total $ 5,569 $ 2,053 $ 438 $ 251,982 $ 260,042 7.17%

95 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Form 10-K The following tables describe the effect of loan modifications made to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty during the periods presented: Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2025 Weighted- Average Payment Delay Weighted- Average Accelerated Maturity Date Weighted- Average Modified Rate Weighted- Average Short-term Extension Weighted- Average Interest Rate Reduction Commercial and Industrial — — 2.29% 0.59 years —% Construction 0.32 years 28.11 years —% — —% Other — — —% 0.33 years 0.08% Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2024 Weighted- Average Payment Delay Weighted- Average Accelerated Maturity Date Weighted- Average Modified Rate Weighted- Average Term Extension/ Payment Delay Weighted- Average Interest Rate Reduction Commercial Real Estate 0.17 years — —% 4.91 years —% Commercial and Industrial 21.83 years — —% 8.03 years —% Residential Mortgages — 19.26 years 4.63% — —% Other — — —% 2.60 years 0.67% As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Bank had approximately $4.5 million of commitments to lend additional funds on accruing loans that had been restructured. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Bank had no commitments to lend additional funds on nonperforming loans that had been restructured. In addition, as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Bank had no loan commitments that defaulted during the period and had been modified prior to payment default while the borrower was experiencing financial difficulty at the time of modification. For purposes of this disclosure, a default is defined as the occurrence, within 12 months of the original loan modification, of either a full or partial charge-off or the loan becoming 90 days or more past due. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company had $2.0 million and $0.4 million, respectively, of residential real estate loans in process of foreclosure. Residential real estate included in OREO totaled zero at both December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. Loans to principal officers, directors and their affiliates during 2025 were as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 Beginning Balance $ 2,502 Loan no Longer Associated with Current Officer (120) Principal Additions 102 Repayments (316) Balance at End of Year $ 2,168 NOTE 7 - ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES The Company maintains an ACL at a level management believes is adequate to absorb expected credit losses associated with the Company’s financial instruments over their contractual lives as of the balance sheet date. The ACL is estimated using a systematic methodology that incorporates historical loss experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The Company’s loan portfolio is segmented by homogeneous loan types that are expected to respond similarly to changes in economic conditions. The portfolio segments used in developing the ACL are as follows: 1) CRE, 2) Commercial and Industrial, (“C&I”), 3) Residential Mortgages, 4) Other Consumer, 5) Construction and 6) Other.

96 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Management evaluates credit risk and estimates expected credit losses for each portfolio segment based on the specific risk characteristics described below. CRE loans are secured by income producing or owner occupied commercial properties, including hotels, retail centers, office buildings, and multifamily properties. The primary sources of repayment are cash flows generated by the underlying properties and, where applicable, global cash flows of the borrower. Credit risk in this segment is influenced by property specific factors, borrower financial strength, tenant concentration, and local and regional economic conditions affecting property values and demand. C&I loans are extended to operating companies for working capital, equipment financing, inventory, and accounts receivable financing. Repayment is primarily dependent on the cash flows generated from the borrower’s ongoing operations. Credit risk in this segment is influenced by borrower profitability, leverage, liquidity, and industry specific risks, as well as broader economic conditions. Collateral supporting these loans may have limited liquidation value in a stressed environment. This segment also includes loans to local and state municipalities for purposes such as refinancing existing obligations, infrastructure improvements, and equipment purchases. These loans may be supported by general obligation pledges or specific revenue streams. Repayment is generally dependent on the taxing authority, or revenues of the municipal borrower, and credit risk is influenced by the financial condition and economic stability of the underlying jurisdiction. The ability of each municipality to increase taxes and fees to offset debt service requirements give this type of loan a very low risk profile in the continuum of the Company’s loan portfolio. Residential Mortgages are secured by first and second liens on 1-4 family residential properties, including home equity loans, home equity lines of credit and purchased money mortgages. The primary source of repayment is the income and financial capacity of the borrower. Credit risk in this segment is influenced by borrower employment levels, income stability, and housing market conditions, including changes in property values that may affect a borrower’s ability to refinance or sell the underlying collateral. Other Consumer loans consist of loans to individuals that may be secured by collateral other than residential real estate or unsecured. This segment includes automobile loans and unsecured consumer loans and lines of credit. Repayment is primarily dependent on the income and financial condition of the borrower. Credit risk is influenced by the condition of the local economy, including unemployment levels, borrower credit profiles, and where applicable, the value and liquidity of collateral. The value of the collateral, if there is any, is less likely to be a source of repayment due to less certain collateral values. Construction loans include both commercial and residential construction lending. Commercial construction loans finance the development of income producing properties or the acquisition and development of land. These loans are subject to risks related to project completion, cost overruns, contractor performance, and market demand upon stabilization. The condition of the local economy is an important indicator of risk, but there are also more specific risks depending on the type of project and the experience and resources of the developer. Repayment may depend on the successful completion and leasing or sale of the project. Residential construction loans are generally extended to finance the construction of owner occupied or presold residential properties and typically provide for interest only payments during the construction period. Credit risk arises from construction delays, cost overruns, contractor performance, and economic conditions affecting housing demand. The “Other” loan segment consists primarily of the Company’s largest lending relationship with unique risk characteristics that differ from the Company’s current standard underwriting criteria. Expected credit losses for this segment are estimated using a DCF methodology, and the related ACL may fluctuate based on changes in expected future cash flows. These inconsistencies may include, but are not limited to i) transaction and/or relationship sizes that exceed limits established in 2018, ii) overreliance on secondary, tertiary or guarantor cash flow, iii) land acquisition loans without a defined source of amortization, iv) loan structures on operating lines of credit dependent on the value of real estate rather than trading assets, and v) indirect liabilities of certain guarantees resulting from the nonpayment of financial obligations. Management continuously assesses underwriting standards, but significantly enhanced these standards in 2018.

97 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Form 10-K Current Expected Credit Losses (“CECL”) Model The Company’s CECL model is based on management’s best estimates using information available as of the reporting date. Certain components of the CECL model are inherently subjective, including, but not limited to, assumptions related to prepayment speeds and timing, loss given default, discount rates, and the timing of future cash flows. Management utilizes widely published economic forecasts as inputs to the regression analysis used to estimate probabilities of default in the baseline CECL model. The projected peaks and troughs within these forecasts serve as guardrails when evaluating potential qualitative management adjustments. While management considers outcomes across a range of scenarios, it also recognizes that published forecasts may not fully reflect the Company’s specific market footprint, risk profile or unique portfolio characteristics. Significant changes in economic forecasts may introduce volatility into modeled results. Accordingly, management evaluates not only the absolute level of the ACL, but also the reasonableness of the magnitude and pace of changes in the allowance. To address this, management has developed a framework to assess the tolerance and reasonableness of CECL outputs by challenging certain model assumptions when appropriate. These alternative outcomes, referred to as “challenger models,” are designed to provide additional perspective, support management judgment, and reduce undue volatility in reserve levels through a countercyclical approach. Credit Quality Indicators: The Company’s credit quality assessment is based on an internal loan grading system that evaluates the borrower’s capacity to repay contractual obligations in accordance with loan terms. Risk ratings consider factors such as debt service coverage, collateral values, borrower financial condition, and other qualitative considerations. Residential mortgage and consumer loans are generally assigned a pass rating unless a loan migrates to a past due or otherwise criticized status. The Company maintains a formal loan review policy and annual loan review scope report that defines the level and focus of independent loan review activities for the year. The annual loan review provides the Credit Risk Committee with an independent assessment of 1) overall credit quality of the loan portfolio, 2) compliance with lending policies, 3) adequacy of credit documentation, and 4) appropriateness of assigned risk ratings. From 2020 through 2025, loan review activities followed a structured, multi-step approach that included: • Individual reviews of the top 20 large loan relationships (“LLRs”), defined as any individual commercial loan or aggregate commercial relationship totaling $2.0 million or more; • Sampling of other large loan relationships meeting the same exposure threshold but not included in the top 20 LLRs; • Sample review of Executive Loan Committee approved modifications, including both new and existing loans, to evaluate consistency with established policies and procedures; • Sample review of non-organic commercial loans and loans approved outside of the Executive Loan Committee process; and • Annual rotational focus reviews of specific portfolio segments to identify emerging risk rather than assess individual loan performance. The Company assigns internal risk grades to all loans as follows: Pass – The Company utilizes multiple pass grades, including a watch designation. Loans rated pass are generally performing in accordance with contractual terms and are considered to be of high credit quality. Special Mention – Loans with potential weaknesses that warrant management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of repayment prospects or the Company’s credit position.

98 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Substandard – Loans that are inadequately protected by the borrower’s paying capacity or by the collateral pledged, if any. These loans exhibit well-defined weaknesses that jeopardize repayment and present a distinct possibility of loss if deficiencies are not corrected. Doubtful – Loans that possess all the weaknesses inherent in substandard loans, with the added characteristic that collection or liquidation in full is highly questionable and improbable based on currently known facts, conditions, and values. Loss – Loans considered to be of such little value that continuation on the balance sheet is not warranted. While partial recovery may occur in the future, the asset is deemed uncollectible and is charged off. The repayment of commercial loans is dependent on the success of the borrower’s business and overall economic conditions. Given the higher inherent risk within the commercial portfolio, these loans are monitored through ongoing risk grading and periodic review in accordance with internal policies. Loans rated special mention or substandard require increased oversight and active management to mitigate potential credit losses.

99 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Form 10-K The following tables present loan balances by year of origination and internally assigned risk rating for our portfolio segments as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively: Risk Rating (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 2023 2022 2021 2020 and Prior Revolving Total Portfolio Loans Commercial Real Estate Pass $ 314,624 $ 189,311 $ 335,491 $ 424,445 $ 232,130 $ 536,023 $ 47,555 $2,079,579 Special Mention 10,829 — — — — 45 — 10,874 Substandard — 9,494 — 14,321 — 46 — 23,861 Total Commercial Real Estate $ 325,453 $ 198,805 $ 335,491 $ 438,766 $ 232,130 $ 536,114 $ 47,555 $2,114,314 YTD Gross Charge-offs — — — — — — — — Commercial and Industrial Pass $ 24,207 $ 786 $ 28,939 $ 9,166 $ 19,213 $ 106,808 $ 41,780 $ 230,899 Special Mention 9 — — — — — — 9 Substandard — — — 13 915 21 64 1,013 Total Commercial and Industrial $ 24,216 $ 786 $ 28,939 $ 9,179 $ 20,128 $ 106,829 $ 41,844 $ 231,921 YTD Gross Charge-offs — — — 7 — — — 7 Residential Mortgages Pass $ 89,897 $ 28,273 $ 54,482 $ 237,118 $ 173,624 $ 168,791 $ 64,130 $ 816,315 Special Mention — — — — — 89 — 89 Substandard — — — 1,014 826 3,289 608 5,737 Total Residential Mortgages $ 89,897 $ 28,273 $ 54,482 $ 238,132 $ 174,450 $ 172,169 $ 64,738 $ 822,141 YTD Gross Charge-offs — — — — — — — — Other Consumer Pass $ 15,907 $ 6,096 $ 2,380 $ 1,142 $ 244 $ 2,622 $ — $ 28,391 Special Mention — — — — — — — — Substandard 2 18 — 1 4 — — 25 Total Other Consumer $ 15,909 $ 6,114 $ 2,380 $ 1,143 $ 248 $ 2,622 $ — $ 28,416 YTD Gross Charge-offs 202 181 71 334 80 11 — 879 Construction Pass $ 90,343 $ 192,733 $ 103,325 $ 47,124 $ 2,015 $ 7,768 $ 15,763 $ 459,071 Special Mention — — 660 — — 40 — 700 Substandard — — 403 5,402 — 37 — 5,842 Total Construction $ 90,343 $ 192,733 $ 104,388 $ 52,526 $ 2,015 $ 7,845 $ 15,763 $ 465,613 YTD Gross Charge-offs — — — 1 — — — 1 Other Pass $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 3,135 $ — $ 3,135 Special Mention — — — — — — — — Substandard 214,020 — — — — — — 214,020 Total Other Loans $ 214,020 $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 3,135 $ — $ 217,155 YTD Gross Charge-offs — — — — — — — — Total Portfolio Loans Pass $ 534,978 $ 417,199 $ 524,617 $ 718,995 $ 427,226 $ 825,147 $ 169,228 $3,617,390 Special Mention 10,838 — 660 — — 174 — 11,672 Substandard 214,022 9,512 403 20,751 1,745 3,393 672 250,498 Total Portfolio Loans $ 759,838 $ 426,711 $ 525,680 $ 739,746 $ 428,971 $ 828,714 $ 169,900 $3,879,560 Current YTD Period: YTD Gross Charge-offs $ 202 $ 181 $ 71 $ 342 $ 80 $ 11 $ — $ 887

100 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Risk Rating (Dollars in Thousands) 2024 2023 2022 2021 2020 2019 and Prior Revolving Total Portfolio Loans Commercial Real Estate Pass $ 184,228 $ 279,983 $ 424,195 $ 241,233 $ 132,329 $ 552,439 $ 45,906 $1,860,313 Special Mention 2,400 — — — — 60 — 2,460 Substandard — — 6,182 109 — 615 152 7,058 Total Commercial Real Estate $ 186,628 $ 279,983 $ 430,377 $ 241,342 $ 132,329 $ 553,114 $ 46,058 $1,869,831 YTD Gross Charge-offs — — — — — — — — Commercial and Industrial Pass $ 1,130 $ 23,676 $ 24,645 $ 12,843 $ 19,261 $ 116,868 $ 28,989 $ 227,412 Special Mention — — — — — — — — Substandard — — 685 1,026 33 — 1,327 3,071 Total Commercial and Industrial $ 1,130 $ 23,676 $ 25,330 $ 13,869 $ 19,294 $ 116,868 $ 30,316 $ 230,483 YTD Gross Charge-offs — — — 21 18 1 — 40 Residential Mortgages Pass $ 31,766 $ 68,926 $ 278,320 $ 155,637 $ 69,417 $ 115,181 $ 53,267 $ 772,514 Special Mention — — — — — 92 — 92 Substandard — — 527 — 2,053 1,597 688 4,865 Total Residential Mortgages $ 31,766 $ 68,926 $ 278,847 $ 155,637 $ 71,470 $ 116,870 $ 53,955 $ 777,471 YTD Gross Charge-offs — 1 — — — 31 — 32 Other Consumer Pass $ 17,896 $ 5,042 $ 2,456 $ 905 $ 2,433 $ 124 $ 32 $ 28,888 Special Mention — — — — — — — — Substandard — 1 8 11 — — — 20 Total Other Consumer $ 17,896 $ 5,043 $ 2,464 $ 916 $ 2,433 $ 124 $ 32 $ 28,908 YTD Gross Charge-offs 250 119 965 378 27 20 — 1,759 Construction Pass $ 99,592 $ 192,593 $ 138,982 $ 11,479 $ 2,408 $ 6,779 $ 6,390 $ 458,223 Special Mention — — — — 4,429 50 — 4,479 Substandard — — — 185 43 — — 228 Total Construction $ 99,592 $ 192,593 $ 138,982 $ 11,664 $ 6,880 $ 6,829 $ 6,390 $ 462,930 YTD Gross Charge-offs — — 1 — — 156 — 157 Other Pass $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 3,221 $ — $ 3,221 Special Mention — — — — — — — — Substandard 251,982 — — — — — — 251,982 Total Other Loans $ 251,982 $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 3,221 $ — $ 255,203 YTD Gross Charge-offs 15,000 — — — — — — 15,000 Total Portfolio Loans Pass $ 334,612 $ 570,220 $ 868,598 $ 422,097 $ 225,848 $ 794,612 $ 134,584 $3,350,571 Special Mention 2,400 — — — 4,429 202 — 7,031 Substandard 251,982 1 7,402 1,331 2,129 2,212 2,167 267,224 Total Portfolio Loans $ 588,994 $ 570,221 $ 876,000 $ 423,428 $ 232,406 $ 797,026 $ 136,751 $3,624,826 Current YTD Period: YTD Gross Charge-offs $ 15,250 $ 120 $ 966 $ 399 $ 45 $ 208 $ — $ 16,988

101 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Form 10-K At both December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Bank’s largest credit relationship was classified as nonperforming and substandard, with aggregate principal balances of $214.0 million and $252.0 million, respectively. The following tables present loan balances by year of origination and performing and nonperforming status for our portfolio segments as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively: (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 2023 2022 2021 2020 and Prior Revolving Total Portfolio Loans Commercial Real Estate Performing $ 325,453 $ 189,311 $ 335,491 $ 424,445 $ 232,130 $ 536,068 $ 47,555 $2,090,453 Nonperforming — 9,494 — 14,321 — 46 — 23,861 Total Commercial Real Estate $ 325,453 $ 198,805 $ 335,491 $ 438,766 $ 232,130 $ 536,114 $ 47,555 $2,114,314 Commercial and Industrial Performing $ 24,216 $ 786 $ 28,939 $ 9,166 $ 19,213 $ 106,808 $ 41,780 $ 230,908 Nonperforming — — — 13 915 21 64 1,013 Total Commercial and Industrial $ 24,216 $ 786 $ 28,939 $ 9,179 $ 20,128 $ 106,829 $ 41,844 $ 231,921 Residential Mortgages Performing $ 89,897 $ 28,273 $ 54,482 $ 238,132 $ 173,624 $ 168,880 $ 64,230 $ 817,518 Nonperforming — — — — 826 3,289 508 4,623 Total Residential Mortgages $ 89,897 $ 28,273 $ 54,482 $ 238,132 $ 174,450 $ 172,169 $ 64,738 $ 822,141 Other Consumer Performing $ 15,907 $ 6,096 $ 2,380 $ 1,142 $ 244 $ 2,622 $ — $ 28,391 Nonperforming 2 18 — 1 4 — — 25 Total Other Consumer $ 15,909 $ 6,114 $ 2,380 $ 1,143 $ 248 $ 2,622 $ — $ 28,416 Construction Performing $ 90,343 $ 192,733 $ 103,985 $ 52,526 $ 2,015 $ 7,808 $ 15,763 $ 465,173 Nonperforming — — 403 — — 37 — 440 Total Construction $ 90,343 $ 192,733 $ 104,388 $ 52,526 $ 2,015 $ 7,845 $ 15,763 $ 465,613 Other Performing $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 3,135 $ — $ 3,135 Nonperforming 214,020 — — — — — — 214,020 Total Other Loans $ 214,020 $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 3,135 $ — $ 217,155 Total Portfolio Loans Performing $ 545,816 $ 417,199 $ 525,277 $ 725,411 $ 427,226 $ 825,321 $ 169,328 $3,635,578 Nonperforming 214,022 9,512 403 14,335 1,745 3,393 572 243,982 Total Portfolio Loans $ 759,838 $ 426,711 $ 525,680 $ 739,746 $ 428,971 $ 828,714 $ 169,900 $3,879,560

102 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) (Dollars in Thousands) 2024 2023 2022 2021 2020 2019 and Prior Revolving Total Portfolio Loans Commercial Real Estate Performing $ 186,628 $ 279,983 $ 430,076 $ 241,233 $ 132,329 $ 552,500 $ 45,906 $1,868,655 Nonperforming — — 301 109 — 614 152 1,176 Total Commercial Real Estate $ 186,628 $ 279,983 $ 430,377 $ 241,342 $ 132,329 $ 553,114 $ 46,058 $1,869,831 Commercial and Industrial Performing $ 1,130 $ 23,676 $ 25,311 $ 12,843 $ 19,261 $ 116,868 $ 30,316 $ 229,405 Nonperforming — — 19 1,026 33 — — 1,078 Total Commercial and Industrial $ 1,130 $ 23,676 $ 25,330 $ 13,869 $ 19,294 $ 116,868 $ 30,316 $ 230,483 Residential Mortgages Performing $ 31,766 $ 68,926 $ 278,320 $ 155,637 $ 69,417 $ 115,273 $ 53,267 $ 772,606 Nonperforming — — 527 — 2,053 1,597 688 4,865 Total Residential Mortgages $ 31,766 $ 68,926 $ 278,847 $ 155,637 $ 71,470 $ 116,870 $ 53,955 $ 777,471 Other Consumer Performing $ 17,896 $ 5,043 $ 2,455 $ 905 $ 2,433 $ 124 $ 32 $ 28,888 Nonperforming — — 9 11 — — — 20 Total Other Consumer $ 17,896 $ 5,043 $ 2,464 $ 916 $ 2,433 $ 124 $ 32 $ 28,908 Construction Performing $ 99,592 $ 192,593 $ 138,982 $ 11,479 $ 6,837 $ 6,829 $ 6,390 $ 462,702 Nonperforming — — — 185 43 — — 228 Total Construction $ 99,592 $ 192,593 $ 138,982 $ 11,664 $ 6,880 $ 6,829 $ 6,390 $ 462,930 Other Performing $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 3,221 $ — $ 3,221 Nonperforming 251,982 — — — — — — 251,982 Total Other Loans $ 251,982 $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 3,221 $ — $ 255,203 Total Portfolio Loans Performing $ 337,012 $ 570,221 $ 875,144 $ 422,097 $ 230,277 $ 794,815 $ 135,911 $3,365,477 Nonperforming 251,982 — 856 1,331 2,129 2,211 840 259,349 Total Portfolio Loans $ 588,994 $ 570,221 $ 876,000 $ 423,428 $ 232,406 $ 797,026 $ 136,751 $3,624,826 Age Analysis of Past-Due Loans by Class The following tables include an aging analysis of the recorded investment of past-due portfolio loans as the periods presented: December 31, 2025 (Dollars in Thousands) Current Loans Loans 30-59 Days Past Due Loans 60-89 Days Past Due Total 30-89 Days Past Due Nonaccrual Loans Total Portfolio Loans Commercial Real Estate $ 2,090,450 $ 3 $ — $ 3 $ 23,861 $ 2,114,314 Commercial & Industrial 230,749 159 — 159 1,013 231,921 Residential Mortgages 815,619 1,899 — 1,899 4,623 822,141 Other Consumer 28,124 159 108 267 25 28,416 Construction 464,265 40 868 908 440 465,613 Other 3,135 — — — 214,020 217,155 Total $ 3,632,342 $ 2,260 $ 976 $ 3,236 $ 243,982 $ 3,879,560

103 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Form 10-K December 31, 2024 (Dollars in Thousands) Current Loans Loans 30-59 Days Past Due Loans 60-89 Days Past Due Total 30-89 Days Past Due Nonaccrual Loans Total Portfolio Loans Commercial Real Estate $ 1,866,013 $ 2,642 $ — $ 2,642 $ 1,176 $ 1,869,831 Commercial & Industrial 229,225 180 — 180 1,078 230,483 Residential Mortgages 771,689 867 50 917 4,865 777,471 Other Consumer 28,582 208 98 306 20 28,908 Construction 461,919 783 — 783 228 462,930 Other 3,221 — — — 251,982 255,203 Total $ 3,360,649 $ 4,680 $ 148 $ 4,828 $ 259,349 $ 3,624,826 Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing were zero at December 31, 2025 and 2024. Loans past due 90 days automatically transfer to nonaccrual status. There were no nonaccrual or past due loans related to loans held-for-sale as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. The following table presents loans on nonaccrual status by portfolio segment of loan for the periods presented. There were no loans for the periods presented that were past due more than 90 days and still accruing. As of and for the year ended December 31, 2025 As of and for the year ended December 31, 2024 (Dollars in Thousands) Nonaccrual without an Allowance for Credit Losses Nonaccrual with an Allowance for Credit Losses Total Nonaccrual Loans Nonaccrual without an Allowance for Credit Losses Nonaccrual with an Allowance for Credit Losses Total Nonaccrual Loans Commercial Real Estate $ 8,002 $ 15,859 $ 23,861 $ — $ 1,176 $ 1,176 Commercial and Industrial — 1,013 1,013 — 1,078 1,078 Residential Mortgages 2,018 2,605 4,623 2,053 2,812 4,865 Other Consumer — 25 25 — 20 20 Construction — 440 440 — 228 228 Other — 214,020 214,020 — 251,982 251,982 Total Portfolio Loans $ 10,020 $ 233,962 $ 243,982 $ 2,053 $ 257,296 $ 259,349 A loan is generally placed on nonaccrual status when management determines that the collection of principal and interest is unlikely. Upon placement on nonaccrual status, the Company discontinues the accrual of interest income and reverses any unpaid accrued interest. Delinquency status is a key indicator used in evaluating collectability. Accordingly, loans are generally transferred to nonaccrual status when they become 90 days or more past due. Management, however, may exercise judgment at the individual loan level. A loan may be placed on nonaccrual status prior to becoming 90 days past due if collectability of principal and interest is doubtful. Conversely, a loan that is 90 days or more past due may remain on accrual status if management believes it is well secured and in the process of collection. Nonaccrual loans, including loans that have been restructured, may be individually evaluated for expected credit losses when the outstanding loan balance is $1.0 million or greater or when management determines individual evaluation is appropriate. Loans not individually evaluated are included in the applicable pooled segment of the ACL. For the years ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, no material interest income was recognized on nonperforming loans (“NPLs”) subsequent to their classification as nonaccrual.

104 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) The following table presents the amortized cost basis of IELs as of the periods presented. Changes in the fair value of the types of collateral and DCF modeling for IELs are reported in the (recovery) provision for credit losses on loans in the period of change. December 31, 2025 Collateral Type Equipment Single Family Warehouse Office Building Discounted Cash Flow Total(Dollars in Thousands) Fair Value - Collateral Commercial Real Estate $ — $ — $ 9,494 $ 14,321 $ — $ 23,815 Commercial and Industrial 915 — — — — 915 Residential Mortgage — 2,018 — — — 2,018 Construction — 661 — — — 661 Other — — — — 214,020 214,020 Total $ 915 $ 2,679 $ 9,494 $ 14,321 $ 214,020 $ 241,429 December 31, 2024 Collateral Type Equipment Single Family Discounted Cash Flow Total(Dollars in Thousands) Fair Value - Collateral Commercial and Industrial $1,026 $ — $ — $ 1,026 Residential Mortgage — 2,053 — 2,053 Other — — 251,982 251,982 Total $1,026 $2,053 $251,982 $255,061 The following tables presents activity in the ACL for the periods presented: December 31, 2025 (Dollars in Thousands) Commercial Real Estate Commercial & Industrial Residential Mortgages Other Consumer Construction Other Total Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans: Balance, Beginning of Year $ 20,146 $ 2,791 $ 10,389 $ 682 $ 11,297 $ 30,295 $ 75,600 Provision (Recovery) for Credit Losses on Loans 2,380 — 2,046 441 3,723 (12,227) (3,637) Charge-offs — (7) — (879) (1) — (887) Recoveries — 6 14 394 1 — 415 Net (Charge-offs) / Recoveries — (1) 14 (485) — — (472) Balance, End of Year $ 22,526 $ 2,790 $ 12,449 $ 638 $ 15,020 $ 18,068 $ 71,491 December 31, 2024 (Dollars in Thousands) Commercial Real Estate Commercial & Industrial Residential Mortgages Other Consumer Construction Other Total Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans: Balance, Beginning of Year $ 19,873 $ 3,286 $ 10,879 $ 868 $ 7,792 $ 54,354 $ 97,052 Provision (Recovery) for Credit Losses on Loans 273 (504) (489) 1,078 3,662 (9,059) (5,039) Charge-offs — (40) (32) (1,759) (157) (15,000) (16,988) Recoveries — 49 31 495 — — 575 Net Recoveries / (Charge-offs) — 9 (1) (1,264) (157) (15,000) (16,413) Balance, End of Year $ 20,146 $ 2,791 $ 10,389 $ 682 $ 11,297 $ 30,295 $ 75,600 December 31, 2023 (Dollars in Thousands) Commercial Real Estate Commercial & Industrial Residential Mortgages Other Consumer Construction Other Total Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans: Balance, Beginning of Year $ 17,992 $ 3,980 $ 8,891 $ 1,329 $ 6,942 $ 54,718 $ 93,852 Provision (Recovery) for Credit Losses on Loans 1,881 (719) 2,081 1,729 892 (364) 5,500 Charge-offs — (63) (203) (2,665) (42) — (2,973) Recoveries — 88 110 475 — — 673 Net Recoveries / (Charge-offs) — 25 (93) (2,190) (42) — (2,300) Balance, End of Year $ 19,873 $ 3,286 $ 10,879 $ 868 $ 7,792 $ 54,354 $ 97,052

105 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Form 10-K NOTE 8 - FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS The following tables present the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis by fair value hierarchy level at the dates presented: December 31, 2025 (Dollars in Thousands) Carrying Value Quoted Prices In Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) Assets Securities Available-for-Sale: U.S. Government Agency Securities $ 19,375 $ — $ 19,375 $ — Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities 76,773 — 76,773 — Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities 25,122 — 25,122 — Other Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities 24,254 — 24,254 — Asset Backed Securities 94,797 — 94,797 — Collateralized Mortgage Obligations 161,820 — 161,820 — States and Political Subdivisions 234,224 — 234,224 — Corporate Notes 55,247 — 51,967 3,280 Total Securities Available-for-Sale 691,612 — 688,332 3,280 Equity Securities 10,291 10,291 — — Derivatives 10,182 — 10,182 — Total $ 712,085 $ 10,291 $ 698,514 $ 3,280 Liabilities Derivatives $ 10,089 $ — $ 10,089 $ — Total $ 10,089 $ — $ 10,089 $ — December 31, 2024 (Dollars in Thousands) Carrying Value Quoted Prices In Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) Assets Securities Available-for-Sale: U.S. Government Agency Securities $ 26,950 $ — $ 26,950 $ — Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities 96,153 — 96,153 — Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities 21,587 — 21,587 — Other Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities 21,970 — 21,970 — Asset Backed Securities 118,521 — 118,521 — Collateralized Mortgage Obligations 148,588 — 148,588 — States and Political Subdivisions 221,181 — 221,181 — Corporate Notes 63,450 — 55,692 7,758 Total Securities Available-for-Sale 718,400 — 710,642 7,758 Equity Securities 10,041 10,041 — — Portfolio Loan Pool Subject to Fair Value Hedge 622 — 622 — Derivatives 17,356 — 17,356 — Total $ 746,419 $ 10,041 $ 728,620 $ 7,758 Liabilities Derivatives $ 17,710 $ — $ 17,710 $ — Total $ 17,710 $ — $ 17,710 $ — The Company invests in subordinated debt securities issued by other financial institutions that are classified as Corporate Notes in the tables above. At December 31, 2025, the Company held one such security with an aggregate fair value of $3.3 million, compared to two securities with an aggregate fair value of $7.8 million at December 31,

106 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 2024 that were classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy due to the absence of observable market inputs and limited trading activity. The decrease of $4.5 million in the fair value of Level 3 classified Corporate Notes in the tables above between December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2025 was primarily attributable to the issuer’s call and subsequent redemption of one subordinated debt security with a principal balance of $5.0 million during the fourth quarter of 2025. The fair value of these Level 3 securities is estimated by benchmarking to similar instruments with observable market data classified as Level 2. Valuation techniques incorporate comparable financial ratio analysis and qualitative assessments specific to the industry in which the underlying issuers operate. Key factors considered include capital adequacy, asset quality trends, management effectiveness, core earnings capacity, liquidity profile, and on and off- balance sheet interest rate exposures. Financial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2025 and 2024 are summarized below: December 31, 2025 (Dollars in Thousands) Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Fair Value OREO $ — $ — $ 142 $ 142 Individually Evaluated Loans $ — $ — $ 22,809 $ 22,809 December 31, 2024 (Dollars in Thousands) Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Fair Value OREO $ — $ — $ 659 $ 659 Individually Evaluated Loans $ — $ — $ 579 $ 579 The Company had three IELs totaling $22.8 million that were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2025, compared to one totaling $0.6 million at December 31, 2024. The Company’s largest credit relationship is classified as an IEL with a net carrying amount of $196.0 million at December 31, 2025, compared to $221.7 million at December 31, 2024. In estimating fair value, management utilized DCF techniques incorporating various assumptions related to the timing and amount of expected recoveries under multiple collection scenarios. These valuation techniques resulted in a valuation allowance of $18.0 million at December 31, 2025, compared to $30.3 million at December 31, 2024. OREO, which is measured at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell, had a net carrying amount of $0.1 million as of December 31, 2025, compared to $0.7 million at December 31, 2024. The decrease was primarily attributable to property sales during 2025. OREO write-downs of $0.5 million were recorded during the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $0.2 million of write-downs recorded during the year ended December 31, 2024. The following tables summarize the Company’s assets that were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2025 and 2024: December 31, 2025 (Dollars in Thousands) Fair Value Valuation Technique Unobservable Inputs Weighted Range Average Assets Individually Evaluated Loans $ 22,809 Appraisals Estimated Selling Costs 3.5% – 6.0% 5.9% Total Individually Evaluated Loans $ 22,809 OREO 142 Discounted Internal Valuations Management’s Subjective Discount 5.0% 5.0% Total OREO $ 142

107 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Form 10-K December 31, 2024 (Dollars in Thousands) Fair Value Valuation Technique Unobservable Inputs Weighted Range Average Assets Individually Evaluated Loans $ 579 Discounted Appraisals Estimated Selling Costs 3.5% 3.5% Total Individually Evaluated Loans $ 579 OREO $ 143 Internal Valuations Estimated Selling Costs 5.0% 5.0% OREO 516 Discounted Internal Valuations Management’s Subject Discount 0.0% – 24.0% 24.0% Total OREO $ 659 A baseline discount rate has been established for use in impairment and fair value measurements. This baseline rate was developed through back-testing against historical OREO sales and reflects an average recovery rate based on transaction size and asset type within the population analyzed. Management considers the specific facts and circumstances of each IEL and may apply judgment to adjust the baseline discount rate when appropriate. The carrying values and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 are presented in the accompanying tables. Fair values are estimated in accordance with the exit price notion under ASU 2016-01, Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, the Company is required to disclose the estimated fair value of financial instruments carried at amortized cost when quoted market prices are not readily available. Estimated fair values are derived using present value techniques or other valuation methodologies and are significantly affected by the assumptions applied, including discount rates and expected future cash flows. Because these estimates are based on models and assumptions rather than observable market transactions, they may not be realized upon immediate settlement. Accordingly, the aggregate fair values presented do not necessarily represent the underlying value of the Company. Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2025 (Dollars in Thousands) Carrying Value Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Financial Assets: Cash and Cash Equivalents $ 105,163 $ 36,936 $ 68,227 $ — $ 105,163 Securities Available-for-Sale 691,612 — 688,332 3,280 691,612 Equity Securities 10,291 10,291 — — 10,291 Loans Held-for-Sale 339 — — 339 339 Portfolio Loans, net 3,808,069 — — 3,711,795 3,711,795 Other Restricted Stock, at Cost 16,830 — — NA NA Other Assets- Interest Rate Derivatives 10,182 — 10,182 — 10,182 Accrued Interest Receivable 17,797 — 3,683 14,114 17,797 Financial Liabilities: Deposits $ 4,210,889 $ 620,473 $ 1,688,317 $ 1,917,786 $ 4,226,576 Other Liabilities- Interest Rate Derivatives 10,089 — 10,089 — 10,089 FHLB Borrowings 178,500 — — 178,552 178,552 Accrued Interest Payable 6,971 — — 6,971 6,971

108 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2024 (Dollars in Thousands) Carrying Value Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Financial Assets: Cash and Cash Equivalents $ 131,171 $ 39,608 $ 91,563 $ — $ 131,171 Securities Available-for-Sale 718,400 — 710,642 7,758 718,400 Equity Securities 10,041 10,041 — — 10,041 Portfolio Loans, net 3,549,226 — — 3,379,192 3,379,192 Federal Home Loan Bank Stock, at Cost 6,487 — — NA NA Other Assets- Interest Rate Derivatives 17,356 — 17,356 — 17,356 Accrued Interest Receivable 17,842 — 4,406 13,436 17,842 Financial Liabilities: Deposits $ 4,153,421 $ 634,436 $ 1,594,615 $ 1,937,914 $ 4,166,965 Other Liabilities- Interest Rate Derivatives 17,710 — 17,710 — 17,710 FHLB Borrowings 70,000 — — 69,604 69,604 Accrued Interest Payable 8,218 — 5 8,213 8,218 NOTE 9 - RIGHT-OF-USE (“ROU”) ASSETS AND LEASE LIABILITIES The Company has 13 lease contracts, including seven finance leases and six operating leases at December 31, 2025. These leases are for eight of our branches, three loan production facilities, one commercial banking office and one additional office housing various Bank functions. There were four new lease agreements entered into in 2025. The following table presents our lease expense for finance and operating leases for the periods presented: December 31, (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Operating Lease Expense $ 252 $ 124 $ 48 Amortization of ROU Assets - finance leases 608 490 365 Interest on lease liabilities - finance leases 570 462 292 Total Lease Expense $ 1,430 $ 1,076 $ 706 ROU assets are included in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The following table presents our ROU assets, cash flows, weighted average lease terms, discount rates for finance and operating leases and ROU assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities for the periods presented: December 31, (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 Operating Leases ROU assets $ 1,083 $ 294 Operating cash flows $ 334 $ 167 Finance Leases ROU assets $ 8,952 $ 9,560 Operating cash flows $ 570 $ 462 Financing cash flows $ 232 $ 179 Weighted Average Lease Term - Years Operating leases 2.9 years 2.8 years Finance leases 15.2 years 16.2 years Weighted Average Discount Rate Operating leases 6.40% 6.60% Finance leases 5.70% 5.70% ROU Assets obtained in exchange for Lease Liabilities Operating leases $ 1,041 $ — Finance leases $ — $ 2,995

109 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Form 10-K Lease liabilities are included in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The following table presents the maturity analysis of lease liabilities for finance and operating leases as of December 31, 2025: (Dollars in Thousands) Finance Operating Total Maturity Analysis 2026 $ 862 $ 444 $ 1,306 2027 884 384 1,268 2028 903 235 1,138 2029 923 98 1,021 2030 943 — 943 Thereafter 10,514 — 10,514 Total 15,029 1,161 16,190 Less: Present value discount (5,158) (105) (5,263) Lease Liabilities $ 9,871 $ 1,056 $ 10,927 NOTE 10 - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation as follows: December 31, (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 Land $ 17,783 $ 18,610 Bank Premises 60,458 59,857 Furniture and Equipment 39,389 40,361 Leasehold Improvements 3,156 3,023 Total Premises and Equipment 120,786 121,851 Accumulated Depreciation (48,289) (47,522) Total $ 72,497 $ 74,329 At both December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company had no bank premises and equipment classified as held-for-sale. Depreciation expense, which is included within occupancy expense, net, in the Consolidated Statements of Income, totaled $7.9 million in 2025, $7.1 million in 2024, and $6.2 million in 2023. Real estate associated with closed branches was evaluated based on recent comparative market values obtained from a real estate broker. During 2025, the Company recorded write-downs of $0.5 million, and recognized write-downs of $0.2 million and $0.5 million during 2024 and 2023, respectively. These write-downs related to closed branches and are included within other noninterest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The remaining net carrying values of $0.1 million and $0.7 million were classified as OREO in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. NOTE 11 - OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED The following table presents OREO activity as of the dates presented: Year Ended December 31, (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Beginning of Year Balance $ 659 $ 2,463 $ 8,393 Loans Transferred to OREO — 1,181 110 Loans to Finance the Sale of OREO (525) — — Transfer of Closed Retail Offices to OREO 1,829 348 1,854 Direct Write-Downs (495) (160) (1,117) Cash Proceeds from Pay-downs — — (397) Sales of OREO (1,326) (3,173) (6,380) End of Year Balance $ 142 $ 659 $ 2,463

110 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) OREO consists of properties obtained through foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure when the Company takes physical possession of the collateral. At both December 31, 2025 and 2024, the balance of OREO was zero and $0.2 million at December 31, 2023. At both December 31, 2025 and 2024, the recorded investment in foreclosed residential real estate was zero. Consumer mortgage loans secured by residential real estate properties for which formal foreclosure proceedings were in process totaled $2.0 million and $0.4 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Income and expenses applicable to foreclosed assets include the following: Year Ended December 31, (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Provision for Losses $ 495 $ 160 $ 1,117 Operating Expenses, net of Rental Income 47 37 178 Net Gain on Sales (292) (1,026) (17) OREO Expense (Income) $ 250 $ (829) $ 1,278 NOTE 12 – GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS The following table presents a roll forward of the Company’s goodwill activity: (Dollars in Thousands) Year Ended December 31, 2025 Beginning Balance $ — Goodwill acquired in Branch Purchase 1,193 Ending Balance $ 1,193 The Company believes that customer relationships associated with deposits acquired in business combinations represent identifiable intangible assets. Accordingly, in connection with acquisitions, the Company recorded a core deposit intangible, which represents the value of the acquired entity’s relationships with its deposit customers. The fair value of the core deposit intangible was estimated using a DCF methodology that considered the type of deposit, estimated deposit retention, the cost of maintaining the deposit base, and an alternate cost of funds. The following tables present the details of the Company’s core deposit intangible: (Dollars in Thousands) Year Ended December 31, 2025 Gross Carrying Amount $ 1,101 Accumulated Amortization (161) Ending Balance $ 940 Beginning Balance $ — Core Deposit Intangible in Branch Purchase 1,101 Amortization Expense (161) Ending Balance $ 940

111 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Form 10-K The core deposit intangible is being amortized over 10 years on an accelerated basis. The estimated amortization expense for core deposit intangible assets for each of the next five years and thereafter is as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) 2026 $ 232 2027 180 2028 139 2029 107 2030 83 Thereafter 199 Ending Balance $ 940 The Company will complete an annual assessment of the carrying value of goodwill during 2026 to determine whether or not its carrying value is impaired. Refer to Note 2, Business Combinations in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information on the Branch Acquisition. NOTE 13 – DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES In accordance with applicable accounting guidance for derivatives and hedging, all derivatives are recognized as either assets or liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are measured at fair value. Interest Rate Swap Arrangements with Customers Interest rate swaps are contracts under which a series of fixed and variable interest rate payments are exchanged over a specified period. The notional amounts on which the interest payments are based are not exchanged. The Company enters into interest rate swap transactions with commercial customers to facilitate customer risk management objectives. In these transactions, the Company originates a floating rate loan to the customer at a notional amount and simultaneously enters into a corresponding offsetting interest rate swap with a third party financial institution or counterparty. Under this structure, the customer enters into an interest rate swap with the Company to exchange the variable rate cash flows associated with the loan for fixed rate cash flows based on the same notional amount as the Company’s loan. These transactions allow customers to effectively convert variable rate loans to fixed rate loans, while the Company receives variable rate payments. Certain agreements may include contractual interest rate floors or caps. Customer related interest rate swaps are considered derivatives, but are not designated as hedging instruments for accounting purposes. Accordingly, changes in the estimated fair value of these derivatives are recognized in current earnings in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Balance Sheet Hedging Activities The Company also utilizes derivatives to hedge interest rate risk associated with on balance sheet assets. On July 11, 2024, the Company entered into two related Pay-Fixed/Receive Floating Interest Rate Swap Agreements with a combined notional amount of $300.0 million. These swaps were designated as fair value hedges to mitigate changes in the fair value of the fixed rate loans, including amortizing single-family residential mortgage loans and CRE loans. The hedges were intended to synthetically convert the hedged fixed rate loans to floating rate loans indexed to SOFR. On December 19, 2024, the Company terminated the first Pay-Fixed/Receive Floating Swap Agreement with an original notional amount of $175.0 million, which was scheduled to mature on July 11, 2029. The termination resulted in a negative interest income adjustment of $154 thousand. On January 13, 2025, the Company terminated the remaining Pay-Fixed/Receive Floating Swap Agreement with an original notional amount of $125.0 million, which was scheduled to mature on July 11, 2027, resulting in a negative interest income adjustment of $110 thousand. While these Pay-Fixed/Receive Floating Swap Agreements were outstanding, the Company recognized $1.2 million of interest income related to these hedging instruments.

112 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Hedge Accounting Treatment As long as a hedging instrument is properly designated and effectiveness testing supports qualification for hedge accounting treatment, changes in fair value of the hedging instrument attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in net interest income. The fair value of the derivative is recorded in other assets or other liabilities, as applicable, with a corresponding adjustment recorded to the carrying amount of the hedged loans. Under this accounting treatment, there is no separate measurement or recognition of hedge ineffectiveness, and the full impact of hedge gains and losses is recognized in earnings in the period in which the hedged item affects earnings. Collateral and Credit Risk Pursuant to agreements with various financial institutions, the Company may be required to post collateral or may receive collateral based on the mark-to-market position of its derivative contracts. Beyond unsecured threshold levels, collateral may be provided in the form of cash or securities. Based on current derivative positions and related collateral requirements, management believes any impact on the Company’s liquidity or cash flows is immaterial. Derivative instruments expose the Company to credit risk, representing the risk that a counterparty may fail to perform under the terms of a contract. All derivative transactions with financial institutions are executed only with counterparties approved by the Asset and Liability Committee (“ALCO”). Derivative transactions with customers are subject to approval by members of senior management with appropriate training and experience in interest rate risk management. The following table indicates the amounts representing the fair value of derivative assets and derivative liabilities at December 31: Fair Values of Derivative Instruments Asset Derivatives (Included in Other Assets) 2025 2024 (Dollars in Thousands) Number of Transactions Notional Amount Fair Value Number of Transactions Notional Amount Fair Value Derivatives not Designated as Hedging Instruments Interest Rate Lock Commitments – Mortgage Loans 3 $ 1,328 $ — 3 $ 866 $ 2 Interest Rate Swap Contracts – Commercial Loans 54 352,184 10,182 56 368,850 17,354 Total Derivatives not Designated as Hedging Instruments 57 $ 353,512 $10,182 59 $ 369,716 $17,356 Total Derivatives 57 $ 353,512 $10,182 59 $ 369,716 $17,356 Fair Values of Derivative Instruments Asset Derivatives (Included in Other Assets) 2025 2024 (Dollars in Thousands) Number of Transactions Notional Amount Fair Value Number of Transactions Notional Amount Fair Value Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments Interest Rate Swaps - Balance Sheet Hedge — $ — $ — 1 $ 125,000 $ 554 Total Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments — $ — $ — 1 $ 125,000 $ 554 Derivatives not Designated as Hedging Instruments Forward Sale Contracts – Mortgage Loans 3 $ 1,328 $ — 3 $ 866 $ 2 Interest Rate Swap Contracts – Commercial Loans 54 352,184 10,089 56 368,850 17,154 Total Derivatives not Designated as Hedging Instruments 57 $ 353,512 $10,089 59 $ 369,716 $17,156 Total Derivatives 57 $ 353,512 $10,089 60 $ 494,716 $17,710

113 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Form 10-K The following table indicates the net loss recognized within “other noninterest income or expense” for derivatives not designated as hedging instruments and the loss recognized within “interest income on taxable loans” for derivatives designated as hedging instruments in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31: (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments Interest Rate Swaps - Balance Sheet Hedge $ (140) $ (125) $ — Total Derivative Loss Designated as Hedging Instruments (140) (125) — Derivatives not Designated as Hedging Instruments Interest Rate Lock Commitments – Mortgage Loans (2) (1) 2 Forward Sale Contracts – Mortgage Loans 2 1 (2) Interest Rate Swap Contracts – Commercial Loans (107) (12) (219) Total Derivative Loss not Designated as Hedging Instruments (107) (12) (219) Net Derivative Loss $ (247) $ (137) $ (219) The Company is permitted to offset derivatives assets and derivative liabilities that are subject to legally enforceable master netting arrangements with the same counterparty. Accordingly, derivative positions with the same counterparty may be presented on a net basis in the Consolidated Balance Sheets when the Company has both a derivative asset and a derivative liability related to swap transactions with that counterparty. The following table indicates the gross amounts of derivative assets and derivative liabilities designated as hedging instruments and not designated as hedging instruments, the amounts offset and the carrying values included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31: Asset Derivatives (Included in Other Assets) Liability Derivatives (Included in Other Liabilities) (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 2025 2024 Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments Gross Amounts Recognized $ — $ — $ — $ 592 Gross Amounts Offset — — — 38 Net Amounts Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets — — — 554 Derivatives not Designated as Hedging Instruments Gross Amounts Recognized 10,182 17,356 10,089 17,156 Gross Amounts Offset — — — — Net Amounts Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets 10,182 17,356 10,089 17,156 Net Amount $ 10,182 $ 17,356 $ 10,089 $ 17,710 NOTE 14 – DEPOSITS The following table presents the composition of deposits at December 31: (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 Noninterest-Bearing Demand $ 620,473 $ 634,436 Interest-Bearing Demand 808,171 726,947 Money Market 553,964 512,162 Savings 326,182 355,506 Certificates of Deposits 1,902,099 1,924,370 Total $ 4,210,889 $ 4,153,421 All deposit accounts are insured by the FDIC up to the maximum amount allowed by law. The Dodd-Frank Act, made permanent the $250,000 limit for federal deposit insurance and the coverage limit applies per depositor, per insured depository institution for each account ownership. Certificates of deposit that exceed the FDIC Insurance limit of $250,000 at year-end 2025 and 2024 were $310.7 million and $297.9 million, respectively.

114 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, total brokered deposits (excluding the ICS two-way) were $191.2 million and $196.1 million, respectively, which are included within the “certificates of deposit” line item in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Certificates of Deposit maturing as of December 31: (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2026 $ 1,363,255 2027 415,907 2028 66,729 2029 41,133 2030 14,601 Thereafter 474 Total $ 1,902,099 Overdrafts reclassified to loans were $0.3 million at both December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. Total deposit dollars from executive officers, directors, and their related interests at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, were $3.2 million and $2.3 million. NOTE 15 – FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK BORROWINGS AND FEDERAL FUNDS PURCHASED Borrowings serve as an additional source of liquidity for the Company. At December 31, 2025, the Company had $178.5 million of outstanding Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) borrowings, compared to $70.0 million at December 31, 2024. The $108.5 million increase year over year was primarily to fund loan growth. FHLB borrowings consist of fixed and variable rate advances with contractual maturities and are secured by a blanket lien on select residential mortgage loans, select multifamily loans, and select commercial real estate loans. Variable rate FHLB borrowings represent 52% and 0% of total borrowings at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. The FHLB assesses prepayment fees on fixed rate advances that are repaid prior to maturity. These fees are generally calculated as the net present value of the difference between current market rates and the contractual fixed rate on the applicable borrowing. Loans pledged as collateral to the FHLB totaled $1.3 billion at December 31, 2025 and $1.6 billion at December 31, 2024. No available-for-sale securities were pledged as collateral at December 31, 2025 or December 31, 2024. At December 31, 2025, funding sources accessible to the Company included borrowing availability from the FHLB equal to 30% of total assets, or approximately $1.5 billion, subject to the amount of eligible collateral pledged. Based on eligible collateral at December 31, 2025, the Company had the capacity to borrow up to an additional $609.4 million from the FHLB, compared to additional borrowing capacity of $735.3 million at December 31, 2024 and the Company’s borrowing availability from the FHLB equated to 25% of total assets at December 31, 2024. In addition to FHLB funding, at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company maintained unsecured borrowing facilities with three correspondent financial institutions totaling $30.0 million, as well as a fully secured borrowing facility with one correspondent financial institution totaling $45.0 million. No amounts were outstanding under these facilities as of December 31, 2025 or December 31, 2024. The Company also had access to the institutional CD and the brokered deposit markets. The following table represents the balance of FHLB borrowings, the weighted average interest rate, the interest expense and the borrowing availability for the years ended December 31: (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 2023 FHLB Borrowings $ 178,500 $ 70,000 $ 393,400 Weighted Average Interest Rate 3.89% 4.02% 5.20% Interest Expense $ 4,648 $ 11,379 $ 20,822 FHLB Availability $ 609,392 $ 735,294 $ 480,266

115 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Form 10-K The following table represents the balance of federal funds purchased, the weighted average interest rate, the interest expense and the borrowing availability for the years ended December 31: (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Federal Funds Purchased $ — $ — $ — Weighted Average Interest Rate —% —% —% Interest Expense $ — $ — $ 368 Federal Funds Purchased Availability $ 75,000 $ 75,000 $ 50,000 Scheduled annual maturities and weighted average interest rates for FHLB borrowings for each of the five years subsequent to December 31, 2025 and thereafter are as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) Balance Weighted Average Rate 2026 $ 138,500 3.90% 2027 20,000 3.83% 2028 20,000 3.82% 2029 — —% 2030 — —% Thereafter — —% Total FHLB Borrowings $ 178,500 3.89% NOTE 16 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS The Company maintains an integrated profit-sharing plan that provides for both elective deferrals by eligible associates and non-elective profit-sharing contributions by the Company. Associates become eligible to make elective deferrals at the beginning of the quarter following at least one month of employment and attainment of age 20 years and six months. Eligibility for non-elective profit-sharing contributions begins at the start of the quarter following six months of employment, attainment of age 20 years and six months, and provided the associate is not participating in one of the Company’s annual incentive compensation programs. Vesting of non-elective profit-sharing contribution is based on years of service, with a year of service defined as a plan year in which the associate completes at least 1,000 hours of service. Participants become fully vested upon attaining age 62, regardless of years of service. Participants who have not attained age 62 become 100% vested after five years of service. The following table details the vesting schedule based on years of service for participants: 1 Year of Service 20% Vested 2 Years of Service 40% Vested 3 Years of Service 60% Vested 4 Years of Service 80% Vested 5 Years of Service 100% Vested The amount of the non-elective profit-sharing contribution is determined annually by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) and may vary from year to year. Total Company non-matching contributions to the integrated profit-sharing plan, including contributions to the nonqualified plan discussed below, were $0.6 million in 2025, $0.5 million in 2024 and $0.4 million in 2023. These amounts are included in salaries and employee benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Our integrated profit-sharing plan also includes a Company safe harbor matching contribution based on an associate’s elective deferrals, subject to annual dollar limits established by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company matches 100% of the first 3% deferred and 50% of the next 2% deferred, for a maximum matching contribution of 4% of eligible compensation. Participant elective deferrals are always fully vested. This safe harbor match is also immediately 100% vested. Company matching contributions totaled $1.6 million, $1.4 million and $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively and are recognized in salaries and employee benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

116 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) The Bank also maintains a Nonqualified Profit-Sharing Plan originally adopted on December 30, 1996, which was subsequently amended and restated effective December 20, 2007. The amended plan was approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors on December 20, 2007. The purpose of this plan is to provide additional benefits to an executive upon the occurrence of a “Distributable Event,” defined as termination of employment or death. Since inception, the Bank’s former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer was the sole participant in the plan. A Distributable Event occurred in April 2017, resulting in benefits payable over 45 equal quarterly installments. Distributions began on January 1, 2018, and will continue through completion of the payment schedule, with quarterly payments approximating $30 thousand. The value of the plan was $0.4 million at December 31, 2025 and consisted solely of cash. On December 15, 2020, the Bank adopted an unfunded nonqualified deferred compensation plan (the “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan”) to provide (i) certain key executives with the opportunity to defer, on a pre-tax basis, a portion of their compensation beyond the limits applicable under the Company’s tax-qualified integrated profit- sharing plan, and (ii) non-employee directors, beginning in January 2022, the opportunity to defer certain director fees on a pre-tax basis. Compensation, director fees, and related earnings deferred under this plan are held in a grantor trust until paid to participants and remain subject to the claims of the Bank’s and Company’s general creditors. No non-employee directors participated in the plan during either the year ended December 31, 2025 or December 31, 2024. The balance of the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan was $0.8 million at December 31, 2025 and $0.6 million at December 31, 2024. NOTE 17 – INCENTIVE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN 2018 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan On March 29, 2018, the Bank’s Board of Directors adopted the Carter Bank & Trust 2018 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan upon recommendation of the Bank’s Nominating and Compensation Committee (now, a joint committee of the Company and the Bank, the “Committee”). The Plan became effective on June 27, 2018. In connection with the Reorganization, the Company adopted and assumed the Plan as its own, as amended and restated, now known as the Carter Bankshares, Inc. Amended and Restated 2018 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan provides for the grant of equity based awards to key associates and non-employee directors of the Company and its subsidiaries. Awards authorized under the Plan may include stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, stock awards, performance units, and performance cash awards (collectively, “Awards”). Certain Awards may provide for accelerated vesting upon the occurrence of specified events. The Plan reserves a total of 2,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for issuance. No Awards may be granted more than ten years from the effective date of the Plan. As of December 31, 2025, 1,264,322 shares of common stock remained available for future issuance under the Plan. Awards subject to time-based vesting generally require a minimum vesting period of one year, and Awards subject to performance conditions require a minimum performance period of one year. These minimum requirements do not apply to Awards granted as part of a retainer for service as a non-employee director. The Committee, or its delegate, determines the terms and vesting conditions of all Awards. For purposes of this note, references to the “Company” include the Bank for periods prior to the Reorganization. Restricted Stock The Company periodically grants shares of restricted stock to key associates and non-employee directors pursuant to the Plan. Restricted stock awards generally vest over a stated service period and are subject to forfeiture if vesting conditions are not satisfied. As of December 31, 2025, a total of 769,276 shares of restricted stock had been granted under the Plan. During 2025 and 2024, the Company granted 142,095 shares and 104,815 shares, respectively, of restricted stock to key associates. These grants were approved by the Committee in recognition of substantial contributions to the Company’s performance.

117 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Form 10-K Time-based restricted stock awards granted to executives in 2025 vest on the third anniversary of the grant date under the long-term incentive plan. Time-based restricted stock awards granted to executives in 2025 vest in one-third annual installments over three years under the short-term incentive plan. Time-based restricted stock awards granted to executives in 2024 vest on the fifth anniversary of the grant date under the long-term incentive plan. Time-based restricted stock awards granted to non-executive associates vest in one-third annual installments over three years. During 2025, the Company also granted 20,097 shares of restricted stock to non-employee directors under the Plan as compensation for Board service, compared to 23,300 shares during 2024. These grants were approved by the Committee. Restricted stock awards granted to non-employee directors in 2025 and 2024 vest fully one year after the grant date. Fair Value of Stock Awards Prior to September 1, 2023, the fair value of stock-based awards was determined using the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. Beginning September 1, 2023, the Company utilizes a 90-day trading look back period to estimate the average stock price used in determining grant date fair value in order to mitigate the effects of short-term stock price volatility. Stock-Based Compensation Expense Compensation expense related to restricted stock awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, generally the vesting period, based on the grant date fair value of the awards. Stock-based compensation expense related to restricted stock totaled $2.1 million, $1.8 million and $1.6 million for the years ended 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively. These amounts are included in salaries and employee benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Income. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock awards was $2.5 million and $1.9 million, respectively. The unrecognized compensation cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.02 years and approximately 2.00 years, respectively. Forfeitures and Share Availability If any Award granted under the Plan is forfeited, terminated, expires, or lapses for any reason other than through exercise or settlement, or if shares issued pursuant to an Award are forfeited, the shares subject to such Award become available for future issuance under the Plan. The following table provides information about restricted stock granted under the Plan for the years ended December 31: Restricted Shares Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Non-vested at December 31, 2023 219,111 $ 15.67 Granted 128,115 13.07 Forfeited/Vested (103,826) 15.59 Non-vested at December 31, 2024 243,400 14.34 Granted 162,192 17.26 Forfeited/Vested (126,597) 14.71 Non-vested at December 31, 2025 278,995 $ 15.87 Performance Units The Company periodically grants performance units to executive officers pursuant to the Plan. During 2025 and 2024, the Company granted an aggregate of 25,557 and 46,331 target amounts of performance units to executive officers under the Plan, respectively. These grants are approved by the Committee as compensation for substantial contributions to the Company’s performance. Performance units are eligible to be earned up to a maximum of 110% of the target amount and are subject to a three- year performance period. If the applicable performance and service requirements are satisfied, the performance units vest on the payment date, which occurs within 70 days following the end of the performance period, and are settled in shares of the Company’s common stock.

118 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) The payout for performance units is determined based on four equally weighted performance goals measured over the performance period, each relative to a selected peer group: (1) return on average assets, (2) core efficiency ratio (3) total shareholder return, and (4) nonperforming assets ratio. Performance criteria applicable to the performance units granted in 2022 were not achieved, and as a result, those units expired effective December 31, 2024, with no issuance of common stock. No performance units were granted during 2023. Compensation expense for performance units is recognized based on the grant date fair value and is adjusted for the probability of achieving the performance conditions and required service. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, management determined that the performance criteria for the 2025 and 2024 grants were probable of being achieved at the target level. The Company recognized compensation expense of $0.1 million for 2025, $0.2 million for 2024 and reversed $0.3 million for 2023 related to performance units, which are included in salaries and employee benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Income. NOTE 18 - FEDERAL AND STATE INCOME TAXES The components of the income tax provision (benefit) were as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Current Federal $ 5,693 $ 3,159 $ 4,243 State 775 498 726 Total Current 6,468 3,657 4,969 Deferred Federal 2,047 2,396 531 State 124 293 (163) Total Deferred 2,171 2,689 368 Total Income Tax Provision $ 8,639 $ 6,346 $ 5,337 The Company does not have income from foreign sources and therefore does not have any foreign income tax. The following is a reconciliation of the differences between the income tax provision and the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income before income taxes: 2025 2024 2023 (Dollars in Thousands) Amount Percent Amount Percent Amount Percent U.S. Federal Statutory Rate $ 8,400 21.0 $ 6,482 21.0 $ 6,031 21.0 State and Local Income Taxes, Net of Federal Income Tax Effect1 711 1.8 628 2.0 442 1.5 Tax Credits Rehabilitation Tax Credits, Net of Basis Reduction (624) (1.6) (485) (1.5) (2,366) (8.2) Tax Credit Investment Amortization, Net of Federal Benefit 513 1.3 408 1.3 1,660 5.8 Change in Valuation Allowance 7 — 36 0.1 780 2.7 Nontaxable or Nondeductible Items Tax-Exempt Interest, Net of Disallowance (445) (1.1) (513) (1.7) (708) (2.5) Income From Bank Owned Life Insurance (687) (1.7) (309) (1.0) (290) (1.0) Other 7 — 97 0.4 35 0.1 Other Adjustments Taxes and Penalty on Surrender of Bank Owned Life Insurance 757 1.9 — — — — Other — — 2 — (247) (0.8) Income Tax Provision and Effective Income Tax Rate $ 8,639 21.6 $ 6,346 20.6 $ 5,337 18.6 1 For the years ended 2025 and 2023, North Carolina comprised the majority (greater than 50%) of the tax effect in this category, and for the year ended 2024, North Carolina and West Virginia comprised the majority of the tax effect.

119 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Form 10-K The income tax provision differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income before income taxes. The Company ordinarily generates an annual effective income tax rate, per the table above, that is less than the statutory rate of 21% due to benefits resulting from tax-exempt interest, tax-exempt income from bank-owned life insurance, and tax benefits resulting from certain partnership investments. For the period ended December 31, 2025, the annual effective tax rate was greater than the statutory rate of 21%, primarily due to the surrender of certain BOLI policies, which resulted in taxable gains of $2.4 million and $0.2 million in related Modified Endowment Contract (“MEC”) penalties, partially offset by the receipt of a $1.9 million tax-exempt BOLI death benefit. The Company elected to adopt the proportional amortization method of accounting for all qualifying equity investments within the historic tax credits (“HTC”) program. The Company makes equity investments as a limited partner in various partnerships that sponsor HTC as a strategic tax initiative designed to receive income tax credits and other income tax benefits, such as deductible flow-through losses. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company recognized $0.5 million and $1.1 million, respectively, in HTC equity investments recorded as a component of other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company records income tax credits and other income tax benefits received from its HTC investments as a component of the income tax provision on the Consolidated Statements of Income and as a component of operating activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Investments accounted for using the proportional amortization method are amortized and recorded as a component of income tax provision on the Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company records non-income-tax-related activity and other returns received from its HTC investments as a component of other noninterest income on the Consolidated Statements of Income and as a component of operating activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company recognized $122.7 thousand and $38.5 thousand, respectively, in non-income-tax-related activity from its HTC investments. Deferred income tax provision reflects the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amount used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 Deferred Tax Assets Allowance for Credit Losses $ 15,655 $ 16,667 Net Unrealized Loss on Available-for-sale Securities 11,594 17,820 Capital Loss Carryforward 1,136 1,151 Accrued Interest on Nonaccrual Loans 1,792 1,717 Operating Lease Liabilities 2,393 2,293 Other 2,323 2,110 Gross Deferred Tax Assets 34,893 41,758 Less: Valuation Allowance (897) (903) Total Deferred Tax Assets $ 33,996 $ 40,855 (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 Deferred Tax Liabilities Fixed Asset Depreciation $ (4,537) $ (4,095) Acquisition-Related Fair Value Adjustments (2,218) (2,480) Deferred Loan Income (3,166) (1,943) Operating Lease Right-of-Use Assets (2,197) (2,172) Equity Investment in Partnerships (903) (607) Other (157) (343) Total Deferred Tax Liabilities (13,178) (11,640) Net Deferred Tax Assets $ 20,818 $ 29,215

120 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) The following is a summary of income taxes paid, net of refunds received: (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 2023 U.S. Federal $ 3,000 $ (151) $ 4,725 U.S. State and Local North Carolina 505 315 345 West Virginia 50 45 290 Maryland 20 28 43 South Carolina 70 26 165 Georgia 20 21 55 Other 52 19 70 Total Income Taxes Paid $ 3,717 $ 303 $ 5,693 Management assesses all available positive and negative evidence to estimate whether sufficient future taxable income of the appropriate character will be generated to utilize existing deferred tax assets. Based on this evaluation, at both December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, a valuation allowance of $0.9 million was recorded on deferred tax assets related to capital loss carryforwards resulting from exits of equity investments in partnerships and sales of securities. The Company has not identified prudent and feasible strategies to generate future capital gains to offset the entirety of the capital loss carryforward prior to its expiration. At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company had no ASC 740-10 unrecognized tax benefits or accrued interest and penalties recorded. The Company does not expect the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly increase within the next twelve months. The Company recognizes interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax provision. The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax, as well as various other state and local jurisdictions. The Company is generally no longer subject to examination by federal, state and local taxing authorities for years prior to December 31, 2022. NOTE 19 – TAX EFFECTS ON OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME The following table presents the change in components of other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, net of tax effects: (Dollars in Thousands) Pre-Tax Amount Tax (Expense) Benefit Net of Tax Amount 2025 Net Unrealized Gains Arising during the Period $ 28,633 $ (6,236) $ 22,397 Reclassification Adjustment for Gains included in Net Income (46) 10 (36) Other Comprehensive Income $ 28,587 $ (6,226) $ 22,361 2024 Net Unrealized Gains Arising during the Period $ 9,270 $ (2,299) $ 6,971 Reclassification Adjustment for Gains included in Net Income (68) 15 (53) Other Comprehensive Income $ 9,202 $ (2,284) $ 6,918 2023 Net Unrealized Gains Arising during the Period $ 16,370 $ (3,398) $ 12,972 Reclassification Adjustment for Losses included in Net Income 1,521 (316) 1,205 Other Comprehensive Income $ 17,891 $ (3,714) $ 14,177 NOTE 20 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES Commitments to extend credit represent agreements to lend to customers that generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, commitments to extend credit totaled $771.7 million and $833.6 million, respectively. These commitments primarily consist of lines of credit provided to

121 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Form 10-K customers to finance the completion of construction projects, as well as revolving lines of credit to operating companies to support working capital needs. Construction related lines of credit represented $452.8 million, or 58.7%, of total commitments to extend credit at December 31, 2025, compared to $445.3 million, or 53.4%, at December 31, 2024. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third-party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements. Outstanding standby letters of credit totaled $16.5 million at December 31, 2025 and $16.7 million at December 31, 2024. The Company’s exposure to credit loss for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit in the event of nonperformance by the counterparty is represented by the contractual amounts of these instruments. The Company applies the same credit policies and underwriting standards to these commitments as it does to on-balance sheet credit exposures. Unless noted otherwise, commitments that expose the Company to credit risk are supported by collateral or other security. Life-of-Loss Reserve on Unfunded Loan Commitments The Company maintains a life-of-loss reserve on unfunded commercial lending commitments and standby letters of credit to provide for the risk of loss inherent in these arrangements. The reserve is calculated using a methodology similar to that used to determine the ACL on loans, adjusted to reflect the probability of drawdown on the unfunded commitment. The reserve for unfunded loan commitments is included on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, with changes recognized through earnings in the (recovery) provision for unfunded commitments. The reserve for unfunded commitments fluctuates primarily based on changes in construction related commitments between reporting periods. A (recovery of) $(0.2) million was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2025, reflecting a decrease of $187 thousand compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. The following table presents activity in the life-of-loss reserve for unfunded loan commitments as of and for the years ended December 31: (Dollars in Thousands) December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 Life-of-Loss Reserve on Unfunded Loan Commitments Balance at beginning of period $ 3,186 $ 3,193 Recovery for Unfunded Commitments (194) (7) Balance at end of period $ 2,992 $ 3,186 The Company has a contractual commitment with a third party vendor for data processing services under a ten year agreement that is scheduled to expire at the end of 2028. Data processing expense totaled $5.7 million, $4.9 million and $3.9 million for the years ended 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Legal Proceedings In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to various legal and administrative proceedings and claims. Such matters are subject to inherent uncertainties and unfavorable outcomes could occur. However, based on current information, management believes that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. NOTE 21 – REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CUSTOMERS Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“Topic 606”), does not apply to revenue associated with financial instruments, including interest income and fees earned on loans and investment securities. In addition, certain noninterest income streams such as fees associated with mortgage servicing rights, financial guarantees, derivatives, and certain credit card fees are outside the scope of Topic 606. Topic 606 applies to certain noninterest revenue streams, including trust and asset management income, deposit related fees, interchange fees, merchant income, and annuity and insurance commissions and returns on investment. The adoption of Topic 606 did not result in a significant change in the timing or measurement of revenue recognition for these in-scope revenue streams. Substantially all of the Company’s revenue is generated from contracts with customers.

122 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Service Charges on Deposit Accounts: Service charges on deposit accounts include overdraft fees, fees on returned checks, stop payment fees, check chargeback fees, minimum balance fees, and other deposit account related fees. Overdraft fees are recognized at the point in time the overdraft occurs. Fees on returned checks are recognized when the check is returned. Transaction-based fees, including stop payment fees, check chargeback fees, and other deposit account related fees, are recognized at the point in time the Company fulfills the customer’s request. Minimum balance fees are system-assessed and recognized at the point in time the customer’s account balance falls below the required minimum. Service charges on deposit accounts are generally withdrawn directly from the customer’s account balance. Other Fees and Other Income: Other fees and other income include safe deposit box rental fees, money order fees, check cashing and cashiers’ check fees, wire transfer fees, letter of credit fees, check order income, and other miscellaneous fees. These fees are primarily transaction-based, and revenue is recognized at the point in time the related service is provided. Payment for these services is generally received immediately or in the following month through a direct charge to a customer’s account. Debit Card Interchange Fees: The Company earns interchange fees from debit cardholder transactions processed through card payment networks. Interchange fees represent a percentage of the underlying transaction value and are recognized daily as the related transaction processing services are performed. Insurance: Commission income is earned based on customer transactions and is recognized when the related transaction is completed. The Company also receives a return on its investment in Bearing Insurance Group, LLC, which is recognized annually based on the investee’s results and the Company’s ownership interest. OREO Income: The Company occasionally owns properties acquired through foreclosure that are classified as OREO on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Rental income earned on OREO properties is recognized over the rental period as earned, with payments generally received monthly. Gain or losses on the sale of OREO are recognized when control of the property transfers to the buyer, which typically occurs upon execution and delivery of the deed. When the Company finances the sale of OREO, it evaluates whether the buyer is committed to perform under the contract and whether collectability of the transaction price is probable. Once these criteria are met, the OREO asset is disposed and the related gain or loss is recorded upon transfer of control. If a significant financing component is present, the transaction price and related gain or loss are adjusted accordingly. The following table summarizes the point of revenue recognition and the income recognized for each of the revenue streams for the years ended December 31: (Dollars in Thousands) Point of Revenue Recognition 2025 2024 2023 In-Scope Revenue Streams Service Charges on Deposit Accounts At a point in time $ 5,826 $ 5,856 $ 5,534 Other Fees and Other Income At a point in time 3,826 1,983 1,885 Debit Card Interchange Fees At a point in time 7,935 7,843 7,828 Insurance Customer Commissions At a point in time 195 166 131 Annual Commission on Investment Over time 2,475 3,476 1,814 Special Production Payout Over time 58 43 — Other Real Estate Owned Income At a point in time — 46 75 Gains (Losses) on Sale of Other Real Estate Owned At a point in time *** *** *** Total In-Scope Revenue Streams 20,315 19,413 17,267 Out of Scope Revenue Streams Gains (Losses) on Sales of Securities, net 46 68 (1,521) Bank Owned Life Insurance Income 1,511 1,473 1,381 Commercial Loan Swap Fee Income — — 139 Other 532 414 1,012 Total Noninterest Income $ 22,404 $ 21,368 $ 18,278 *** Reported net with Losses on Sales and Write-downs of Other Real Owned in Noninterest Expense

123 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Form 10-K NOTE 22 – PARENT COMPANY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION Balance Sheets December 31, (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 ASSETS Cash $ 1,345 $ 354 Investment in Bank Subsidiary 397,632 377,395 Investment in Non-Subsidiary 19,949 — Other Assets 952 6,564 Total Assets $ 419,878 $ 384,313 LIABILITIES Other Liabilities $ 181 $ — Total Shareholders’ Equity 419,697 384,313 Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity $ 419,878 $ 384,313 Statements of Net Income December 31, (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Dividends from Subsidiaries $ 16,600 $ 3,950 $ 14,029 Total Income 102 (10) 418 Total Expenses (3,437) (3,121) (3,011) Income Before Income Tax Benefit and Undistributed Net Income of Bank Subsidiary and Non-Subsidiary 13,265 819 11,436 Income Tax Benefit (72) (656) (534) Income Before Undistributed Net Income of Bank Subsidiary and Non-Subsidiary 13,337 1,475 11,970 Equity in Undistributed Net Income of Bank Subsidiary 17,630 23,048 11,414 Equity in Undistributed Net Income of Non-Subsidiary 395 — — Net Income $ 31,362 $ 24,523 $ 23,384 Comprehensive Income $ 53,723 $ 31,441 $ 37,561

124 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Statements of Cash Flows December 31, (Dollars in Thousands) 2025 2024 2023 OPERATING ACTIVITIES Net Income $ 31,362 $ 24,523 $ 23,384 Equity in Undistributed Net Income of Bank Subsidiary (17,630) (23,048) (11,414) Equity in Undistributed Net Income of Non-Subsidiary (395) — — Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash Provided by (Used In) Operating Activities Stock Compensation Expense 2,071 1,752 1,561 Decrease (Increase) in Other Assets 5,921 (3,111) 1,774 Decrease in Other Liabilities (229) (275) (47) Net Cash Provided by (Used In) Operating Activities 21,100 (159) 15,258 INVESTING ACTIVITIES Equity Investment in Non-Subsidiary, net of distributions (109) (116) (412) Net Cash Used in Investing Activities (109) (116) (412) FINANCING ACTIVITIES Repurchase of Common Stock (20,000) — (16,416) Net Cash Used In Financing Activities (20,000) — (16,416) Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash 991 (275) (1,570) Cash at Beginning of Year 354 629 2,199 Cash at End of Year $ 1,345 $ 354 $ 629 NOTE 23 - CAPITAL ADEQUACY The Company and the Bank are subject to various capital requirements administered by federal banking regulators. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements may result in mandatory and, in certain cases, discretionary actions by regulators that could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital standards that are based on quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off- balance sheet items calculated in accordance with regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators regarding components, risk weightings and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions do not apply to bank holding companies. Regulatory capital guidelines require the maintenance of minimum capital amounts and ratios. Under Basel II capital rules, the Company and the Bank are required to maintain minimum ratios of common equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and total capital, as well as a capital conservation buffer, which effectively increases the minimum capital levels required. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions that do not maintain capital ratios above the required minimums plus the applicable buffer are subject to restrictions on dividends, equity repurchases and discretionary compensation. The Basel III capital framework also provides for a “countercyclical capital buffer” applicable to certain covered institutions. This buffer is not currently applicable to the Company or the Bank. Banking organizations with less than $15 billion in total assets are permitted to make a one-time election to exclude accumulated other comprehensive loss from regulatory capital. The Company elected to retain this treatment, which reduces volatility in regulatory capital levels. Management believes that, as of December 31, 2025, the Company and the Bank met all applicable capital adequacy requirements, including the capital conservation buffer. Prompt corrective action regulations establish five capital categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized. These classifications are not intended to represent overall financial condition. Institutions that are adequately capitalized require regulatory approval to accept brokered deposits, while undercapitalized institutions are subject to restrictions on capital distributions, asset growth, and expansion and are required to submit capital restoration plans.

125 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) Form 10-K As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the most recent regulatory notification classified the Company and the Bank as well-capitalized under the prompt corrective action framework. Management is not aware of any conditions or events since that notification that management believes would have changed the Company and the Bank’s capital category. The following table summarizes risk-based capital amounts and ratios for the Company and the Bank, excluding the 2.5% capital conservation buffer: Actual Minimum Regulatory Capital Requirements To be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions (Dollars in Thousands) Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio As of December 31, 2025 Leverage Ratio Carter Bankshares, Inc. $ 459,735 9.43% $ 194,967 4.00% NA NA Carter Bank & Trust 437,670 9.01% 194,313 4.00% $ 242,891 5.00% Common Equity Tier 1 (to Risk-Weighted Assets) Carter Bankshares, Inc. $ 459,735 10.70% $ 193,431 4.50% NA NA Carter Bank & Trust 437,670 10.23% 192,479 4.50% $ 278,025 6.50% Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets) Carter Bankshares, Inc. $ 459,735 10.70% $ 257,908 6.00% NA NA Carter Bank & Trust 437,670 10.23% 256,639 6.00% $ 342,185 8.00% Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets) Carter Bankshares, Inc. $ 513,722 11.95% $ 343,878 8.00% NA NA Carter Bank & Trust 491,396 11.49% 342,185 8.00% $ 427,731 10.00% As of December 31, 2024 Leverage Ratio Carter Bankshares, Inc. $ 448,834 9.56% $ 187,837 4.00% NA NA Carter Bank & Trust 441,916 9.42% 187,649 4.00% $ 234,561 5.00% Common Equity Tier 1 (to Risk-Weighted Assets) Carter Bankshares, Inc. $ 448,834 10.88% $ 185,721 4.50% NA NA Carter Bank & Trust 441,916 10.72% 185,422 4.50% $ 267,832 6.50% Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets) Carter Bankshares, Inc. $ 448,834 10.88% $ 247,628 6.00% NA NA Carter Bank & Trust 441,916 10.72% 247,230 6.00% $ 329,640 8.00% Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets) Carter Bankshares, Inc. $ 500,759 12.13% $ 330,171 8.00% NA NA Carter Bank & Trust 493,760 11.98% 329,640 8.00% $ 412,050 10.00% NOTE 24 - STOCK REPURCHASE PLAN On May 20, 2025, the Company announced that its Board authorized a repurchase program to purchase up to $20.0 million of the Company’s common stock in the aggregate through May 14, 2026. The program authorized the purchase of the Company’s common stock in open market transactions or privately negotiated transactions, including pursuant to a trading plan in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 and/or Rule 10b-18 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company repurchased 1,124,690 shares of its common stock at a total cost of $20.0 million at a weighted average cost per share of $17.78. The 2025 Program was fully utilized on October 30, 2025. On February 2, 2026, the Company announced that the Board authorized a repurchase program to purchase up to $10.0 million of the Company’s common stock in the aggregate over a period of twelve months beginning February 11, 2026, the date of receipt of non-objection from the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond. The program authorizes the purchase

126 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) of the Company’s common stock in open market transactions or privately negotiated transactions, including pursuant to a trading plan in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 and/or Rule 10b-18 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The authorization permits management to repurchase shares of the Company’s common stock from time to time at management’s discretion. The actual means and timing of any shares purchased under the program, and the number of shares actually purchased under the program, will depend on a variety of factors, including the market price of the Company’s common stock, general market and economic conditions, management’s evaluation of the Company’s financial condition and liquidity position and applicable legal and regulatory requirements. The repurchase program may be modified or terminated by the Board at any time. The repurchase program does not obligate the Company to purchase any particular number of shares. NOTE 25 - SEGMENT REPORTING The Company is a financial holding company and the parent company to the Bank and conducts its business solely through the Bank. As a state-chartered commercial bank and state member of the FRB, the Bank earns revenue primarily from interest on loans and securities and fees charged for financial services provided to customers. The Company operates through a single operating and reporting segment, Community Banking that offers services which include accepting a full range of deposit products and originating commercial and consumer loans. All financial information is reported on a consolidated basis and is evaluated regularly by the Chief Executive Officer, the Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) in allocating resources and assessing performance. The CODM uses the consolidated net income to benchmark the Company against it competitors. The benchmarking analysis in conjunction with monitoring of actual to budget results are used in assessment of performance and in establishing compensation. Loans, investments and deposits provide the revenues, net in the community bank’s operation. Interest expense, (recovery) provision for credit losses and salaries and employee benefits provide the significant expenses in the community bank’s operation. The results of operations for the Company’s single reporting segment are shown within the Consolidated Statements of Income and Consolidated Balance Sheets.

127 Form 10-K Crowe LLP Independent Member Crowe Global REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Carter Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries Martinsville, Virginia Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Carter Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2025, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework: (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2025 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework: (2013) issued by COSO. Basis for Opinions The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

128 Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Critical Audit Matters The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate. Allowance for Credit Losses – Individually Evaluated Other Pool Loans The Company’s methodology for estimating the allowance for credit losses includes segmentation, quantitative analysis, qualitative analysis, and individually evaluated loans. The Company’s loan portfolio is segmented by homogeneous loan types that behave similarly to economic cycles. Further, management elected to evaluate certain loans based on shared but unique risk attributes by segmenting into the Other pool. The loans included in the Other pool of the model were underwritten and approved based on standards that are inconsistent with the Company’s current underwriting standards. As of December 31, 2025, $214 million of the Other pool loans were considered individually evaluated with an allowance for credit losses of $18 million. This represents 25% of the overall allowance for credit losses. The reserves for the individually evaluated loans within the Other pool are based upon a modified discounted cash flow method. The modifications to the discounted cash flow method include assumptions with respect to the expected amount and timing of cash flows and the utilization of a discount rate reflective of the inherent risk of the loans. A substantial change in these assumptions could cause a significant impact to the model causing volatility. Management reviews the model output for appropriateness and subjectively adjusts as needed. We identified the allowance for credit losses – individually evaluated Other pool loans as a critical audit matter because of the extent of auditor judgment applied and significant audit effort to evaluate the significant subjective and complex judgments made by management in the development of the estimate.

129 Form 10-K The primary procedures performed to address this critical audit matter include: Testing the effectiveness of internal controls over: • The Company’s affirmation of the key assumptions used in the model, including the discount rate, expected amount and timing of cash flows, and other adjustments • The completeness and accuracy of data used in the model Substantively testing management’s estimate, which included: • Assessing the reasonableness of management’s selection of discount rate, expected amount and timing of cash flows, and other adjustments • Evaluating the mathematical accuracy of the discounted cash flow model used for the Other pool, including evaluating the completeness and accuracy of loan data used in the model Allowance for Credit Losses – Adjustments to Economic Forecasts The Company’s methodology for estimating the allowance for credit losses includes segmentation, quantitative analysis, qualitative analysis, and individually evaluated loans. The Company’s quantitative analysis uses a discounted cash flow with economic forecasts to estimate a loss rate. The qualitative analysis includes internal, external, and model risks. Management reviews the peaks and troughs of the model’s calibration, taking into account economic forecasts to develop guardrails that serve as the basis for determining the reasonableness of the model’s output and makes adjustments as necessary. This process challenges unexpected variability resulting from outputs beyond the model’s calibration that appear to be unreasonable. Additionally, management may adjust the economic forecast if it is incompatible with known market conditions based on management’s experience and perspective. We identified the allowance for credit losses – adjustments to economic forecasts as a critical audit matter because of the auditor judgment applied and audit effort to evaluate the subjective judgments made by management in the development of the adjustments to economic forecasts. The primary procedures performed to address this critical audit matter include: Testing the effectiveness of internal controls over: • The Company’s selection of adjustments to economic forecasts • The relevance and reliability of data used in determining the adjustments to economic forecasts Substantively testing management’s estimate, which included: • Assessing the reasonableness of management’s judgments related to the need for and selection of adjustments to economic forecasts • Evaluating the relevance and reliability of data used in determining the adjustments to economic forecasts • Evaluating the mathematical accuracy of the application of the adjustments to economic forecasts within the discounted cash flow model calculation /s/ Crowe LLP We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019. Washington, D.C. March 5, 2026

130 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES None. ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES Disclosure Controls and Procedures Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), who serve as the Company’s Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, respectively, management evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) as of December 31, 2025. The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. In designing and evaluating these disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any system of controls, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives and is subject to inherent limitations. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s CEO and CFO concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective in all material respects as of December 31, 2025. Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (“ICFR”), as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. The Company’s ICFR is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s CEO and CFO to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and Board of Directors regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The Company’s ICFR includes policies and procedures that: 1. Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the Company’s assets; 2. Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are made only in accordance with authorizations of management and the Board of Directors; and 3. Provide reasonable assurance regarding the prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, ICFR may not prevent or detect misstatements. Additionally, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of specific controls or internal control over financial reporting overall to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate due to changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s ICFR as of December 31, 2025, using the criteria established in the Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on this assessment, management concluded that the Company’s ICFR was effective as of December 31, 2025.

131 Form 10-K CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES (continued) The effectiveness of the Company’s ICFR as of December 31, 2025 has been audited by Crowe LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is included herein. Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting There was no change to the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2025 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION During the three months ended December 31, 2025, none of our directors or officers (as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) adopted, modified or terminated a Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement or non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement (as such terms are defined in Item 408 of Regulation S-K of the Securities Act of 1933). ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURES REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS Not applicable

132 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES PART III ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE Except as set forth below, the information required by Part III, Item 10. of Form 10-K is incorporated herein from the sections entitled – “Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports” (if applicable), “Proposal 1 -- Election of Directors,” “Independence and Committee Memberships,” “Executive Officers of the Registrant,” and “Corporate Governance - Meetings and Committee of the Board of Directors” in our proxy statement relating to our May 27, 2026 annual meeting of shareholders. Code of Ethics The Company has adopted a Code of Conduct (the “Code”) that applies to its directors, executive officers and associates and is available on the Company’s website at www.CBTCares.com under “Investor Relations – Governance – Governance Documents.” The Company intends to provide any required disclosure of any amendment to or waiver of the Code that applies to its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, on www.CBTCares.com under “Investor – Corporate Information – Governance Documents” promptly following the amendment or waiver. The information contained on or connected to the Company’s website is not incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and should not be considered part of this or any other report or document that we file or furnish to the SEC. Insider Trading Policies and Procedures The Company has adopted insider trading policies and procedures governing the purchase, sale, and/or other dispositions of its securities by directors, officers and employees, as well as their family members and entities controlled by them, or the Company itself. These policies and procedures are reasonably designed to promote compliance with insider trading laws, rules and regulations, and any exchange listing standards applicable to the Company. The Company’s Insider Trading Policy is filed as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION The information required by Part III, Item 11. of Form 10-K is incorporated herein from the sections entitled “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation” in our proxy statement relating to our May 27, 2026 annual meeting of shareholders.

133 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES Form 10-K ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS Except as set forth below, the information required by Part III, Item 12. of Form 10-K is incorporated herein from the sections entitled “Principal Beneficial Owners of Carter Bankshares, Inc. Common Stock” and “Beneficial Ownership of Carter Bankshares, Inc. Common Stock by Directors and Officers” in our proxy statement relating to our May 27, 2026 annual meeting of shareholders. Equity Compensation Plan Information The following table provides summary information as of December 31, 2025 related to the Carter Bankshares, Inc. Amended and Restated 2018 Omnibus Equity Plan, the only equity compensation plan under which the Company’s securities are authorized for issuance. (a) (b) (c) Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights Weighted average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights1 Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plan (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) Equity compensation plan approved by shareholders 50,9632 $ — 1,264,322 Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders — — Total 50,963 $ — 1,264,322 1 The weighted average exercise price does not take into account the outstanding performance unit awards noted in footnote (2) of this table. Performance unit awards do not have an exercise price and are delivered without any payment by the award recipient. 2 The amount shown reflects the maximum number of shares that may be issued under outstanding performance units if maximum performance goals are achieved. However, the actual number of shares issued under the performance units will depend on the level of performance achieved during a three-year performance period. The award recipient may receive less than the maximum number of shares under the outstanding performance units and may receive no payout under the outstanding performance units. ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE The information required by Part III, Item 13. of Form 10-K is incorporated herein from the sections entitled “Related Person Transactions” and “Corporate Governance — Director Independence” in our proxy statement relating to our May 27, 2026 annual meeting of shareholders. ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES The information required by Part III, Item 14. of Form 10-K is incorporated herein from the section entitled “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in our proxy statement relating to our May 27, 2026 annual meeting of shareholders.

134 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES PART IV ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES (a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are incorporated by reference and found where noted below. Consolidated Financial Statements: The following Consolidated Financial Statements are included in Part II, Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. No financial statement schedules are being filed because the required information is inapplicable or is presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements or related notes. Consolidated Balance Sheets 71 Consolidated Statements of Income 72 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) 73 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity 74 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 75 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 77 Report of Crowe LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, on Consolidated Financial Statements and Effectiveness of Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting 127 (b) Exhibits 3.1 Articles of Incorporation of Carter Bankshares, Inc., effective October 7, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 23, 2020) 3.2 Bylaws of Carter Bankshares, Inc., as adopted October 28, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 23, 2020) 4.1 Description of Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 23, 2020) 10.1* Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated and effective as of November 20, 2020, by and between Carter Bankshares, Inc., Carter Bank & Trust and Wendy S. Bell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 12, 2021) 10.2* Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated and effective as of November 20, 2020, by and between Carter Bankshares, Inc., Carter Bank & Trust and Litz Van Dyke (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 12, 2021) 10.4* Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated and effective as of November 20, 2020, by and between Carter Bankshares, Inc., Carter Bank & Trust and Jane Ann Davis (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 12, 2021) 10.5* Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated and effective as of November 20, 2020, by and between Carter Bankshares, Inc., Carter Bank & Trust and Bradford N. Langs (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 12, 2021) 10.6* Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated and effective as of November 20, 2020, by and between Carter Bankshares, Inc., Carter Bank & Trust and Matthew M. Speare (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 12, 2021) 10.7* Carter Bankshares, Inc. Amended and Restated 2018 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, effective November 20, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on December 3, 2020) 10.7 2* Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Agreement (for non-employee director) for use on or after January 2, 2026 under the Carter Bankshares, Inc. Amended and Restated 2018 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (filed herewith)

135 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES Form 10-K 10.7.3* Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Agreement (for employee: LTIP) for use after March 2, 2022, under the Carter Bankshares, Inc. Amended and Restated 2018 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 2, 2022) 10.7.5* Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Agreement (for employee: annual) for use on or after February 17, 2022 under the Carter Bankshares, Inc. Amended and Restated 2018 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 2, 2022) 10.7.6* Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Agreement (for employee: AIP) for use on or after February 14, 2023 under the Carter Bankshares, Inc. Amended and Restated 2018 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 4, 2023) 10.7.7* Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Agreement (for employee: LTIP) for use on and after December 14, 2023 under the Carter Bankshares, Inc. Amended and Restated 2018 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 12, 2023) 10.7.8* Form of Performance Unit Agreement (for employee: LTIP) for use on and after December 14, 2023 under the Carter Bankshares, Inc. Amended and Restated 2018 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 12, 2023) 10.7.9* Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Agreement (for employee: LTIP) for use on and after February 27, 2025 under the Carter Bankshares, Inc. Amended and Restated 2018 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7.9 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2025) 10.7.10* Form of Performance Unit Agreement (for employee: LTIP) for use on and after February 27, 2025 under the Carter Bankshares, Inc. Amended and Restated 2018 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7.10 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2025) 10.7 11* Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Agreement (for employee: AIP) for use on or after February 25, 2026 under the Carter Bankshares, Inc. Amended and Restated 2018 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (filed herewith) 10.7 12* Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Agreement (for employee: LTIP) for use on and after February 25, 2026 under the Carter Bankshares, Inc. Amended and Restated 2018 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (filed herewith) 10.7 13* Form of Performance Unit Agreement (for employee: LTIP) for use on and after February 25, 2026 under the Carter Bankshares, Inc. Amended and Restated 2018 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (filed herewith) 10.8* Carter Bankshares, Inc. Amended and Restated Annual Incentive Plan as amended and restated effective January 1, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 5, 2022) 10.9* Amended and Restated Change of Control Severance Agreement, dated and effective as of November 20, 2020, by and between Carter Bankshares, Inc., Carter Bank & Trust and Arthur Loran Adams (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 12, 2021) 10.10* Amended and Restated Change of Control Severance Agreement, dated and effective as of November 20, 2020 by and between Carter Bankshares, Inc., Carter Bank & Trust and Tony E. Kallsen (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 12, 2021) 10.11* Carter Bank & Trust Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (executive component) - Virginia Bankers Association Model Plan (for executives) as restated as of January 1, 2018 and incorporating all amendments through November 1, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 12, 2021)

136 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 10.11.1* Adoption Agreement for Virginia Bankers Association Model Plan (for executives) as restated as of January 1, 2018 and updated January 1, 2020, effective as of January 1, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 11, 2022) 10.11.2* 162(m) Amendment to Virginia Bankers Association Model Plan (for executives) adopted November 13, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 12, 2021) 10.12* Carter Bank & Trust Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (director component) - Virginia Bankers Association Model Plan (for directors) as restated as of January 1, 2018 and incorporating all amendments through November 1, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 12, 2021) 10.12.1* Adoption Agreement for Virginia Bankers Association Model Plan (for directors) as restated as of January 1, 2018 and updated January 1, 2020, effective as of January 1, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 11, 2022) 10.13* Carter Bank & Trust Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (for directors and executives) Virginia Bankers Association Model Nonqualified Supplemental Deferred Compensation Plan Document, adopted on May 19, 2022, effective as of January 1, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 3, 2022) 10.13.1* Carter Bank & Trust Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (for directors and executives) Virginia Bankers Association Model Adoption Agreement, adopted on May 19, 2022, effective as of January 1, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 3, 2022) 19 Insider Trading Policies and Procedures (filed herewith) 97 Clawback Policy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 97 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 8, 2024) 21.1 Subsidiaries of Carter Bankshares, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 8, 2024) 23.1 Consent of Crowe LLP (filed herewith) 31.1 Certification by principal executive officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) (filed herewith) 31.2 Certification by principal financial officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) (filed herewith) 32.1 Certification by principal executive officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350 (filed herewith) 32.2 Certification by principal financial officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350 (filed herewith) 101.INS Inline XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document 101.SCH Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema 101.CAL Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase 101.DEF Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase 101.LAB Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase 101.PRE Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase 104 Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibits 101) * Denotes management contract. ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY None.

137 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES Form 10-K SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. (Registrant) By: /s/ Litz H. Van Dyke Name: Litz H. Van Dyke Title: Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) Date: March 5, 2026 By: /s/ Wendy S. Bell Name: Wendy S. Bell Title: Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) Date: March 5, 2026

138 CARTER BANKSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. By: /s/ James W. Haskins By: /s/ Litz H. Van Dyke Name: James W. Haskins Name: Litz H. Van Dyke Title: Chairman of the Board Title: Director and Chief Executive Officer Date: March 5, 2026 Date: March 5, 2026 By: /s/ Phyllis Q. Karavatakis By: /s/ Michael R. Bird Name: Phyllis Q. Karavatakis Name: Michael R. Bird Title: Vice Chairman of the Board Title: Director Date: March 5, 2026 Date: March 5, 2026 By: /s/ Kevin S. Bloomfield By: /s/ Robert M. Bolton Name: Kevin S. Bloomfield Name: Robert M. Bolton Title: Director Title: Director Date: March 5, 2026 Date: March 5, 2026 By: /s/ Gregory W. Feldmann By: /s/ Jacob A. Lutz III Name: Gregory W. Feldmann Name: Jacob A. Lutz III Title: Director Title: Director Date: March 5, 2026 Date: March 5, 2026 By: /s/ Catharine L. Midkiff By: /s/ Curtis E. Stephens Name: Catharine L. Midkiff Name: Curtis E. Stephens Title: Director Title: Director Date: March 5, 2026 Date: March 5, 2026 By: /s/ Elizabeth Lester Walsh Name: Elizabeth Lester Walsh Title: Director Date: March 5, 2026

This page intentionally left blank.

This page intentionally left blank.

Corporate Headquarters at Beaver Creek E X E C U T I V E T E A M Litz H. Van Dyke Chief Executive Officer Bradford N. Langs President, Chief Strategy Officer Wendy S. Bell Senior Executive Vice President Chief Financial Officer Tony E. Kallsen Senior Executive Vice President Chief Credit Officer Matthew M. Speare Senior Executive Vice President Chief Operations Officer J. Richard Spiker Senior Executive Vice President Chief Lending Officer A. Loran Adams Executive Vice President Director Of Regulatory Risk Management Tami M. Buttrey Executive Vice President Chief Retail Banking Officer Jane Ann Davis Executive Vice President Chief Administrative Officer Chrystal B. Parnell Executive Vice President Chief Marketing & Communications Officer Kimberly D. Schaufenbuel Executive Vice President Chief Human Resources Officer Charlie J. Sword Senior Vice President, Controller Joyce A. Parker Secretary, Carter Bankshares, Inc. B O A R D O F D I R E C T O R S Michael R. Bird Director Since 2018 Kevin S. Bloomfield Director Since 2020 Robert M. Bolton Director Since 2020 Gregory W. Feldmann Director Since 2017 James W. Haskins Director Since 1982 Phyllis Q. Karavatakis Director Since 2017 Jacob A. Lutz, III Director Since 2022 Catharine L. Midkiff Director Since 2018 Curtis E. Stephens Director Since 2022 Litz H. Van Dyke Director Since 2017 Elizabeth Lester Walsh, CPA CITP Director Since 2020

Annual Report 2 0 2 5 1300 Kings Mountain Road, Martinsville, VA 24112 | carterbank.com | 276-656-1776